B2

Module

9
THAT’S
ENGLISH!
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Autores Grabación
Nigel Barnsley; Caroline Cooke; Anna Cowper; EFS Motivation Sound Studios
Susan Lea-Wilson; Margie Lemmens; Denise O’Brien;
Edición gráfica
Meryl Wilford; Alejandro Zarzalejos
Fidel Puerta
Edición
Maquetación
Gregory Backes; Valerie Clark; Sarah Jackson; Esther
Maritxu Eizaguirre, Ana Martínez Lasala
Lema; Verónica Moro
Coordinación técnica y de diseño
Corrección y traducción
Maritxu Eizaguirre
Nicola Gooch; Michelle Armstrong
Dirección del proyecto
Ilustración
Vicki Caballero Anderson
Chema García

Fotografía
ARCHIVO SM; ALAMY IMAGES. ARCHIVO SM; David Toase / PHOTODISC; David Graves / REX; EFE; LATINSTOCK; DIGITAL
VISION; CORBIS; ALAMY IMAGES; PHOTONONSTOP; PHOVOIR; PHOTOLINK; THINKSTOCK; COMSTOCK IMAGES; 123RF;
SHUTTERSTOCK; GETTY IMAGES; AGE FOTOSTOCK; ALBUM.

Fuentes
P. 25: The Atlantic, New York Times, Buzzle (04/03/14); P. 42: The Telegraph (28/02/14); P. 61: The Guardian (30/03/14); P. 76:
BBC, Daily Mail (26/05/14); P. 79: The Telegraph (26/05/14); P. 89: Wikipedia (16/04/14); P. 101: www.oprah.com (18/04/14);
P. 109: www.wanttoknow.info (02/05/14)

Diseño curricular y seguimiento técnico del proceso de elaboración de los materiales didácticos de Inglés a Distancia
desde el CIDEAD realizado por:
Rocío Arias Bejarano
Silvia Ávila Duez
Nuria Cambronero Sicilia
Rafael Fernández Alonso Este material se ha elaborado con papel
María Ángeles Fernández Melón certificado por la cadena de custodia PEFC
(Programme for the Endorsement of Forest
Ana Mª García Romero
Certification), procedente de plantaciones
Karen Ludlow
forestales, totalmente libre de cloro
Cleo Merino de Diego (TCF – Totally Chlorine Free) y cumpliendo
Ángel Nieto Serrano la ISO14001, siguiendo lo estipulado en
Marta Puras Tellaeche la Orden PRE/116/2008, de 21 de enero.
María Jesús Sierra Delgado
Elena Terán Herranz

MINISTERIO DE EDUCACIÓN, CULTURA Y DEPORTE

SECRETARÍA DE ESTADO DE EDUCACIÓN, FORMACIÓN PROFESIONAL Y UNIVERSIDADES
Centro para la Innovación y Desarrollo de la Educación a Distancia (CIDEAD)

Edita:
© SECRETARÍA GENERAL TÉCNICA
Subdirección General de Publicaciones y Documentación
Catálogo de publicaciones del Ministerio de Educación, Cultura y Deporte: http://www.educacion.es
Catálogo general de publicaciones oficiales: www.060.es
Fecha de edición: Agosto 2014
NIPO: 030-14-103-5
ISBN: 978-84-369-5569-9
Depósito legal: M-17666-2014
Impreso en la UE - Printed in EU
Imprime: Reyper, S.L.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Contents 4
Introduction 6
Unit 1 10
Time goes by
Unit 2 20
Getting on well
Unit 3 30
East, west, home is best
Unit 4 40
Mind your language
Revision 1 50
Unit 5 54
Fish for a compliment
Unit 6 64
As nice as pie
Unit 7 74
The future looks bright
Unit 8 84
Live to tell the tale
Unit 9 94
Beauty is only skin-deep
Revision 2 104
Unit 10 Exam Strategies 108
Self Tests (Units 1-9) 114
Reference Section 123
Pronunciation Guide 148
List of Irregular verbs 149
Audio Scripts 151
Answer Key 165
3
Contents FUNCTIONS GRAMMAR

UNIT
1
s It’s (about / high) time
s .ARRATING s 0AST TENSES
s %XPRESSING LACK OF s4IME CLAUSES IN THE PAST

Time goes by
PREFERENCE s Wh- ever WORDS
s !DJECTIVES ADVERBS AND -ing FORMS

UNIT
2
s %XPRESSING POSSESSION

Getting on s -AKING REFERENCE TO

KNOWN THINGS
s 0OSSESSION SAXON GENITIVE
s $ElNITE ARTICLE

well
s $ESCRIBING s !DJECTIVES  TO INlNITIVE
s %XPRESSING SYMPATHY

UNIT
3
s #OMPARATIVES AND SUPERLATIVES

East, west, s -AKING COMPARISONS

s $ESCRIBING
s #ONDITIONAL SENTENCES
s -ODIlCATION OF ADVERBS AND

home is best
PREPOSITIONS
s #ONTRASTING CONNECTORS

UNIT
4
s 0HRASAL VERBS
s %XPRESSING POSSIBILITY AND
Mind your CERTAINTY
s 'REETING SAYING GOODBYE
s 0OSSIBILITY AND CERTAINTY MODAL
VERBS

language
s It FOR GENERAL REFERENCE
WELCOMING
s &ORMAL  INFORMAL LANGUAGE

REVISION 1
UNIT
5
s 'IVING COMPLIMENTS
Fish for a s 7ARNINGS ORDERS AND
ADVICE
s )MPERATIVE SENTENCES
s -ODAL VERBS ADVICE

compliment s %XPRESSING PURPOSE

s 0URPOSE CLAUSES

UNIT
6
s 1UANTIlERS
s %XPRESSING QUANTITY
s 2ELATIVE SENTENCES
s $ESCRIBING
s /RDER OF ADJECTIVES
As nice as pie s 'IVING OPINIONS
s %XPRESSING AN OPINION AND SURPRISE

UNIT
7
s &UTURE TENSES

The future s %XPRESSING HOPE

s4ALKING ABOUT THE FUTURE
s 2EmEXIVE PRONOUNS
s Hope (not) to, hope that

looks bright s #ONNECTORS OF OPINION ATTITUDE

AND EMPHASIS

UNIT
8
s 0RESENT PERFECT AND PAST SIMPLE
s4ALKING ABOUT EXPERIENCES
Live to tell s %XPRESSING OBJECTION
s %XPRESSING INTEREST AND
s Would
s Object to / (Dis)approve of /

the tale
(Dis)agree with
DISINTEREST
s 7ORD FORMATION ADJECTIVES

UNIT

9
s 7ISH CLAUSES

Beauty is only s $ESCRIBING

s %XPRESSING DISAPPROVAL
s Wh- QUESTIONS WITH like
s As though / as if

skin-deep
s %XPRESSING APPRECIATION s #OMPOUND ADJECTIVES
s #ONNECTORS OF ADDITION

REVISION 2
UNIT
10
EXAM
STRATEGIES
4 THAT’S ENGLISH!
 PHONETICS VOCABULARY SOCIOLINGUISTICS WRITING / SPEAKING

s -ed ENDINGS
s %XPRESSIONS WITH TIME s (OW DIFFERENT CULTURES
s 7EAK FORMS OF was AND s 7RITING A STORY
s $IFFERENT STAGES IN LIFE VIEW TIME
were

s s z ɪz s (OW PERSONAL AND FAMILY s )NTERACTION EXPRESSING

s )NTONATION FOR EXPRESSING s 2ELATIONSHIPS RELATIONSHIPS VARY IN CONCERN AND SYMPATHY
SYMPATHY AND CONCERN DIFFERENT CULTURES

s 7ORD STRESS ON COMPOUND

NOUNS s 7HAT CRITERIA ARE USED TO s 7RITING A DESCRIPTION OF A
RATE CITIES AS ATTRACTIVE PLACE
s 7EAK FORMS IN s #ITY FACILITIES
TO LIVE IN AND TO MEASURE
COMPARATIVES AND QUALITY OF LIFE IN THEM
SUPERLATIVES

s 3ILENT LETTERS s &ORMAL  INFORMAL REGISTER

s "ODY LANGUAGE s -ONOLOGUE USING FORMAL
s )NTONATION FOR EXPRESSING s (OW DIFFERENT GESTURES AND INFORMAL LANGUAGE
s &ORMAL AND INFORMAL
INTEREST AND LACK OF HAVE DIFFERENT MEANINGS
LANGUAGE
INTEREST IN DIFFERENT CULTURES

s $IFFERENCES IN GENDER
COMPLIMENTS
s 7RITING A FORMAL EMAIL
s 3TRESS ON EMPHATIC s "ODY AND HEALTH s +EEPING HEALTHY AND YOUR
AUXILIARY RELATIONSHIP WITH YOUR
BODY

s4HE CONCEPT OF TASTE s )NTERACTION DESCRIBING

s 7EAK FORMS ə əv
s #LOTHES AND FOOD IN DIFFERENT COUNTRIES TASTE
s 6OWELS eɪ REGARDING FOOD AND CLOTHES

s #ONTRACTIONS OF will s (OW OUR HOPES CHANGE s 7RITING AN ARTICLE

s (OPES AND EXPECTATIONS AND EVOLVE DEPENDING ON
s 6OWEL SOUNDS əʊ ɔː AGE

s 2ISING INTONATION IN yes  s -ONOLOGUE GIVING A

no QUESTIONS
s #ONTRACTIONS WITH would
s )NTONATION OF wh- QUESTIONS
s )NTONATION FOR EXPRESSING
APPROVAL  DISAPPROVAL
THAT’S ENGLISH!
s %XTREME SPORTS RISKS AND
DANGEROUS JOBS
s 0HYSICAL APPEARANCE AND
PERSONALITY
s 0ARTS OF THE BODY AND SOME
COLLOCATIONS TO DESCRIBE PEOPLE
s #OLLOQUIAL NAMES FOR KINDS OF
PEOPLE
s (OW WE DEAL WITH DIFlCULT  PRESENTATION
RISKY SITUATIONS IN LIFE
s4HE IMPORTANCE GIVEN
TO PHYSICAL APPEARANCE
s 7RITING A PROlLE
AND THE EXTENDED USE OF
COSMETIC SURGERY
5
Introduction
Bienvenido al módulo nueve del curso That’s English!
con el que comenzamos el nivel avanzado.
En esta introducción queremos ofrecerte varias
sugerencias para seguir cómodamente y con éxito
los nuevos módulos de That’s English! que constan
de 9 unidades, 2 unidades de revisión y 1 unidad
de preparación para el examen de fin de módulo.
A continuación se detalla la estructura de la unidad
página por página.
Programa de vídeo A (páginas 1 y 2)
Todos los materiales de cada unidad giran en torno
a un tema diferente. Antes de ver el programa
correspondiente a una unidad, te ayudará consultar la
tabla de contenidos al principio del libro donde verás
recogidas las funciones, estructuras, vocabulario,
etcétera, que la configuran.
Después, echa un vistazo a la primera página de la
sección A. En ella podrás ver los Objetivos que se
espera que hayas conseguido al finalizar el estudio
de la unidad. Puedes volver a ellos entonces y
comprobar si los has conseguido.
Los encabezamientos Before you watch, While you
watch y After you watch te indican qué actividades
debes hacer en cada momento.
Before you watch presenta el vocabulario y las
frases clave del programa. Debes, por tanto, leerlas
atentamente y buscar en el diccionario cualquier
palabra que desconozcas.
While you watch contiene las preguntas que los
presentadores hacen al comienzo del programa; sirven
para que te hagas una idea del contenido del episodio
correspondiente de la serie 12, Penn Road y para que
centres tu atención en sus aspectos esenciales. Los
presentadores te darán las respuestas al final del
mismo. Este apartado debes prepararlo cuidadosa-
mente antes de ver el programa, pues te servirá para
su mejor comprensión y aprovechamiento.
Mientras ves el programa, intenta responder a
las preguntas hechas por los presentadores, pero
recuerda que lo más importante es seguir el hilo
general de la trama, y que no debes preocuparte si
hay algunas palabras o expresiones que desconoces.
Muy probablemente las tendrás en cualquiera de
los demás materiales de la unidad. Es conveniente
que tengas papel y lápiz a mano, pues puede haber
palabras o explicaciones de los presentadores que te
interese anotar. En cualquier caso, observarás que
la segunda vez que veas el programa entenderás
mucho más que la primera. Y si lo ves una tercera
vez, aún mejor.
Nada más terminar el programa, conviene que hagas
la sección After you watch. Con estas actividades,
puedes comprobar tu grado de comprensión del
6 THAT’S ENGLISH!
programa. Si te resultara muy difícil realizar las
actividades de esta sección, deberías volver a ver el
programa e intentar hacerlas de nuevo.
En la sección Now you! se te pide que relaciones
el tema del programa con tus propias vivencias y
opiniones. Por eso conviene que hagas esta actividad
nada más ver el programa. Es una excelente manera
de repasarlo e interiorizarlo.
La segunda página consta de tres secciones: Street
Interviews, Activate your English and Now You, y en
ella se trabajan y practican ciertos aspectos de la lengua
utilizada por las personas entrevistadas en la calle.
Reading (páginas 3 y 4)
Así como las dos primeras páginas se centran en el
desarrollo de la comprensión auditiva, las páginas 3
y 4 de cada unidad están dedicadas al desarrollo de
la capacidad lectora, fundamental, junto con aquella,
para el aprendizaje y dominio de una lengua. Bajo
el encabezamiento Reading, se encuentra un texto
relacionado con el tema de la unidad. Léelo las
veces que lo consideres necesario para realizar las
actividades relacionadas con él.
Recuerda que lo importante no es la comprensión de
todas y cada una de las palabras, sino de lo esencial
del texto, ya sea hablado o escrito.
Language Study (páginas 5 y 6)
Estas páginas están dedicadas al desarrollo de los
siguientes aspectos:
Pronunciation
Los ejercicios de pronunciación se centran en los
diversos aspectos de la fonética: sonidos, acento,
ritmo y entonación, tratados desde el punto de vista
de las dificultades que presentan habitualmente para el
hablante español. Estos ejercicios son fundamentales
para mejorar tu pronunciación. Para hacerlos, deberás
usar el CD de audio. Conviene que grabes tu propia voz
y la compares con el modelo del CD. Para conseguir una
pronunciación aceptable, necesitarás repetir muchas
veces, pero el esfuerzo merece la pena.
Listening
Estas actividades sirven no solo para desarrollar la
importantísima destreza de comprender la palabra
hablada, sino también para reforzar el vocabulario, las
estructuras y funciones estudiadas. Para ello, escucha
el CD de audio con atención: no escribas nada. Vuelve
a escuchar el CD e intenta completar los ejercicios
cuantas veces sea necesario. Finalmente, escucha
el CD de nuevo siguiendo el texto y comprueba que
todas las respuestas son correctas.
Vocabulary
Se presenta y practica vocabulario tanto en el
programa de vídeo A como en las páginas de
Reading, Language Study, Speaking y Writing. Las
actividades de vocabulario tienen como objetivo
practicar el vocabulario ya presentado en el vídeo, en
el texto de Reading o presentar vocabulario nuevo de
forma contextualizada.
Grammar
La gramática juega un papel importante, pero
no esencial en el aprendizaje de una lengua. El
conocimiento de las reglas no lleva automáticamente
a aplicarlas bien a la hora de hablar o escribir; por
tanto, no debes obsesionarte con la gramática.
Es más importante ser capaz de participar en una
conversación, leer un libro o escribir un correo que
saber todas las reglas de la lengua. Conviene buscar
un equilibrio.
El conocimiento de las reglas gramaticales te
ayudará a entender ciertas estructuras complejas
o simplemente distintas a las españolas. También
te permitirá corregir tus propias producciones,
probablemente a posteriori, y te dará una cierta
sensación de confianza. Recuerda, sin embargo, que
se pueden saber todas las reglas de una lengua y ser
incapaz de expresarse en la misma, así como también
es posible expresarse con toda fluidez y corrección
sin conocer las reglas.
En este nivel avanzado las estructuras gramaticales
nuevas se presentan a traves de help boxes
inductivas para poder inferir las reglas gramaticales,
de color morado, y con otras de carácter informativo
de color verde. En ambas se proporcionan llamadas
de referencia para acudir a Reference section donde
se proporciona una explicación más detallada de las
estructuras presentadas.
Así pues, conviene que estudies los recuadros de
explicaciones gramaticales, que comprendas bien los
ejemplos y que hagas los ejercicios correspondientes.
Speaking
Hay dos clases de actividades de speaking: de
producción y de interacción, señalizadas con
sus correspondientes iconos. Las actividades de
producción las puedes hacer solo. Sin embargo, para
las actividades de interacción necesitas a alguien
con quien interactuar. Si conoces a alguien que
también esté estudiando inglés, sería muy útil que
pudieras hacer estas actividades con esta persona.
Siempre tienes, por supuesto, la sesión de tutoría,
donde podrás realizar estas actividades con tus
compañeros de clase. Un consejo: no seas tímido.
Lánzate a hablar. No te preocupes por los errores que
puedas cometer. No hay nada más que una forma de
aprender a hablar y es... hablando.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Writing
Para muchos de los ejercicios de expresión escrita
de estas páginas no hay una solución correcta única.
Esto no debe preocuparte. No es necesario que todo
lo que escribas sea absolutamente correcto. Escribe
sin miedo, echa mano de tus fuentes de consulta:
diccionarios, gramáticas, amigos, internet; de nuevo,
no tengas miedo de cometer errores, y piensa que es
a base de práctica como se aprende a escribir.
Programa de vídeo B (página 7)
La sesión B del libro, que se corresponde con el
segundo programa de vídeo, tiene por objeto
ampliar la lengua presentada en la sesión anterior de
forma menos controlada y más natural. El segundo
programa está compuesto por diversos elementos
que abordan el tema general introducido en la sesión
anterior desde muy distintos puntos de vista:
s Documentary: donde podrás ver un documental
sobre algún aspecto relacionado con el tema de la
unidad.
s Same language, different lives: en esta sección
tendrás oportunidad de ver a varias personas de
diferentes países de habla inglesa respondiendo a
preguntas relacionadas con el tema de la unidad.
De esta manera, además de oír diferentes formas de
hablar inglés, podrás aprender cómo es la vida en
estos países y contrastarla con la tuya.
s That’s Britain: es una sección con la que podrás
disfrutar de un viaje cultural por diferentes zonas
del Reino Unido. En este módulo visitaremos
el norte de Inglaterra. En cada episodio nuestra
presentadora, Alex, visita alguna ciudad o lugar
de interés turístico y conversará con las personas
que vaya encontrando. Esta sección te ayudará a
mejorar tu comprensión auditiva y a conocer de
cerca interesantes aspectos de la cultura británica.
Pues bien, antes de ver el segundo programa, es muy
conveniente que leas todas las actividades que debes
hacer porque te resultará motivador y te ayudará a
comprender lo que vas a ver.
Realiza las primeras actividades de cada sección
antes de ver el programa B: muchas de ellas están
encaminadas a familiarizarte con el lenguaje que se
va a usar y, en ocasiones, a predecirlo.
A continuación realiza las actividades de comprensión
de cada sección después de ver el programa. Estas
tienen por misión medir tu comprensión de los
diversos elementos.
Un consejo que deberías tener muy en cuenta: no te
preocupes si no entiendes todas y cada una de las
palabras que oigas o leas. Lo importante es captar el
mensaje esencial de cada uno de sus episodios.
7
Introduction
Skills Work (página 8)
Esta página está reservada para trabajar las distintas
destrezas de listening, reading, speaking y writing de
forma integrada y con temas alusivos al tópico de la
unidad.
Algunas de estas actividades pueden ser más
abiertas y menos controladas que las de las sesiones
A y B. No debes preocuparte si no sabes si has
resuelto bien la actividad o no. El mismo hecho de
realizarla te ha servido para mucho. Como muchas
otras cosas de la vida, una lengua se aprende
practicándola y cometiendo errores. No obstante, la
tutoría presencial puede ser un buen momento para
preguntar tus dudas y practicar las actividades orales
de esta sección con tus compañeros.
Writing / Speaking (páginas 9 y 10)
En estos módulos del nivel avanzado se alternan
cada dos unidades dos páginas dedicadas a las
destrezas de writing o speaking. En ellas se incluirán
actividades para analizar textos escritos u orales
(forma y estructura) y el lenguaje y funciones
utilizados en ellos. Al final de cada sección el alumno
tendrá que producir o bien un texto escrito basado
en el tipo de texto trabajado en la sección o bien un
texto oral que será un monólogo o un diálogo. Al
final del libro se podrá consultar la sección de Writing
Reference, que incluirá los distintos tipos de textos
trabajados en las unidades dedicadas a writing. En la
sección de Answer Key se proporcionarán modelos
para orientar en las producciones orales y escritas.
Unit 10 Exams
Al final del libro también se incluye una unidad de
examen destinada a preparar el examen de final de
módulo. Plantea un modelo de examen por destrezas
similar al que se propone en las Escuelas de Idiomas
de algunas Comunidades Autónomas.
En esta unidad, además de trabajar las cuatro
destrezas, se proporcionan actividades y consejos
que ayudan a desarrollar estrategias para mejor
enfrentar las distintas partes del examen.
Reference Section
En este nivel avanzado también se incluye una
sección completa al final del libro que se llama
Reference Section. En ella puedes encontrar los Self
Tests correspondientes a cada una de las unidades,
breves explicaciones de gramática, una sección
de Writing con modelos de los distintos tipos de
textos trabajados en las unidades, una breve guía
de pronunciación y la lista de verbos irregulares.
Finalmente, la sección de Answer Key te puede
ayudar para autocorregirte las actividades de las
unidades.
Todos estos elementos están pensados para
proporcionarte la ayuda necesaria con las estructuras
y el vocabulario de cada unidad.
Por último, un consejo muy importante para que
puedas tener éxito con el curso That’s English!:
asiste a las sesiones de tutoría con regularidad. Son
fundamentales para el desarrollo de tu competencia
comunicativa.

Self Tests
Al final del libro se incluyen los Self Tests
correspondientes a cada una de las unidades. Estas
páginas te dan la oportunidad de que te autoevalúes
y repases los contenidos fundamentales de la unidad
a través de distintos tipos de actividades.

Revision units
En este módulo se han elaborado dos unidades de
revisión. Revision Unit 1, después de la unidad 4, revisa
los contenidos de las cuatro primeras unidades.
Revision Unit 2, después de la unidad 9, revisa las
cinco restantes.
Constan de cuatro páginas para repasar y
consolidar los contenidos principales del módulo.
Incluyen actividades de gramática, vocabulario y
pronunciación, y práctica de las 4 destrezas.

8 THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
1 Time goes by

OBJECTIVES
s4O TELL A PERSONAL STORY
s4O REFLECT ON DIFFERENT TIME CONCEPTS

A Time flies, when you’re having fun!

BEFORE YOU WATCH 4 Decide if the following sentences are true (3) or
false (x). Correct the false ones.
1 Read the sentences and tick (3) the ones you
agree with. 1 Anthony had a dream where people were
giving him cakes.
If you don’t wear a watch, you can lose track 2 By the time Danny got to the pub, his friends
of time. had left.
I usually feel tired for a few days when the 3 Karen finished work at seven o’clock and then
clocks go forward. went home.
I don’t think that memorising long lists of 4 The clocks went back on Saturday night.
verbs is a waste of time. 5 Chris’s flight has been cancelled and the
presentation rescheduled for tomorrow.
WHILE YOU WATCH 6 Karen thinks that Danny has been lucky this time.
2 Answer the questions. 5 Match the expressions in bold (1-4) to the
meanings (a-d).
I didn’t get home till five o’clock this morning.
I was at a conference on creative desserts last
night. When the conference finished, I went to
the reception. I lost track of time1.
I’ve got a deadline2 for this campaign for Trend
watches. What do you think of this? ‘Time is
1 Why is Danny under pressure at work? running out3. Buy a Trend before it’s too late.’
Chris! I don’t have time for a time management
course4!
a There is almost no time left to do something.
b I didn’t realise how late it was getting.
c Learn how to use your time better.
d Time when something is due.
2 Why does Danny start to panic when he
realises what time it is? NOW YOU!
AFTER YOU WATCH 6 Think about the answers to the questions.

3 Answer the questions. 1 When do you

I lose track of time when
lose track of
I’m with my friends. I enjoy
1 Why did Anthony get home at five o’clock in time?
myself so much that I forget
the morning? to look at my watch…
2 When does Danny think that time flies?
3 What does Danny think of Anthony’s 2 Do you ever
feel that time When I’m doing exams,
meditation class? I always feel that time’s
is running out?
4 What campaign does Danny have a deadline running out. I start to get
for? really nervous and…
5 What does Danny have at 9:30 on Monday
morning? 3 What do you think you
would learn on a time I think you’d
6 Why can’t Danny do the time management learn…
course in Glasgow? management course?
Have you ever done one?
10 THAT’S ENGLISH!
 STREET INTERVIEWS
7 The speakers below were asked the following questions: When does time fly for you? When does
it go really slowly?
1 Think of two things you think they will talk about for each question.
2 Watch the video to see if any of your ideas were mentioned.

Jude Lauren Karen Ruth Andy Lesley Ian Ernest

8a Circle the two things which the speakers in activity 7 did not mention for when time flies.

1 Time off work always goes quickly. 2 When I’m having a bath. 3 When I’m having fun, enjoying
time with my friends and my family and doing things that I love doing. 4 When I’m lying in my
bed. 5 When I’m on holiday and I’m at home, relaxing. 6 All the time..., because I’m getting older.
7 Time doesn’t stand still because I have such a busy life.

8b Listen to the speakers talking about when time goes more slowly. Complete the sentences with
one word in each gap.
When I’m at work, I’m clock-1w... .
When I was in my old job, 2s... behind an office desk all day, 3t... away.
Time 4d... for me when there’s nothing to do. When I’m maybe sitting at home, not 5s... , not got
anywhere to go.
In class, so 6s... , so bored.

ACTIVATE YOUR ENGLISH! NOW YOU!

9a Read some of the answers in the Street
Interviews. Underline the expressions that refer
to time.
1 Time drags for me when I’m doing nothing.
2 Time flies for me when I’m on holiday.
3 Time doesn’t stand still because I have such a
busy life.
4 Time off work always goes quickly.
5 When I’m at work, I’m clock-watching.
6 There’s never a time when time doesn’t fly.
10 Discuss with your partner ... .
1 in which situations you feel that time drags on
and on
Time drags on and on for me
when I’m in some of my classes at
university. There are some teachers
who talk and talk...
2 when you would like time to just stand still

9b Use some of the expressions in activity 9a to fill I’d like time to stand still when I
the gaps (1-6). have an exam the next day and I
know I haven’t studied enough…
Jack started working in an office a few months
ago. The job is really boring and it feels like
time 1... on and on. Jack never has anything
3 in which situations time flies for you
interesting to do, so he spends most of his
time 2... watching. However, at the weekends,
when he is off work, Jack feels that time 3... . Time flies for me when I’m really
He has such a busy life with his family and enjoying myself, usually when I’m out
friends that time always 4... .There is never with my friends on a Saturday night…
a weekend or holiday when time 5... fly.
Sometimes he wishes that time would 6... still.

THAT’S ENGLISH! 11
Time goes by

READING
1 Do you think any of these activities are a waste
of time? What do you prefer to do with your WHY AND
WHEN DOES
time?
1 3

TIME FLY?
a Why is it that when we’re younger
time passes slowly, but as we get
older, the years seem to fly by? One theory is
that our perception of time changes depending
on the number of years we have lived: so for a 5
2 4 ten-year-old child, one year equals 10% of their
whole life, but for a 50-year-old, it’s actually only
equal to 2%. Obviously this means that a year
is relatively much more important when we’re
younger. 10

b Another theory about how we experience the

passage of time is that having new experiences
actually slows down our perception of how quickly
time passes. While adults rarely have many
2a Listen and match the dialogues (1-3) to the completely new experiences, children, on the 15
situations (a-c). other hand, are constantly learning fascinating
1
new things about their world. So, children’s
a Someone is annoyed.
memories of events are always extremely vivid
b Someone is surprised.
and unforgettable. That’s why time passes much
c Someone approves of a decision. more slowly for children than for adults: if your 20
daily routine is always the same and you know
2b Listen again and match the time expressions
what to expect, then nothing special ever stands
(1-3) to their meanings (a-c).
1 out in your memory, so time really does seem to
1 it’s high time pass by more quickly. Just compare your daily,
2 time flies boring commute home with an exciting trip to a 25
3 a complete waste of time new destination: unless you’re stuck in a traffic
a I think it should be done now. jam, your commute simply flies by, but a journey
b Time that is not spent well.
through new towns and villages seems to last
much, much longer for both adults and children.
c It seems that the hours are shorter.

3 Now complete these sentences with time

expressions from activity 2b.
1 I hate waiting in queues. It’s annoying and … .
2 The children are exhausted. … they went to bed.
3 I can’t believe the holidays are nearly over. … ,
doesn’t it?
5 Match the summaries (1-4) to the paragraphs (a-d).
4 Read the text and answer the questions.
1 Where would you find this text?
a in a scientific journal
b in a women’s magazine
c in a newspaper
2 What is the text about?
a saving time
b impressions of time
c memory techniques
1 Memories of new events make time seem to
pass more slowly.
2 Time seems to go faster as we get older.
3 The way we perceive time is related to the
number of years we have lived.
4 The writer recommends actions to change our
perception that time passes too quickly.

12 THAT’S ENGLISH!

c We spoke to Maggie, a grandmother, about
her childhood memories: ‘I remember always
excitedly waiting for Christmas. As soon as
the autumn school term started, I was already
wondering what Santa was going to bring. But the
days went by really slowly! When I was older and
had young children, the months before Christmas
seemed to fly by. Suddenly, it was mid-December
and I still hadn’t sent any cards or bought any
presents. Once I’d retired, time went by even faster.
Last year, by the time I put away the decorations,
my children had already begun to plan next year’s
festivities. I don’t want my life to go by so quickly!’
d If, like Maggie, you feel that life is passing too
quickly, it’s high time you did something about it.
You should make the most of your time by taking
up a new hobby, visiting a new place or meeting
new people. Whatever you choose to do, the
activity stimulates your brain. Afterwards, the
days seem longer and more interesting.
TRACK 2
6 Read the article again and answer the questions.
1 According to the first theory, would a
30-year-old or a 12-year-old feel time
passing more quickly?
2 Why do children have more detailed memories
of events?
3 According to the second theory, do routine
activities make time seem to pass more slowly
or quickly?
4 What kind of journey often seems to take a
short time?
5 What did Maggie look forward to when she
was a child?
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT 1
30 6 What does the writer recommend doing to
stop life going by too quickly?
7 Choose the correct option. Look for the
expression in the text.
35 1 Time passes slow / slowly when you are
bored. (paragraph a)
2 When you are having fun, time runs / passes
very quickly. (paragraph a)
3 It can’t already be ten years since I left university!
The years seem to go / fly by. (paragraph a)
40
4 If you are waiting impatiently in a queue, time
seems to slow down / up. (paragraph b)
5 As the weeks went through / by, I began to feel
more confident in my job. (paragraph c)
6 For / By the time I got home, Joe had eaten his
dinner and cleaned the kitchen. (paragraph c)
7 Joe, look at this mess! It’s soon / high time you
tidied your bedroom! (paragraph d)
8 I try to do / make the most of my day by getting
up early so I have time to do everything I want.
(paragraph d)
8 Complete the sentences with the correct form
of the verbs from the box.
have make spend take waste
1 It … me a long time to get to work.
2 Don’t rush, just … your time.
3 Even if you are very busy, you’ll have to …
time to see your grandmother.
4 My son’s a dedicated student. He … a lot of
45
time researching his projects.
5 Don’t … your time going to that shop. It
doesn’t have any good clothes.
6 We … a great time at the party last Saturday.
7 When I’m on holiday, I love … time lying on
the beach.
8 I have too much to do so I never seem to …
time to organise my life.
9 Answer the questions. Give reasons for your
answers.
Do you think time passes more quickly or slowly
when … ?
1 you are a child
2 you are middle-aged
3 you are waiting in a queue
4 you are on holiday
5 you have a lot of work to do
13
Time goes by
LANGUAGE STUDY
1a Listen and say what the speakers’ relationship is.
3 a work colleagues b friends c family
1b Listen again and complete the sentences.
3 1 Sue says that she can’t talk long because she’s
a bit ... of time.
2 Sue asks Kate if they can … the tennis match
until the following week.
3 Sue feels that everything in her life seems to
happen at the … .
4 Kate thinks that Sue needs some time … and
to have a break from work.
5 Sue must get to the meeting … time.
6 Sue says she’ll talk to Kate again … .
2 Rewrite the expressions in bold using
expressions from activity 1b.
1 I have very little time.
I’m short of time.
2 Can we postpone the conference?
3 Everything seems to happen at once.
4 You need to have a break from work.
5 I’ll see you at another time.
6 The train arrived at the correct time.
3a Look at the use of in time and on time.
Sue arrived on time. She was even in time to
get a coffee.
Match the expressions (1-2) to the meanings (a-b).
1 in time 2 on time
a at the planned time: not early, not late
b with enough time to do something
3b Complete the sentences with on or in.
1 I got to the station just … time to catch the last
train, which left … time for once.
2 The show always starts … time, and no one
is admitted after it starts. I hope we make it to
the theatre … time.
14
4 Match the sentences 1-3 to a-c.
1 It’s high time I bought a decent diary.
2 It’s time we bought a new car.
3 It’s about time you took some time off.
a We’ve had ours nearly four years now.
b You haven’t had a holiday for ages!
c I really need a new one!
It’s time / It’s about time / It’s high time
▶ Complete the rules:
After It’s time, It’s about time, It’s high time
we use the ... tense.
It’s high time and It’s about time are more / less
emphatic than It’s time.
page 123
5 Continue the sentences using It’s time, It’s high
time or It’s about time.
I ate too much at Christmas! It’s time I started a
diet.
1 He’s still in bed and it’s lunch time…
2 You’ve been ill for a month…
3 My neighbours are having a noisy party and
it’s now 3 a.m.…
6a Listen to the following sentences and repeat.
4 1 I started a new job last month, but I’ve had a
few problems.
2 I noticed Jenny was on the bus while I was
going to work.
3 As soon as she’d passed her exams, she booked
a holiday.
4 Robert hurried into the bank two minutes
before it closed.
5 The doctor checked my eyes after he’d washed
his hands.
6 The detectives were following him slowly when
he suddenly turned left.
6b Listen again and answer the questions.
4 1 Why do the verbs ending in -ed sound different?
2 Why is it so difficult to hear was / were in
sentences 2 and 6?
Pronunciation Guide page 147
THAT’S ENGLISH!

7 Complete the text with the verb in brackets in
the correct past tense form.
I 1… (travel) to Oxford on the express train
when I suddenly 2… (see) a young man.
He 3… (carry) a knife and 4… (run) along the
corridor. As soon as he 5… (go) past me, I 6…
(call) the police but by the time the train 7…
(get) into the station, the man 8… (jump) off.
He 9… (run) towards the city centre when the
police 10… (catch) him.
Review of past tenses page 123
8 Choose the correct option.
Gary’s parents went away last Saturday, so
Gary decided to have a party. 1As soon as
/ While his parents had left, Gary sent messages
to his friends to invite them to the party. 2When
/ Until he had finished sending messages,
Gary went to buy some drinks. 3Until / After
he had prepared the food and drink, he put on
some loud music. 4While / Before Gary and
his friends were dancing and having a great
time, the neighbours called the police. 5After
/ By the time the police arrived, luckily they
had already turned down the music. Gary
didn’t go to bed 6by the time / until everyone
had left. 7Before / After his parents got home,
Gary had cleaned up most of the mess.
Time clauses in the past
To connect two events in the past we use
adverbs of time e.g. before, until, as soon as, by
the time, when…
We use the past simple, past continuous and
past perfect to refer to events in the past.
page 123
9 Write sentences in the past joining the ideas.
Use the words in brackets.
1 He / go home. He / buy some milk. (before)
2 The children / play in the garden. I / prepare
dinner. (while)
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT 1
3 She / do her homework. She / turn on the TV.
(when)
4 She / go out. Her son / turn on the TV. (as soon
as)
5 The students / finish their exams. They / go out
to celebrate. (after)
10 Choose the correct option.
1 You can come to my house wherever / whenever
you like, I don’t mind.
2 I’ll listen to whatever / whoever music you
want; it’s all the same to me.
3 We can go wherever / however you want, it
doesn’t matter.
4 Whoever / However broke the vase, can you
please replace it?
Expressing lack of preference
▶ Choose the correct answer.
We use wh–ever words to show that time, place,
manner, etc. matters / doesn’t matter.
whenever fi time = I don’t mind when you come
wherever fi place = it doesn’t matter where
page 124
11 Complete the sentences with wh–ever words.
1 … you live, you’ll be comfortable.
2 … you go, I’ll go with you. I don’t mind if it’s
late.
3 … you buy, I’m sure he’ll like it.
4 … came to visit, they were welcome.
5 You can dress ... you like for the party. It’s not
formal
12 Complete the text.
Last week I had a job interview in London. It
was the first time I 1had ever been there so,
2… I left, I planned my journey. I took two
days 3… work to make 4… most of the visit.
What a disaster! It 5… me an hour to get to the
train station, so I missed my train. However, I
arrived at 7:40 so I was 6… time to catch the
eight o’clock train. 7… the time I got to London,
it was already 12:20 and my interview was at
12:30, so I decided not to 8… time and take a
taxi. Half an hour later, I 9… still sitting in the
taxi. I hadn’t realised that London traffic was
so bad! Finally, I got to the office but 10… I
walked in, the receptionist said, ‘Sorry, the
manager is ill today so we have to put 11…
the interviews until next week. Can you come
back next Tuesday?’
15
Time goes by
B Clock-watching
DOCUMENTARY
1 Match the pictures (1-3) to the words (a-c).
1 2 3 the biggest 1... in Europe. Take a ferry on the
a a sandglass
b a pendulum
c a sundial
2 Watch the documentary and correct the
sentences by replacing the words in bold.
1 A good place to start the exploration of time
is in Greenwich, the place of Greenwich Mean
Time or GMT.
2 GMT is time found on the meridian using
eyeglasses.
3 After the railways were invented, the need for
a standardised measurement of time became
really necessary.
4 Before clocks were invented, people used
sundials, which didn’t work at all at night or
when the weather was bad.
5 Galileo noticed a light swinging back and forth
and this gave him the idea for the pendulum.
6 The problem of how to measure longitude
led to the invention of machines that were
accurate at sea.
7 The digital watch was invented in the 1980s.
8 Over the past 30 years, clockmakers have
developed the technology of radioactive
timekeeping.
THAT’S BRITAIN
3 Alex is visiting the city of Liverpool on the
River Mersey. Can you think of anything that
Liverpool is famous for?
4 Complete the tourist information leaflet.
16
Welcome to Liverpool, at one time one of
Mersey River to get the best view of the 2...
and the three famous buildings known as
The Three 3… . After this you can visit the
Albert Dock, which has been completely 4...
and is one of the biggest tourist attractions
in the country. Next, the Merseyside
Maritime Museum is a great place to learn
about the city’s 5... past. Then go to the
cultural 6... , where you will see a number
of landmarks and public buildings. Finally,
no trip to Liverpool would be complete
without visiting the 7... Cavern Club, where
the Beatles played live almost 8... times.
SAME LANGUAGE, DIFFERENT LIVES
5 Listen to the speakers talking about the
importance of being punctual in their country.
What is a clock-watcher? Choose the correct
definition.
1 A person who likes to look at clocks.
2 A person who pays too much attention to the
time.
6 Listen again and answer the questions.
1 What are the clock-watching New Zealanders
always aware of?
2 When is there no option but to be unpunctual
in South Africa?
3 When is it not important to be punctual in
Australia?
4 What does the speaker think is the most
important thing for Jamaicans?
5 What do the English think about people who
are late?
NOW YOU!
7 Are people from your country clock-watchers?
Is it important to be punctual?
Spanish people are clock-
watchers. We’re always looking
at our watches or mobile phones
to see what time it is, but that
doesn’t mean we are punctual.
We usually arrive a bit late,
maybe ten minutes or even more!
THAT’S ENGLISH!
 UNIT 1
SKILLS WORK
1 We can make, spend, waste, take and have more or less time, but why does time exist? Complete this
quote with the words everything, time and once.
‘The only reason for … is so that … doesn’t happen at … .’ Albert Einstein.

Now do the quiz to find out if you waste time.

Do you ever feel that there just aren’t enough hours in the day?
Whatever you do — work in a busy office, study, or organise a family —
managing your time is a skill that can and should be learnt. We at People
Training Services specialise in teaching time management skills, and we offer
a wide range of courses for everyone, whoever you are!

So, try our quiz and find out just how good you are at managing your time!

1 When you are working on something important, do you … ?

a often let other people b only allow interruptions for c not talk to anyone until you’ve
interrupt you essential matters finished

2 During a normal busy day, do you … ?

a take regular breaks b take time off for social activities, c never have time to exercise
e.g. the cinema

3 When you have an important presentation to give, what do you do the night before?
a start preparing your b read carefully through your c quickly go over your summary
presentation previously prepared presentation notes

4 Is your email inbox … ?

a always full of unread messages b logically organised into files and c empty
subfiles
5 When you have an important appointment or meeting, do you … ?
a arrive late with an excuse b always arrive exactly on time c arrive in time to have a coffee
beforehand

6 If you have to do something boring or difficult, do you … ?

a put it off until later b start it but soon change to c do it immediately
another activity

(online source)
Now that you’ve done our quiz, why not sign up for one of our courses so we can help you improve your time
management at work and at home? Find out more on our website pts@yaboo.com.
TRACK 5

improvement!
well, but there’s always room for make the most of your time? Call us now if you have enough time!
Mostly c: You manage your time Mostly b: Not bad, but do you really Mostly a: You definitely need help!

2 Listen to people talking about the PTS time management course and complete the table.
6
Name Reason for doing the course Reason why he / she has problems managing time
Ken has no time for … has too much …
Jackie has no time for … has … and …
Oliver is always … can’t organise …

3 Talk to your partner about your answers to the quiz questions. How do you manage your time now
and what could you do to manage it better?

I don’t let anyone interrupt me too But it’s hard to ignore a colleague,
often, except of course, my boss! especially if she / he needs help.

THAT’S ENGLISH! 17
Time goes by
WRITING
1 Read the two stories and answer the questions.
A Larry’s Novel
Larry wanted to write a novel, so
he went to live in a village. One day
he was writing in the living room
and he heard a strange noise. The
noise got louder. Words appeared
on his computer screen, ‘You are
running out of time.’ And there
was a picture of a skeleton. Larry
was frightened and ran to the door.
The door was locked. Then the
noise stopped and Larry opened
the door. A man was there. The
man said, ‘I have a parcel for you.’
It was the postman. Larry smiled
and took the parcel. When he
opened the parcel a human bone
fell out. The postman laughed and
Larry screamed.
Writing stories
Adjectives or adverbs
Adjectives or adverbs can be used at the
beginning of a sentence.
Surprised and amazed, I walked towards the
strange spacecraft.
Quietly, he walked towards the closed door.
2 Complete the sentences with the adjectives
from the box.
anxious annoyed happy tired bored
excited embarrassed ashamed
18
B The Postman Never Knocks Once
Larry Perkins was living in a pretty cottage at the end of the village
and trying to finish writing his novel. One day, while he was sitting
in the living room writing the final chapter of what he hoped to be
a best-seller, he heard a strange noise. Suddenly, out of nowhere,
terrifying words appeared on his computer screen. Meanwhile, the
awful noise was getting louder and louder. Scared and shaking, Larry
read these words, ‘You are running out of time’ and a horrific picture
of a skeleton appeared. Feeling terribly frightened, Larry ran to the
door, but it was locked. By the time he managed to open the door,
the noise had stopped. A tall, dark man was standing outside on
the path. Before Larry could do or say anything, the man said, ‘I’ve
got a parcel for you, Mr. Perkins.’ It was just the postman! Relieved,
Larry smiled nervously and took the parcel. Anxiously, he opened
the parcel but as he tore the paper a human bone fell out. Larry
looked inside the parcel and saw that it was full of bones. When the
postman started laughing wickedly, Larry began to scream.
1 Which story has the best title?
2 Which text is more interesting?
3 What adjectives and adverbs are
used in text B? Where do they
occur in the sentence?
4 What other kinds of words are
used to start a sentence effectively
in text B?
5 Underline the connectors and
linking words used in text B.
6 Which verb tenses are used in text
A? And in text B?
1 … but … , he went home thinking that life was
good.
2 … and … , they admitted they were wrong.
3 … and … , George left the party because it was
no fun at all.
4 … but … , his mother watched him perform in
his first competition.
page 124 3 Complete the sentences with an appropriate
adverb.
1 Sadly / Happily, Larry lived in a pretty cottage
at the end of a peaceful village.
2 Quietly / Anxiously, Larry opened the mysterious
parcel.
3 Nervously / Shyly, Larry read the words, ‘You
are not alone.’
THAT’S ENGLISH!

–ing form
You can use the –ing form of a verb to start a
sentence.
Thinking about what he had to do, John
didn’t notice that it was already dark.
page 124
4 Match to make sentences.
1 Wondering where he was,
2 Sitting peacefully in the garden,
3 Running as fast as he could,
4 Screaming with terror,
5 Shivering with cold,
6 Feeling embarrassed,
a we finally got to the mountain refuge.
b Sam managed to escape the lion.
c the girl ran out of the house.
d the man looked at the map again.
e Harry apologised for using the wrong name.
f Jenny enjoyed the summer sun.
5 Choose the correct option.
1 Afterwards / After he left the room, he took the
lift to the ground floor.
2 He left the room. After / Afterwards, he took
the lift to the ground floor.
3 Before / Beforehand the doctor arrived, the
patient had died.
4 The doctor arrived. Before / Beforehand, the
patient had died.
5 Meanwhile / While I was talking on the phone,
my supper got cold.
6 I was talking on the phone. While / Meanwhile,
my supper got cold.
7 He lived in York. Previously / Afterwards, he
had lived in New York and London.
8 Once / Until he had found his brother, he could
stop worrying.
Time connectors
▶ Match the two halves of the explanations:
1 once, before, after and while
2 beforehand, previously, afterwards and
meanwhile
a connect two separate sentences
b connect two clauses in one sentence
page 124
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT 1
6 Complete the text with time connectors in the
Help Box.
1… Jack had managed to swim to the island,
he lay down exhausted. He was hungry,
thirsty and totally alone. Two days 2… , his
ship had left port in sunny weather, but a
sudden, heavy storm had driven it crashing
onto some rocks. 3… , the ship had sunk,
and only Jack had survived. Jack knew he
should look for food and water, but 4… ,
the midday sun was getting hotter and hotter.
So 5… he started to look for something to eat
and drink, he decided to build a shelter. Jack
left the beach and went into the thick bushes
to find some wood. 6… he was fighting his
way through the dense jungle, he came
across a small stream. The water looked clean
and pure, and 7… Jack had drunk as much as
he could, he continued on his way.
7a Write a story (175 words) about a strange or
unusual experience you or another person has
had. Include the following information:
s When and where it happened: describe the
setting.
s Who was involved: describe what they did and
how they felt.
s How it ended.
7b Use this checklist to improve your writing.
Make sure:
s Your story has a good title. 4
s It has a strong beginning and end. 4
s There is a variety of adjectives and adverbs to
describe people, places and events. 4
s There are connectors. 4
s There are no spelling or punctuation
mistakes. 4
Writing Reference page 142
19
UNIT
2 Getting on well

OBJECTIVES
s4O DESCRIBE PERSONAL RELATIONSHIPS
s4O EXPRESS SYMPATHY

A Relationships
BEFORE YOU WATCH 3 Mark thinks that the wedding plans are getting
out of … .
1 Match the verbs (1-3) to the pictures (a-c). a hand b control c sight
1 to chat someone up 3 to run away 4 Lucy’s mum and dad want to invite … people
to the wedding.
2 to break up with someone
a 300 b 200 c 400
a b c 5 Danny thinks that Mark should talk to Lucy
and not … with her.
a fall out b argue c be angry

4 Complete the sentences.

WHILE YOU WATCH
2 Choose which of the following options best
describes what happened in the Drama.
1 Mark thinks they shouldn’t let other people’s
… influence them.
2 Lucy finds it difficult to … her mother’s opinion.
3 Lucy thinks that the … cake would be better
for a summer wedding.
4 Mark wants to run away to … .
5 Danny thinks the wedding will be … .
6 Danny says he has lots of stories about the …
for his best man’s speech.

5 Use the words from the box to complete the

dialogue between Lucy and Danny.

1 Danny is / isn’t being supportive to his interested broken up worked out

brother Mark. chatted me up to talk met believe

L: ) LIKE THIS PUB
4HIS IS WHERE ) 1... Mark. I was

2 Lucy and Mark are / aren’t enjoying
themselves planning the wedding.
here with his friends. He 2… all evening!
D: Oh, yes?
L: He was nice 3… to but I’d just 4… with my
boyfriend and I wasn’t really 5… .
D: And now, ’da, da, da-da’.
L: Yes, we’re getting married! Can you 6… it?
D: I’m glad things have 7… .

AFTER YOU WATCH NOW YOU!

3 Choose the correct option.
6 Talk about how you first met your partner.
1 Anthony is planning a lunch for his girlfriend
Bridget’s birthday on … .
I met my boyfriend at a summer festival in
a Friday b Saturday c Sunday a village. I think most Spanish people meet
2 Danny thinks that weddings must be really … their partners at these festivals!! Jaime
to organise. came over to me and...
a hard b easy c fun

20 THAT’S ENGLISH!
 STREET INTERVIEWS
7 The speakers below were asked the following questions: Who are the closest people in your life?
Why do you get on with them?
1 Which type of people do you think the speakers will mention?
2 Watch the video to see if any of your ideas were mentioned.

Lesley Nadine Darren Jude Ian Karen Arken Ruth

8a Listen to the speakers and tick (4) the family members that they talk about.

a wife b husband c brother d sister e twin brother f twin sister g children h cousins
i parents j father-in-law k mother-in-law l aunt m uncle

8b Answer the questions. Which speaker ... ?

1 has family in different parts of the world 4 is married to his / her best friend
2 thinks his / her family is his / her world 5 feels they are accepted by his / her family
3 DOES A LOT OF EXERCISE WITH HIS  HER FAMILY 6 is friends with his / her work colleagues

ACTIVATE YOUR ENGLISH! NOW YOU!

9 Match the expressions (1-6) to their meanings (a-f).
Ruth: We’ve got lots of in jokes1.
Ruth: You get this nice, warm, fuzzy feeling2
when you’re with the people you are
close to.
Arken: My family know me better than anyone
else, they know my flaws3 as well.
Ian: I’ve got a big family; they’re all spread
out4 over the world.
Ian: Family is belonging; I think it’s knowing
that you can lean on5 people.
Darren: I’m not quite ready to fly the nest yet6.
11 Discuss the questions with your partner.
1 Do you agree that marriage is a big decision?
I think that getting married
and having children are the
biggest decisions you can take
in your life...
2 Is your family spread out or do you all live
close to each other?

a not want to leave home at the moment I have family in the north and
south of Spain, so I suppose you
b to have a lovely feeling inside
could say we are spread out. I
c to depend on someone for help and advice also have a cousin who is doing
d to secretly find something funny with your Erasmus in Germany...
family or friends
e to be in many different places
f something which is not good about someone 3 Who would you lean on for help if you had a
or something problem?
10 Tick (4) the sentences which are positive about
relationships. I would definitely lean on
my family, especially if the
1 We’re getting on very well, actually. problem was a financial
2 Aunty Mary and Uncle Ian are getting divorced. one...
3 Some friends of mine have had a huge row
about their wedding plans.

THAT’S ENGLISH! 21
Getting on well

READING
1 Look at the photos. Which of these relationships JOHN WATT. Staff writer
do you have? Put them in order of importance
for you. Throughout human history, people everywhere
have searched for their perfect match. But is
1 3
this a realistic goal? Psychologists believe that
people’s needs within a relationship evolve over
time and that the concept of the perfect, lifelong 5
partner is perhaps more myth than reality.
I spoke to three couples who, after experiencing
difficult moments in their relationships, turned
to a relationship counsellor for advice. Here are
their stories: 10

Charlie and Kelly

2 4
Charlie and Kelly
settled down and
got married when
they were only 18:
a romantic child 15
bride and groom.
It was Charlie’s
dream to have a
large family, and
he saw himself as 20
being the head of
2a Listen and answer the questions.
the family while
8 1 7HO DID 3UE MARRY *IM OR4ONY Kelly would be a
2 Who is Sue’s boyfriend at the moment: Jim or housewife and stay-at-home mum. It wasn’t
4ONY difficult to convince Kelly, and she soon got 25
pregnant and three more babies quickly
2b Listen again and match the phrasal verbs to the followed. At first, Kelly was happy and loved
meanings.
8 being at home with the babies, especially as the
get on with ask out fall out in-laws lived nearby and helped out whenever
break down go out with settle down they could. But as time went by, she felt she 30
needed more in life and so she started a Fine
1 4O ASK SOMEONE YOU FIND ATTRACTIVE TO GO ON A Arts degree. Charlie couldn’t accept that his
romantic date. once loving wife was no longer satisfied with the
2 4O HAVE A ROMANTIC RELATIONSHIP WITH SOMEONE life he’d planned for them.
3 4O HAVE A GOOD RELATIONSHIP WITH A FRIEND OR
CLASSMATE FOR EXAMPLE Daniel and Hugo
4 4O HAVE A QUIETER LIFE BECAUSE YOU GET MARRIED Daniel and Hugo were work colleagues and 35
and make a home together. best friends and had also been going out with
5 When a marriage or relationship starts to have each other for two years before they finally
difficulties and comes to an end.
6 When people have a disagreement and there
is bad feeling between them.

3 Read the article and decide where it might 4 Choose the best title for the article.
appear.
1 4HERES A PERFECT PARTNER FOR EVERYONE
1 in a specialist psychology magazine 2 How to find the perfect partner
2 in a lifestyle magazine 3 4HE PERFECT PARTNER FACT OR FICTION
3 in a gossip magazine

22 THAT’S ENGLISH!

decided to move in together. During this time
they’d never fallen out, and that’s how Daniel
thought things should be. His parents never
argued and whenever there was a difference of
opinion, his father’s was always the final word.
Their new life together worked well although
Hugo was extremely messy. But whenever
Daniel mentioned this, Hugo was quick to lose
his temper and Daniel started feeling insecure
because he wasn’t used to this kind of reaction.
He wondered if Hugo was committed to the
relationship, or if he was thinking of leaving him.
Ruth and Rob
After Ruth’s marriage
broke down, she felt
very lonely. Her ex
hadn’t liked to go out
much, and as all her
friends and relatives
were now married
and only socialised in
couples, she often felt
left out. So when the
boss, Rob, asked her
out, she was easy to persuade. On their first
date, they had a wonderful time and got on very
well. Rob loved Ruth’s affectionate nature, and
when it came to cooking, hers was the best!
Rob soon thought he’d found the love of his
life. However, as time passed by, Ruth became
increasingly possessive and dependent, and
Rob started to feel he’d made a big mistake.
TRACK 9
5 Read the relationship counsellor’s advice (1-3)
and match it to the couples in the article.
1 Your partner needs to understand the importance
of maintaining some independence. At the same
time, you need to assure him / her that you love
him / her.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT 2
2 You need to adjust to your partner’s changing
needs and look for ways to grow together
while respecting each other’s ambitions and
EXPECTATIONS
3 Conflict can be the first step to solving a
problem if you address it as soon as possible.
You should trust your partner, and he / she
should learn to control his / her temper.
6 Read the article and the advice given again.
Answer the questions.
1 Why do psychologists believe the ‘perfect,
lifelong partner’ is a myth?
40
2 What was Charlie’s idea of the perfect family?
3 In what way had Kelly changed?
4 What do we learn about Daniel’s family
background?
5 Why did Daniel start to worry about Hugo?
45
6 Why was Ruth so keen to go out with Rob?
7 How did Rob initially feel about Ruth?
7 Match the highlighted words in the text with
their meaning.
1 two people who do things together
2 a woman on her wedding day
50
3 a man on his wedding day
4 THE MEMBERS OF YOUR EXTENDED FAMILY
5 the person in charge at work
6 a former husband, wife or partner
55
7 your husband’s or wife’s family
8 the person you are romantically involved with
or share a business with
8a Complete the questions with the correct form of
the phrasal verbs in bold in the text.
60
1 Do you … with your colleagues at work?
2 Why do you think so many marriages … these
days?
3 When was the last time you … or had an
argument with a friend or relative?
65
4 What do you think is the best age to … , get
married and form a family?
5 When was the last time someone … you … on
a date?
6 How old were you when you first started …
with boys / girls?
8b Discuss your answers to the questions in
activity 8a.
Yes, I get on well Not really. I make an
with almost all effort to get on well
of my colleagues with the people I
at work. work with.
23
Getting on well
LANGUAGE STUDY
1 Read and listen to the news report. Pay attention
to the information in bold.
10
Dr Russ Adams’s recent speech, on a theory
of his about the use and misuse of the
apostrophe in English, attracted a large
audience to the auditorium of modern
languages 4HE $OCTOR’s were always some
OF THE MOST POPULAR LECTURES 4HE STUDENTs’
interest in the subject was obvious from the
length of the queues outside and crowded
corners of the auditorium. His speech’s
controversial theory divided his audience
into two opposing schools of thought and
arguments soon broke out.
Expressing possession
1 The Doctor’s lectures were always some of
the most popular.
2 The Doctor’s were always some of the most
popular lectures.
What kind of word is omitted after the ‘s in 2?
page 125
2 Choose the correct answer.
1 He used a ladder to paint the bedroom’s ceiling /
bedroom ceiling.
2 My colleague’s boss / The boss of my colleague
is more formal than mine.
3 His relative’s jobs / His relatives’ jobs are all in
the travel industry.
4 My mum’s cooking / My mum’s is the best
cooking I’ve ever tasted.
5 A friend of mine / my has just come to live
with me.
6 4HERE WAS A PROJECTOR AT THE room’s back /
back of the room.
3a Listen to the sentences. Is the ‘s pronounced /s/,
/z/ or /ɪz/?
11
1 Dr Adams’s recent speech attracted a large
audience.
2 4HE STUDENTs’ interest in the subject was
obvious from the length of the queues.
3 4HE CONTENT OF $R 2USs’ speech was
controversial.
Pronunciation Guide page 147
24
3b Put the phrases into the correct column. Listen,
check and repeat.
12
the campus’s facilities Charlie’s dreams
Ruth’s marriage the book’s cover
the speech’s theory people’s needs
/s/ /z/ /ɪz/
Informal use of the definite article
We can use the definite article informally to
replace possessive adjectives.
Kelly was happy and loved being at home with
the babies, especially as the in-laws lived
nearby.
page 125
4 Complete the text with the or Ø (no article).
Until I was a teenager, I’d always had 1…
great relationships with 2… kids I hung out
with. But once I left 3… school and started 4…
work, things became more difficult. I seemed
to always fall out with 5… people at work and
I argued a lot with 6… boss. Life at 7… home
wasn’t good either, and 8… relationship with
my parents got worse and worse. Last week I
took 9… difficult decision to leave home and
move to 10… city.
5 Choose the correct option.
1 4HE MARRIAGE BROKE in / down after only two
years.
2 It’s hard to make up / in when you’re really
angry.
3 Have you seen who she’s going out with / on
at now?
4 I love being chatted at / up.
5 Go on! Ask him down / out!
6 4HEY FELL out / in with each other over
something trivial.
7 4HE RELATIONSHIP WITH MY BOYFRIEND IS BREAKING
up / down. We hardly speak to each other
anymore.
8 I didn’t use to get on / in with anyone.
Review of phrasal verbs for relationships page 126
THAT’S ENGLISH!
 UNIT 2

6 Replace the words in bold with the correct form of the phrasal verbs from the box.

break down make up get on well fall out settle down chat up

*ANET AND 4OM had always been good friends, but there was no romance between them.
4HEN IN THE SUMMER OF  4OM SUDDENLY ASKED *ANET TO GO ON A DATE WITH HIM *ANET
WAS SURPRISED BECAUSE 4OM HAD NEVER EVEN TRIED TO flirt with her before, but finally she
ACCEPTED !FTER A YEAR OF DATING *ANET ASKED4OM TO MARRY HER SHE FELT THE RELATIONSHIP WAS
serious and that it was time they lived together. But after a month of constantly arguing
about the housework and money, the relationship finally came to an end. Eventually they
became friends again, but sadly they were never as close as before.

Describing people
Subject + to be + adjective + to infinitive
Kelly wasn't difficult to convince.
She was easy to persuade.
It + to be + adjective + to infinitive + object
It wasn't difficult to convince Kelly.
It was easy to persuade her.
page 126

7 Rewrite the sentences using the words given.

1 He’s nice to talk to. It’s … . 3 4HE INSTRUCTIONS ARE EASY TO FOLLOW )TS x 
2 )TS NOT EASY TO CARE FOR THREE CHILDREN4HREE CHILDREN x  4 It’s fun to be with my colleagues. My … .

8 Complete the text with the correct answers: a, b, or c.

Family life in China and India

#HINESE FAMILIES ARE SMALL THE GOVERNMENT HAS RELAXED ITS ONE CHILD POLICY
but most kids will still grow up as 1… children. Devised to contain population
growth, this policy has produced a generation of ‘little emperors’: spoilt kids
who never learn to 2… others. As most Chinese parents work, childcare is
often provided by 3… ; over half the children in cities are brought up by
grandparents.
Although the children are well looked after, the situation isn’t ideal.
Schoolteachers claim that grandparents overprotect the youngsters,
while parents complain about the 4… old-fashioned ways.
)NDIA ON THE OTHER HAND STILL HAS MANY EXTENDED FAMILIES -ARRIAGES
are often arranged by the families of the bride and 5… , and new brides
usually move in with their 6x  &AMILIES WITH FIVE OR SIX CHILDREN ARE STILL
THE NORM AND CHILDREN ARE EXPECTED TO LOOK AFTER THEIR 7… parents and
(online source)

support them financially.

4HOUGH FAMILY MEMBERS ARE SUPPOSED TO LOVE AND 8… each other,
maltreatment of women by their husbands’ families isn’t uncommon.

1 a unique 3 a relationships 5 a boyfriend 7 a ancient

b lonely b relatives b husband b old
c only c familiars c groom c elderly
2 a get on with 4 a grandparents 6 a EX FAMILY 8 a care for
b get over b grandparent’s b in-laws b chat up
c get into c grandparents’ c stepfamily c break up

9 Think about the following questions and prepare a short talk.

1 Do you think it’s important for children to have Actually I don’t think it’s important for children
brothers and sisters? to have brothers and sisters. I’m an only child
2 Do you think arranged marriages can be as myself, and I had a great childhood…
happy as love marriages?

THAT’S ENGLISH! 25
Getting on well

B BFF: best friends forever

DOCUMENTARY
1 Which of the sentences about friendships do
you agree with?
1 Friendships can begin at school and last all
our lives.
2 It’s natural to act differently with different
friends.
3 We don’t normally have lots of good friends.
The Leighton Moss Nature Reserve
6 What do the water and reed attract?
SAME LANGUAGE, DIFFERENT LIVES
5 Match the speakers (1-5) to the attitude young
people have about marriage in their country (a-e).
1 3 5

2 Watch the documentary and read the sentences

about friendship. Which two are not true?
Correct them.
1 We need our friends for emotional support
and companionship.
2 4
2 Friendship is about very deep values being
shared.
3 Friendship is essential to live a long and
healthy life.
4 We couldn’t survive on this planet without
friends.
5 Laura thinks she is very different with certain
friends. a 4HERE IS A VERY HIGH DIVORCE RATE
6 As Laura gets older she realises that friends b 6IEWS TOWARDS SAME SEX MARRIAGES ARE
are always there for you and acquaintances becoming more accepting.
are people that pass you by. c People cohabit to test the water before taking
7 Roseanna has noticed that she seeks friends the leap.
with common interests. d Marriage gives you a sense of security and
8 A study has revealed that even sharks form responsibility.
long-term relationships. e People tend to live together before they decide
to tie the knot.
THAT’S BRITAIN 6 Listen to the speakers again. They use two
3 Alex is visiting Morecambe in Lancashire, different idioms to refer to ‘getting married’.
England. One important feature of this place is Which ones?
the quicksands. What do you think they are?
1 Sand that can be dangerous to walk on. NOW YOU!
2 Sand that goes back into the sea because of 7 Discuss the following questions with your
the tides. partner.

4 Answer the questions about Morecambe. 1 Do you think it is acceptable to live with your
partner before you tie the knot?
Morecambe Bay
1 Why do hundreds of people travel to the I think it’s a good idea because
sands? most of my friends lived with their
2 What is Cedric’s job? parents until they got married and
now I think they regret that…
The Stone Jetty
3 Why is this a great place for families with
children? 2 Do you have a lot of close friends or just a few?
The Midland
4 7HEN WAS THIS HISTORIC LUXURY HOTEL BUILT I have about three really close friends.
Two of them I met at primary school
The Statue of Eric Morecambe and the other at university...
5 Who was Eric Morecambe?

26 THAT’S ENGLISH!
 UNIT 2
SKILLS WORK
1 Read the online advertisement. Who and what is it for?

where people like you find the love of their life

Has it been a while since you last went out with someone?
Have all your friends settled down whilst you feel you’ve been
left out?
Are you looking for that special person you’ll always
get on with?
Would you like to find your perfect match?

If you answered yes to any of those four questions,

then you’ve come to the right place:
Welcome to !

We offer a comprehensive, international dating service

for all types of people of all ages – including you!
We have twenty-five years’ experience of bringing
couples together. Over the last three months,
over 3,000 couples who met on
got engaged and another 2,000 got married. Would
you like to be one of those lucky people? Then,
sign up today! Just fill in the online registration
COMPETITION:
form and write your personal profile, but don’t forget Win a romantic dinner for two at a top restaurant.
to upload a photograph! That’s all! Now you’re ready Describe your ideal partner in 50 words or less.
to start searching for true love. Here’s last month’s winner:

When you find someone you like the look of, complete
the registration form, and we’ll take care of the rest.
And of course, if anyone likes the look of you, we’ll
get in touch with you and send their details
straight away. Happy searching!
Click here to register now
Elinor Sommers
(Cardiff)
My ideal partner would be fun to be with, easy
to get on with and extremely attractive! Ideally,
I’d like a thirtysomething lawyer, but I know
that’s not easy to find . My soulmate should
be kind, sincere and have a wonderful sense of
humour… rich would be good too! o!
TRACK 13

2 Answer the questions.

1 Who or what do these numbers refer to?
a4 b 25 c3 d 3,000 e 2,000 f 50
2 What do you need to do when you find someone who interests you?
3 What is the prize in the competition?

3 Listen to four people explaining why they joined Soulmate Search. Match the speakers (1-4)
to the reasons (a-e). There’s one extra sentence.
14
a Anything connected with computers and the Internet suits my personality and lifestyle.
b My professional ambitions leave me with very little free time to meet people.
c ) NEED EXCITEMENT AND SOMEONE DIFFERENT IN MY LIFE
d All the guys I meet are either in a relationship or boring.
e Joining a dating agency wasn’t my idea.

4 Write a description of your perfect partner. Refer to Elinor’s description above as a model.
My ideal partner would be...

THAT’S ENGLISH! 27
Getting on well

SPEAKING
1 Look at the pictures and think about what is happening in each situation.

1 2 3

The woman in picture one may be upset and feeling down

because she suspects her husband is having an affair with
a woman from work.

2 Listen to three dialogues and choose the correct option.

15 Dialogue 1
1 Judy’s partner is having an affair / has left her.
2 Judy should leave him / carry on as normal.
Dialogue 2
1 Jill is fed up because her salary has been cut / she’ll be paid late.
2 Jill should think carefully before making a decision / borrowing some money.
Dialogue 3
1 Kate’s partner doesn’t want to move to Sweden / might want to split up with Kate.
2 Kate should talk to her partner about the situation / look for a job in Sweden.

3a Complete the extracts with the expressions from the box. Listen and check.

16
hope things get better soon don’t do anything you might regret later
I know how you must be feeling I tell you what I’d do

1 I’m so sorry. … . Remember when my Dave threatened to leave me?

2 And I … . Maybe you should come out with the girls tonight.
3 I’m terribly sorry to hear that, Jill. … , I’d talk to a good lawyer.
4 Well, I do sympathise with you, but … . If you’re really short of money, I can help you out.

Review of expressing sympathy page 126

3b Listen again. Practise saying the sentences and copy the intonation.

16
Pronunciation Guide page 148

28 THAT’S ENGLISH!
 UNIT 2

Interaction: expressing concern and sympathy

4 Look at the extracts in activity 3a again and answer the questions.
1 7HAT DO THE SPEAKERS DO FIRST EXPRESS SYMPATHY OR OFFER ADVICE
2 7HICH EXPRESSIONS DO THE SPEAKERS USE TO GIVE ADVICE

5 Look at the expressions in the box from activity 2, dialogue 3 and complete the table.

Oh no, that is sad. What’s wrong, Kate? You seem upset. Poor you!
Oh really, what’s happened? Why don’t you go to Sweden and try and make up?
Haven’t you thought of going over there? That’s what I would do.

Function Useful language

EXPRESSING CONCERN INTEREST 1
2
EXPRESSING SYMPATHY 1
2
offering advice 1
2

17 Listen, check and repeat. Copy the intonation.

6a Read the situations. Show concern and offer sympathy.

1 Your partner is moving to Australia for a year. You won’t

BE ABLE TO GO BECAUSE YOU HAVE IMPORTANT EXAMS IN THREE
months.
2 You were promised a promotion, but you’ve just found
out that the job went to your boss’s nephew, a recent
GRADUATE WITH NO EXPERIENCE
3 You are a talented sports person and you’d like to become
a professional. A famous coach is coming to watch you,
but you’ve twisted your ankle and won’t be able to play.

6b Choose either situation 2 or 3 from activity 6a and act out the role-play with your partner.
Use correct intonation and include the following:

s EXPRESS CONCERN
s EXPRESS SYMPATHY
s EXPLAIN THE SITUATION  PROBLEM
s give advice

What’s wrong, Elena? You seem upset.

I know how you must be
feeling. I get quite lonely when
Peter's away on business.
I’ve had some bad news. Mike’s going
to Australia and I can’t go with him!
Poor you! Why don’t
you go away with him?

THAT’S ENGLISH! 29
 3
East, west, home
UNIT is best

OBJECTIVES
s4O DESCRIBE PLACES
s4O COMPARE PLACES AND THE QUALITY OF LIFE THERE

A If I lived here...
BEFORE YOU WATCH 3 4HERE IS A LOCAL STREET MARKET
4 4HE NEIGHBOURHOOD IS ONE OF THE MOST PEACEFUL
1 Tick (4) the statements you agree with. AREAS IN ,ONDON
4HE LONGER YOU LIVE IN A PLACE THE HARDER IT IS 5 4HE CRIME RATE IS LOWER THAN IN OTHER AREAS
TO LEAVE 6 4HE FLAT IS NEAR THE RIVER
)F YOU MOVE TO ANOTHER AREA YOULL MISS YOUR 7 4HE BUILDING HAS A ROOF TERRACE
NEIGHBOURS AND THE SHOPS
)D LIKE TO HAVE A LIVELIER NIGHTLIFE IN MY AREA 5 Decide if the following sentences are true (4) or
false (7). Correct the false ones.

WHILE YOU WATCH +AREN THINKS  

1 THE PEOPLE IN THE AREA 3UE WANTS TO MOVE TO
2 Answer the questions. ARE NOT VERY FRIENDLY
2 3UE WILL SAVE MONEY IF SHE MOVES
3 HER AREA IS THE MOST FASHIONABLE PLACE
4 HER AREA FEELS LIKE A REAL COMMUNITY
5 SHE WOULD MISS HER GARDEN IF SHE LIVED IN A FLAT

6 Complete the text about why people are moving

out of the centre of London with the words from
1 (OW DOES +AREN HELP 3UE IN HER SEARCH FOR A
the box.
NEW FLAT
neighbourhoods dead tube transport
crime leisure markets prime facilities

0ROPERTY PRICES IN THE CENTRE OF ,ONDON ARE

SO EXPENSIVE THAT MANY YOUNG COUPLES ARE
MOVING TO AFFORDABLE1  SUCH AS 7ALTHAMSTOW
IN THE EAST )N THE PAST THESE CHEAPER AREAS
2 (OW WOULD YOU DESCRIBE +ARENS RELATIONSHIP HAD VERY HIGH 2 RATES BUT NOW THEY ARE
WITH THE PEOPLE IN HER AREA CONSIDERED TO BE A 3 LOCATION 4HEY ALSO
HAVE LOTS OF GOOD 4 SUCH AS SCHOOLS
AFTER YOU WATCH LIBRARIES 5 CENTRES AND ACCESS TO PUBLIC 6 
!T THE WEEKEND THERE ARE STREET 7 WHERE
3 Choose the correct option. YOU CAN BUY LOTS OF FRESH PRODUCE 4HE ONLY
DOWNSIDE IS THAT THEY CAN BE A BIT 8 AT THE
1 )T TAKES 3UE an hour  an hour and a half TO GET WEEKEND BUT IF YOU WANT A LIVELY NIGHTLIFE YOU
TO WORK IN THE MORNING ONLY HAVE TO JUMP ON THE 9 AND GO TO THE
2 3UE does  doesn’t FEEL SAFE WALKING HOME ON CENTRE OF ,ONDON
HER OWN
3 4HE NEW FLATS ARE ONLY 10  20 MINUTES AWAY BY
TRAIN FROM WHERE 3UE WORKS NOW YOU!
4 )F 3UE LIVED IN THIS AREA SHE would  might BUY
A BIKE
4 Tick (4) the two things that are not in the area.
1 4HE FLAT IS CLOSE TO TWO TUBE STATIONS
2 4HERE IS A LEISURE CENTRE WHICH HAS ONE OF THE
MOST MODERN GYMS IN ,ONDON
30
7 Write a short paragraph about changes that are
happening in your town or city. Use activity 6
as a model.
I live in a small town near the city of Valencia,
and there have been many changes over the
last few years...
THAT’S ENGLISH!
 STREET INTERVIEWS
8 The speakers below were asked the following questions: What do you like about the place where
you live? What would you like to change?
1 4HINK OF TWO THINGS THEY MIGHT TALK ABOUT FOR EACH QUESTION
2 7ATCH THE VIDEO TO SEE IF ANY OF YOUR IDEAS WERE MENTIONED

,ESLEY +AREN !DRIAN )AN !LAN

9a Look at some of the things which the speakers said they liked about their area. What do you
think they mean?
1 ,ESLEY SAYS THEY HAVE a neighbourhood watch AND THEY ALL LOOK OUT FOR ONE ANOTHER
a 4HEY HAVE AN AREA WHERE YOU CAN WATCH YOUR NEIGHBOURS
b 4HERE IS A GROUP OF NEIGHBOURS PATROLLING THE STREETS LIKE THE POLICE TO PREVENT CRIME
2 +AREN SAYS HER AREA has got history to it
a (ISTORICAL EVENTS OCCURRED IN THE AREA AND THERE ARE PROBABLY HISTORICAL BUILDINGS
b 0EOPLE HAVE INVENTED STORIES ABOUT THE AREA
3 !DRIAN SAYS THAT HE LIKES HAVING handy things LIKE RESTAURANTS PUBS AND BARS
a (E LIKES GOING OUT A LOT
b (E THINKS IT IS USEFUL TO HAVE THESE KINDS OF THINGS IN HIS AREA

9b Listen to the speakers talking about what they don’t like about their area. Complete the sentences
with one word.
3OMETIMES ITS JUST GETTING A LITTLE TOO 1c 
7EVE HAD A FEW MUGGINGS AND THATS ALL COME AS A BIT OF A 2s TO US
0EOPLE WHO BUY FAST FOOD DONT SEEM TO 3b WHERE THEY DEPOSIT THEIR 4r 
)TS GONE DOWNHILL A BIT OVER TIME WERE 5l INDEPENDENT SHOPS

ACTIVATE YOUR ENGLISH!
10 Tick (4) the things (1-6) from the Street
Interviews which are true for your area.
1 0EOPLE DONT SEEM TO BOTHER WHERE THEY
DEPOSIT THEIR RUBBISH
2 4HERE ARE GOOD FACILITIES
4 )TS A SHAME ITS NOT NEAR THE RIVER
5 4HERE ARE SHOPS NEARBY THAT OPEN LATE
NOW YOU!
12 Discuss the questions with your partner.
1 (OW WOULD YOU DESCRIBE THE PEOPLE WHO LIVE
3 4HERE ARE HANDY THINGS LIKE RESTAURANTS PUBS
IN YOUR AREA
AND BARS
4 )TS GOT BUSIER AND BUSIER OVER THE YEARS
5 )TS GONE DOWNHILL A BIT OVER TIME I don’t really know many of the people
who live in my area, but those I do know
6 )TS A VERY FRIENDLY PLEASANT ENVIRONMENT TO
LIVE IN
11 Decide if these sentences (1-5) from the Drama
are positive or negative.
1 4HERES NOT MUCH STREET LIGHTING
2 4HERES A CYCLE ROUTE TO 7EST ,ONDON
3 4HIS IS AN EXTREMELY QUIET NEIGHBOURHOOD
THAT’S ENGLISH!
are decent, hard-working and friendly…
2 7HAT KIND OF FACILITIES DO YOU HAVE IN YOUR
AREA
3 )S YOUR AREA CLEAN OR IS THERE A LOT OF LITTER
4 $O YOU THINK YOUR AREA HAS IMPROVED OR GONE
DOWNHILL
31
East, west, home is best

READING
1 Look at the photos. Where would you feel … ?
1 THE SAFEST
2 THE MOST RELAXED
4 THE MOST FRIGHTENED
5 THE MOST ALIVE
NEW YORK
3 THE MOST UNCOMFORTABLE
OR
a c
LOS ANGELES?
New Yorker Angie Pasadena recently
moved temporarily to Los Angeles.
Here she shares her first impressions:
a … While New York is compact and intense,
LA, by contrast, is a vast, never-ending place.
Originally a series of separate villages now grown
b together, it seems to lack a single definite centre.
After New York, it feels less like a city and more
like a huge suburb.
b … Saying that public transport is better in New
York is incorrect: in LA, public transport simply
doesn’t exist! New Yorkers take the subway
everywhere – or walk (did I mention this is why,
generally speaking, we are slimmer and fitter
than our LA counterparts?), but in LA distances
are usually too great for walking. Cycling is
2
beginning to become popular, but there aren’t
Rank the factors (1-6) in order of importance
for you if you had to move to another city or nearly as many cycle lanes as in New York. As a
country. consequence, the whole city sits in a slow-moving
traffic jam for hours every morning just to get to
1 NOT HAVING TO TRAVEL TOO FAR TO YOUR PLACE OF work.
WORK  STUDY
c … We may not have as much sunshine, but
2 BEING NEAR PARKS OR GREEN SPACES
the air in New York is far cleaner and there are
3 LIVELY CULTURAL LIFE AND ENTERTAINMENT more parks and green spaces (and, incidentally,
4 GOOD PUBLIC SERVICES EDUCATION LEISURE AND a slightly lower crime rate). However, although
SPORTS FACILITIES ETC
5 A NICE AND  OR CHEAP HOME
6 FEELING SAFE A LOW CRIME RATE
5 Read the text again. Choose the correct option.
3 Think about what you know about New York
and Los Angeles. Where do you think you would 1 !NGIES FIRST IMPRESSION OF ,! WAS THAT THE CITY
rather live? WAS x 
a POLLUTED AND DANGEROUS
4 Read the website entry and use the missing first b WITHOUT MUCH SHAPE OR CHARACTER
lines (1-5) to complete the paragraphs (a-e). c CLEAN AND CHEAP
1 4HE ASTRONOMICAL COST OF HOUSING IS ANOTHER 2 /RIGINALLY ,! WAS x 
EXAMPLE OF THE INFRASTRUCTURE PROBLEM a ONE LARGE VILLAGE
2 3O ACCORDING TO !NGIE WHICH CITY WINS b IN A DIFFERENT LOCATION
3 -Y FIRST REACTION TO ,! WAS @7HERE DOES IT START c COMPOSED OF SEVERAL DIFFERENT SMALLER PLACES
AND WHERE DOES IT END
4 4HE RESULT OF ,! TRAFFIC JAMS IS THE FAMOUS 3 0UBLIC TRANSPORT IN .EW 9ORK x 
,! SMOG AIR POLLUTION FROM EXHAUST FUMES a ISNT BETTER THAN IN ,!
5 !ND JUST LIKE IN THE SUBURBS THE ONLY WAY TO b IS USED BY LOTS OF PEOPLE
GET ROUND IS BY CAR c IS MORE EXPENSIVE THAN IN ,!
32 THAT’S ENGLISH!
 UNIT 3

7 )N COMPARISON WITH .EW9ORK ,! IS x 

public services
have improved –
you won’t see much
litter in the subway
these days unless
it’s just after a big
football game –
our crowded city’s
infrastructure is
still pushed to the
limit. Sadly, it is a
statistical fact that wherever you are in New York,
CLASS RESIDENTIAL AREA NEAR A CITY
you’re never more than a few metres away from
a rat!
d … Whilst Angelinos complain about the traffic,
New Yorkers complain about how small their
apartments are. When developers build new
housing, they have to make 20% of it ‘affordable
housing’ that's cheap enough for everybody, but
this still isn’t enough to meet demand. Rents
in LA aren’t cheap, but they are certainly less
expensive than at home. And I haven’t seen any
tiny ‘walk-up’ (New-York speak for ‘the building is
so old there is no elevator’) studio apartments on
the 5th floor with the shower in the kitchen like
the one I lived in in my 20s.
a MORE POLLUTED BUT SAFER
b LESS SAFE AND LESS POLLUTED
c MORE POLLUTED AND LESS SAFE
8 7HAT !NGIE APPRECIATES MOST ABOUT ,! IS x 
a SHE HAS MORE LIVING SPACE
b THE WEATHER IS BETTER
c EVERYTHING IS CHEAPER
6 Find a word in the text that means … .
1 A MIDDLE
(PARAGRAPH a)
2 BITS OF PAPER AND RUBBISH THAT PEOPLE DROP ON
THE GROUND IN THE STREET PARAGRAPH c)
3 SOMEONE WHO BUYS LAND OR BUILDINGS IN ORDER
TO BUILD BETTER BUILDINGS TO MAKE MONEY
(PARAGRAPH d)
4 BUILDINGS FOR PEOPLE TO LIVE IN PARAGRAPH d)
5 THE MONEY YOU PAY TO LIVE IN A HOUSE OR
APARTMENT PARAGRAPH d)
6 WHAT YOU USE INSTEAD OF THE STAIRS TO MOVE FROM
ONE FLOOR TO ANOTHER IN A BUILDING PARAGRAPH d)
7a Listen to the end of Angie’s first impressions.
Which city did she choose in the end?
20

e … The ideal solution 7b Based on what you know now, which city would
would be if I could you choose? Explain why.
transport my LA
apartment to New
8a Listen to Nico and Annie arguing. Answer the
York, but I know
questions.
that’s cheating. In 21
the end, if I had to 1 7HICH CITY DOES .ICO WANT TO MOVE TO
choose, I’d... 2 7HY DOESNT !NNIE WANT TO GO

8b Listen again and complete the summaries of

TRACK 19
each person’s views with the words from the
21 box.

affordable developers elevator housing

4 !NGELINOS x  litter rents suburbs
a CYCLE A LOT
b USE THEIR CARS A LOT
c WALK A LOT Annie BELIEVES THAT ITS AN UGLY DIRTY PLACE
WITH 1x EVERYWHERE AND NO TREES 3HE IS
5 4RAVELLING ROUND ,OS !NGELES x  ALSO AFRAID THAT ITS VERY EXPENSIVE SHE HAS
a TAKES A LONG TIME HEARD THAT 2x ARE VERY HIGH EVEN FOR A SMALL
b IS EXPENSIVE APARTMENT IN A BUILDING WITHOUT AN 3x 
c IS DANGEROUS Nico SAYS THAT 4x HAVE DONE A LOT OF WORK IN
THE CITY AND THAT ITS A CLEAN AND SAFE PLACE
6 !NGIE ATTRIBUTES MANY OF .EW 9ORKS PROBLEMS NOWADAYS (E ADMITS THAT 5x IN THE CENTRE
TO THE FACT THAT THE CITY x  IS EXPENSIVE BUT SAYS THEY CAN LIVE IN THE 6x
a HAS POOR INFRASTRUCTURE WHERE THERE MUST BE MORE 7x AREAS
b IS OVERCROWDED
c IS FULL OF RATS

THAT’S ENGLISH! 33
East, west, home is best
LANGUAGE STUDY
1 Complete the sentences with a suitable expression
from the box.
exhaust fumes cycle lanes public transport
green spaces crime rate studio apartment
1 ) USED TO LIVE IN A TINY ONE
4 Complete sentence b so it has the same
meaning as sentence a using the correct form of
the word(s) in brackets.
1 a 4HERE IS MUCH LESS AIR POLLUTION IN -ADRID
THAN HERE
(ERE x  MUCH
ROOM x  WHICH DIDNT
HAVE A SEPARATE BATHROOM b Here there is much more air pollution than in
Madrid.
2 -OST MAJOR CITIES OFTEN HAVE TERRIBLE TRAFFIC
JAMS SO ITS A GOOD IDEA TO USE x  2 a 4HERE ARE NOT AS MANY GREEN SPACES HERE AS
IN OTHER CITIES
3 ,! HAS A SURPRISINGLY SMALL NUMBER OF x FOR
A CITY OF ITS SIZE THE COUNCIL IS PLANNING MORE b 4HERE ARE x  FEW
PARKS AND GARDENS 3 a )S THIS THE BEST ROOM YOU HAVE
4 4HE PLAN TO INCREASE THE NUMBER OF x IS NOT b $ONT YOU x  GOOD
POPULAR WITH CAR DRIVERS 4 a 4HE ROADS HERE ARE FAR MORE DANGEROUS THAN
5 4HE x IS LOWER THAN IT WAS BUT THERE ARE STILL
PROBLEMS WITH GANGS AND DRUGS
6 !IR POLLUTION CAUSED BY x IS KNOWN TO CAUSE
ASTHMA IN YOUNG CHILDREN
2
In which group of compound nouns does the
stress fall on the first word? And on the second
22 word? Listen, check and repeat.
IN ANY OTHER CITY
b 4HESE ROADS x  MOST  )  EVER SEE
5 a 7EVE VISITED OTHER APARTMENTS THAT ARE
BIGGER THAN THIS ONE
b 4HIS IS THE x  SMALL  WE  VISIT
6 a 4HIS ROOM REMINDS ME OF A CUPBOARD
b 4HIS ROOM x  JUST  LIKE
7 a 4HEY ARE LESS HEALTHY THAN WE ARE
1 CYCLE LANES AIR POLLUTION TRAFFIC JAM EXHAUST
FUMES CRIME RATE b 7E ARE x  HEALTHY
2 STUDIO APARTMENT GREEN SPACES PUBLIC TRANSPORT
5 Identify the unstressed words in the comparative
structures.
Pronunciation Guide PAGE  1 ,IFES NOT as expensive as WE EXPECTED
2 3OME THINGS ARE cheaper than AT HOME
3 )TS less dangerous than WE THOUGHT
3 Match the examples (1-6) to the forms (a-f). 4 ) DONT FEEL as safe as ) DID IN THE COUNTRY
1 4HIS CITY IS more EXPENSIVE than ) EXPECTED
23 Listen, check and repeat.
2 4HERES more and more RUBBISH IN THE STREETS
3 )VE NEVER SEEN such EFFICIENT PUBLIC SERVICES
as THESE
4 4HE ARCHITECTURE IS far more MODERN Pronunciation Guide PAGE 
5 ,IVING HERE IS not as EXPENSIVE as ,ONDON
6 The lower THE HOUSING COSTS the better
6 Listen and repeat the dialogue. Pay attention to
the weak forms.
24
a 2EPEATED COMPARATIVE TO SHOW CONTINUING A: )S YOUR NEW PLACE BIGGER THAN YOUR OLD ONE
CHANGE B: 9ES ITS BIGGER BUT ITS NOT AS LIGHT AS OUR FIRST
b !DDITION OF much far a lot a bit a little TO APARTMENT
MAKE COMPARISON STRONGER OR WEAKER A: !ND ) SUPPOSE IT DOESNT TAKE AS LONG FOR YOU
c #OMPARISON WITH such … as TO GET TO WORK
d #OMPARISON WITH not as … as B: 9ES THE JOURNEY IS MUCH QUICKER THAN BEFORE
e %XPRESSIONS WITH REPETITION OF the
f #OMPARISON WITH than

Review of comparison PAGE 

34 THAT’S ENGLISH!

7 Complete the definition of urban decay with the
words from the box.
fewer greater higher less more and more
Urban decay is the process whereby, for various
reasons, there starts to be 1… employment and
economic activity in a city or part of a city than in
the past. Because there are 2… jobs, people start
to leave. As 3… businesses close down, homes and
buildings are abandoned. There are 4… rates of
crime and poverty and 5… social problems.
8 Listen to the first part of a programme about
urban decay and answer the questions.
25
1 7HAT DID THE (IGH ,INE USE TO BE BEFORE IT
CLOSED DOWN 3 4HE (IGH ,INE OFFICIALLY OPENED IN x 
2 7HAT WAS IT USED FOR 4 4HE LENGTH OF THE PARK IS APPROXIMATELY x 
3 7HAT PROBLEMS WERE ASSOCIATED WITH THE (IGH
,INE IN THE S
9 Complete the sentences from a residents’
meeting about the High Line. Use the first
conditional and the verbs in brackets.
UNIT 3
10b Listen again and match the facts (1-5) to the
numbers from the box.
26
20 m 2 km $50 2012 10 m
1 4HE HEIGHT OF THE (IGH ,INE OVERHEAD IS  
2 4HE AMOUNT OF INVESTMENT WAS x MILLION
5 4HE PARK IS x WIDE
11 Read the text about another problem of urban
decay. Use the prompts to make second
conditional sentences.
THE RISE AND FALL OF DETROIT
In 2013, the city of Detroit went bankrupt. There was
no more money to pay for schools, street lighting or
basic health care. Suddenly, the everyday facilities
that people in American cities expect to have were
no longer available. Schools closed and the street
lighting went dark. This was the final result of the
long, slow decline of the car manufacturing industry
in ‘Motor City’ as Detroit was known. As people lost
their jobs, they left the area. They often couldn’t sell
their homes so the houses were abandoned. Now
there are 10,000 abandoned buildings in Detroit,
1 )F WE x SOME OF THE LITTER SOON WE x PROBLEMS and it has one of the highest crime rates in the USA.
WITH RATS NOT TAKE AWAY  HAVE From a population of 1.8 million in 1950, there were
2 'ANGS x TO USE THE AREA AS A MEETING PLACE only 700,000 people in 2013.
UNLESS WE x FENCES ROUND IT CONTINUE  PUT
3 )F WE x THE LAND TO DEVELOPERS WE x CONTROL
1 NEW BUSINESSES INVEST IN $ETROIT  THIS HELP THE
WHAT THEY DO WITH IT SELL  NOT ABLE TO
LOCAL ECONOMY IF
4 7E x PAY A COMPANY TO TAKE AWAY ALL THE
If new businesses invested in Detroit, this
ELECTRICAL WIRES IN CASE THERE x ANOTHER
would help the local economy.
ACCIDENT HAVE TO  BE
2 ECONOMY RECOVER  PEOPLE RETURN TO CITY IF
5 )F WE x ALL OUR BUDGET ON THE RAILWAY LAND THE
LOCAL RESIDENTS x HAPPY SPEND  NOT BE 3 MORE PEOPLE HAVE JOBS  CRIME RATE GO DOWN
IF
6 5NLESS WE x SOMETHING ABOUT THESE PROBLEMS
THEY x WORSE DO  GET 4 NOBODY LIVE IN SOME NEIGHBOURHOODS IN
Review of conditionals PAGE 
10a Now listen to the second part of the programme.
What is the High Line land used for now?
26
$ETROIT  THEY HAVE TO UNLESS
5 SOME OF THE ABANDONED LAND BE TURNED INTO
GREEN SPACES  WILL HELP TO ATTRACT PEOPLE TO
AREA IF
6 ) NOT BUY A HOUSE IN $ETROIT  CANT SELL IT AGAIN
IN CASE

THAT’S ENGLISH! 35
East, west, home is best

B The best place to live in my country is...

DOCUMENTARY THAT’S BRITAIN
1 Tick (4) the things a survey on happiness would 4 What do you most associate Manchester with:
include. football, music or architecture?
WORK HEALTH RELATIONSHIPS 5 Match the places or things (1-4) to the
HOBBIES FREE TIME MONEY descriptions (a-f).
1 #HETHAM ,IBRARY
2 Watch the documentary and choose the correct
option. 2 4HE .ORTHERN 1UARTER
3 4HE .ATIONAL &OOTBALL -USEUM
4 MOSAICS
a FULL OF FASHION MUSIC AND ART
b HERE YOU CAN SEE SOME OF -ANCHESTERS MOST
LOVED MUSICIANS AND SPORTSMEN
c THE INTERIOR HASNT CHANGED MUCH
d HERE YOU CAN SEE OLD TROPHIES POSTERS SHIRTS
AND MAGAZINES
e HERE YOU CAN FIND A COLOURFUL MIX OF CAFÏS
BARS GALLERIES AND SPECIALITY SHOPS
f &RANKLIN $ICKENS -ARX AND %NGELS CAME HERE
1 )N THE  CENTURY 7ILLIAM THE #ONQUEROR
COMMISSIONED A SURVEY CALLED THE $OMESDAY
"OOK TO COLLECT INFORMATION ABOUT EVERY MAN SAME LANGUAGE, DIFFERENT LIVES
WOMAN AND CHILD 6 Would you prefer to live in a big town, a smaller
a TH b TH c TH town or the countryside?
2 4HE /FFICE FOR .ATIONAL 3TATISTICS CARRIED OUT
A SURVEY TO FIND OUT WHERE PEOPLE IN "RITAIN 7 Listen to the speakers talking about where the
WERE HAPPIEST 4HE DISTRICT OF (ART   OUT OF best place to live in their country is. Answer the
 AS AN AVERAGE questions.
a OBTAINED b SCORED c ACHIEVED
1 7HERE WOULD YOU HAVE TO LIVE IN .EW :EALAND
3 !NOTHER STUDY NAMED (ART AS THE BEST PLACE TO IF YOU ARE LOOKING FOR A GOOD QUALITY OF LIFE
LIVE IN "RITAIN FOR THE  YEAR IN A ROW 2 7HY IS ,OS !NGELES SUCH A GOOD PLACE TO LIVE
a FIRST b SECOND c THIRD 3 7HY IS THE SOUTH COAST OF *AMAICA BETTER THAN
4 0EOPLE IN (ART LIVE LONGER THAN USUAL BECAUSE THE NORTH COAST
OF THE GOOD  FACILITIES IN THE AREA 4 7HICH FIVE PLACES IN 3COTLAND ARE MENTIONED
a HEALTH b HOSPITAL c SPORT AS GOOD PLACES TO LIVE
5 2ESIDENTS OF (ART EARN HIGHER WAGES THAN 5 7HAT MAKES -ASSACHUSETTS A GREAT PLACE TO
OTHER PARTS OF THE 5+4HE COST OF LIVING IS  IN LIVE IN
,ONDON
a HIGHER THAN b LOWER THAN c THE SAME AS NOW YOU!
6 +EN #ROOKE THINKS THEY HAVE A SUPER BALANCE 8 What do you think is the best place to live in
OF LIFE IN (ART WITH ACCESS TO ,ONDON AND TO THE your country?
x
a RIVERSIDE b FORESTS c COUNTRYSIDE It’s difficult to say because there are
many parts of Spain which are great
3 Circle the reasons why people like living in Fleet, to live in. Madrid has lots of parks,
the capital of Hart. museums, a great nightlife and
loads of opportunities, but so does
1 FRIENDLY PEOPLE 5 NO POVERTY Barcelona, with the added advantage
2 LOTS OF SHOPS 6 A LOW CRIME RATE of a beach. Having said that…
3 GOOD SCHOOLS 7 ITS NOT OVER BUILT
4 IT HAS A RURAL FEEL 8 NICE SCENERY

36 THAT’S ENGLISH!
 UNIT 3
SKILLS WORK
1 Read the article. Where do you think it might appear?
1 IN A TEENAGE MAGAZINE 2 IN A GOSSIP MAGAZINE 3 IN A POLITICAL AND ECONOMIC MAGAZINE

infrastructure, health care, culture and
environment, and education. Some
lists also include factors such as green
space and air pollution whereas others,
like the one by The Economist, include
cultural life, ‘connectivity’* and low
crime rates.
The results, however, are similar
and the message is clear: if you want
quality of life, go and live in Canada!
Vancouver, Toronto and Calgary are
The worst place to live consistently in the top five and for
in the world several years, Vancouver was the
undisputed best place in the world
results are hardly surprising: peaceful,
stable and wealthy countries are more
likely to have peaceful, stable and
wealthy cities.
Equally predictable is the bottom end
of the list which contains cities from
poorer, less politically stable countries.
There’s always a disproportionate
number of African cities in the bottom
ten: Harare (Zimbabwe), Mogadishu
(Somalia) and Kinshasa (the Congo) are
often mentioned. Dhaka in Bangladesh
appears, as does Kabul (Afghanistan).
Sadly, these lists also serve as a guide

I
n the 21st century, we are in love
with lists and statistics and there
are many best and worst places
to live in the world lists. They all use
similar criteria to evaluate a city’s
‘liveability’, such as political stability,
to live. More recently, Melbourne in
Australia has been The Economist’s
number one and, at the time of writing,
Vienna in Europe has come first in the
influential Mercer list** for two years in
a row. Given the selection criteria, these
to where there is or has been a war.
Ten years of conflict is the reason why
Baghdad was the worst place to live
in the world for two years and why
Damascus in Syria was top this year.

*connectivity: how easy it is to get to other places **Mercer list: rates cities in terms of their attractiveness for expatriates TRACK 27

2 Read the article again and complete the table.

Last year This year
1 "EST CITY The Economist)
2 "EST CITY Mercer)
3 7ORST CITY

3a Listen to Rahman and Balvir talking about life in Dhaka and tick (4) the problems they mention.

28 AIR POLLUTION CRIME LITTER HOUSING PROBLEMS

PUBLIC TRANSPORT URBAN DECAY IRREGULAR ELECTRICITY NEGLECTED PARKS  GREEN SPACES

3b Listen again and choose the correct option.

28 1 4HE POPULATION OF $HAKA IS x MILLION 4 !CCORDING TO "ALVIR THE GOVERNMENTS

a  ATTITUDE TO $HAKAS PROBLEMS IS x 
b c  a NAÕVE
b PESSIMISTIC c IRRESPONSIBLE
2 4HE CITY STILL HASNT MANAGED TO BUILD x 
a A RAILWAY 5 7HAT IS STRESSFUL FOR "ALVIR ARE x 
b A SUBWAY c CYCLE LANES a THE NOISY DIRTY STREETS
b THE CROWDS c THE IRREGULAR ELECTRICITY
3 7HAT 2AHMAN LOVES MOST ABOUT $HAKA IS x 
a THE PEOPLE 6 3HE IS ASHAMED THAT $HAKA x 
b adda c THE CULTURE OF TEA DRINKING a IS THE ND WORST PLACE IN THE WORLD TO LIVE
b HAS POLITICAL PROBLEMS
c CANT ATTRIBUTE ITS PROBLEMS TO POLITICAL
INSTABILITY
4 Talk to your partner about the good and bad points of where you live.

Well, I live in the suburbs. But you can That sounds lovely! I live in the city centre,
easily get to the city centre because... which is perfect for going out, but...

THAT’S ENGLISH! 37
East, west, home is best

WRITING
1a Read the first paragraph of a description of a place and answer the questions.

1 7HERE IS THE PLACE

2 7HY HAS THE WRITER CHOSEN TO WRITE ABOUT THIS PLACE (OW IS IT SIGNIFICANT TO HIM  HER
3 7HAT MEMORIES DOES THE WRITER ASSOCIATE WITH THE PLACE

1b Read the complete description. In which paragraph (a-c) does the writer … ?

1 DESCRIBE THE MAIN ASPECTS OF THE PLACE IN DETAIL

2 IDENTIFY THE PLACE
3 STATE HIS  HER REASONS FOR CHOOSING IT
4 TALK ABOUT HOW HE  SHE FEELS ABOUT THE PLACE

Deal
a Deal is a small place on the Kent coast in South East England. It’s a quiet town which isn’t
famous for anything. Nevertheless, it has a special place in my heart. I spent my holidays
there as a child and its sights and smells remain as vivid to me as if I were still seven years old.
b Historically, Deal was a traditional fishing and sailing town and most of the houses near us
were modest fishermen’s cottages. However, there were some grander places further away on
the seafront, where the sea captains lived. They were painted in soft, bright ice-cream colours:
pink, white and vanilla yellow, which I loved. But what was most important was the beach, only
a five-minute walk away from our house. I can still hear the sharp cries of the seagulls and
smell the salty rocks as we approached it. We didn’t mind that there was no sand and the hard
stones hurt our feet, we just wanted to get down to the sea.
c And when we got there, standing right in front of the immense, shining sea, with the big sky
above us was like standing on the edge of the world. Life felt bigger and full of possibilities.
Although I’ve never been back to Deal, I’ve never forgotten that feeling and it’s the reason why
the place is important to me.

Writing a description of a place

2 Read the text again. List the adjectives and phrases the author uses:
1 TO DESCRIBE THE HOUSES AND BUILDINGS IN THE TOWN
2 TO DESCRIBE THE SEA AND THE BEACH
3 TO DESCRIBE THE EFFECTS ON THE NON VISUAL SENSES SMELL SOUND TASTE AND TOUCH

3 Match the beginnings of the descriptions (1-7) with the endings (a-g).
1 THE RICH RED b a SNOW
2 THE STILL DARK b COLOUR OF THE WINE IN MY GLASS
3 THE CRISP CRUNCHING c SOUND OF HER LAUGHTER
4 THE SOUR BITTER d NOISE OF THE AUTUMN LEAVES UNDER MY FEET
5 THE SOFT MUSICAL e FEEL OF MY NEW DRESS AGAINST MY SKIN
6 THE SHINING WHITE f WATER OF THE LAKE
7 THE SOFT SILKY g TASTE OF THE LEMON ON MY TONGUE

4 Write short descriptions answering the questions in (1-4). Use the prompts in brackets.
1 )T WAS A HOT DAY 7HAT COULD YOU FEEL AND SMELL
It was a hot day. My wet shirt stuck to my back and I could smell the hot grass.
2 )T WAS A BUSY CITY 7HAT COULD YOU SMELL AND HEAR TRAFFIC FOOD PEOPLE VOICES
3 7E ARRIVED HOME 7HAT COULD YOU SMELL AND HEAR FOOD COOKING MUSIC
4 %ARLY IN THE MORNING 7HAT COULD YOU SEE AND HEAR SUN CLOCKS NATURE PEOPLE COOKING

38 THAT’S ENGLISH!
 UNIT 3

Modification of adverbs and prepositions 7 Rewrite the sentences (1-7) using the connectors
in brackets.
Adverbs and prepositions can be modified by:
™ other adverbs 1 )T COULD BE A DANGEROUS PLACE BUT WE ALWAYS
FELT SAFE THERE ALTHOUGH
standing right in front of the immense sea…
Although it could be a dangerous place, we
™ noun phrases always felt safe there.
only a five-minute walk away from our 2 !LTHOUGH THE STREETS ARE FULL OF PEOPLE ALL THE
house… SHOPS ARE CLOSED BUT
page 129 3 4HE TOWN HAS GOOD SPORTS FACILITIES BUT NOT
MANY PEOPLE USE THEM ALTHOUGH
4 ) LIKE LIVING IN THE COUNTRY BUT MY PARENTS
PREFER THE CITY HOWEVER
5 Complete the sentences with the words from 5 !LTHOUGH THE CRIME RATES ARE FALLING THIS IS STILL
the box. CONSIDERED A DANGEROUS AREA NEVERTHELESS
a short distance further well
a two-hour drive right quite
1 4HE NEXT TOWN ISNT NEAR )TS AT LEAST x AWAY
8 When you write, it’s important to plan your
2 4HE TRAIN STATION IS x NEAR THE BEACH
3 ,OOK
4HERE SHE IS
3HES x BEHIND YOU
4 /UR HOUSE IS ABOVE YOURS )TS x UP THE HILL
5 4HEY ARE x AHEAD OF US BY NOW ) CANT EVEN
SEE THEM ANYMORE
6 4HE TOWN CENTRE IS ONLY x AWAY FROM MY
HOUSE
6 Choose the correct option to connect the two
parts of the sentence.
6 4HE RIVER LOOKED BEAUTIFUL BUT THE WATER WAS
POLLUTED ALTHOUGH
7 4HE CITY HAS SEVERAL PARKS BUT THE COUNCIL
HASNT LOOKED AFTER THEM PROPERLY HOWEVER
work. Match the paragraphs of the writing plan
(1-3) to the contents (a-c).
Paragraph 1: INTRODUCTION
Paragraph 2: MAIN BODY
Paragraph 3 CONCLUSION
a 7RITE ABOUT THE LAST TIME YOU WERE THERE AND
MENTION YOUR FEELINGS AND YOUR FINAL THOUGHTS
ABOUT IT
b )DENTIFY THE PLACE GIVE EXACT LOCATION AND STATE
1 -ANY PEOPLE CHOSE TO LEAVE THE AREA Although REASONS FOR CHOOSING IT
 Nevertheless WE DECIDED TO STAY
c 7RITE ABOUT ASPECTS OF THE PLACE THAT ARE
2 7E LOOKED FOR THE BUILDING but  although WE IMPORTANT TO YOU DESCRIBE TWO OR THREE THINGS
COULDNT FIND IT ANYWHERE IN DETAIL AND WRITE ABOUT HOW IT AFFECTS YOUR
3 (E WAS NOT A POPULAR TOWN COUNCILLOR SENSES
Nevertheless  Although HE DID HIS JOB
EFFECTIVELY 9a Choose a place to describe. Write your essay
4 Although  But THERE ARE GOOD SPORTS FACILITIES plan.
NOT MANY PEOPLE USE THEM
s THE HOUSE  TOWN WHERE YOU GREW UP
s WHERE YOU WENT ON HOLIDAY AS A CHILD
s YOUR FAVOURITE CAFÏ  SHOPPING CENTRE
Contrasting connectors s A GREEN SPACE A PARK  FOREST  LAKE  RIVER
▶ Match the two halves of the explanations.
9b Write your description (150-175 words). Include
1 But, nevertheless and however the following:
2 Although
s A VARIETY OF ADJECTIVES
a connect(s) two separate sentences. s ADVERBIAL PHRASES
b connect(s) two clauses in one sentence. s CONTRASTING CONNECTORS
page 129
Writing Reference PAGE 

THAT’S ENGLISH! 39
UNIT
4 Mind your language
s 4O SPECULATE WHAT SOME NON VERBAL

OBJECTIVES
messages might mean
s 4O DISTINGUISH BETWEEN FORMAL AND
informal English

A It’s been very nice to meet you

BEFORE YOU WATCH 2 Anthony is sure that Roz’s new boyfriend … .
a wants to marry her
1 Tick (4) the statements you agree with.
b doesn’t like her c loves her
The best type of communication is face to face. 3 Mr Selby says that to be a successful salesman
Body language is as important as the spoken you have to ... people’s behaviour.
word. a ignore b understand c analyse
You shouldn’t use informal language in a 4 Roz thinks it would be great if Arlo could come
formal situation. and ... her flatmates soon.
a talk to b live with c meet
2 Match the verbs (1-4) to the pictures (a-d).
5 Answer the questions.
1 scratching 2 nodding 3 winking 4 frowning
1 How did Arlo say ‘hello’ and ‘goodbye’ to Mr
a b c d Aramaki?
2 Why wasn’t Mr Selby pleased with the way
Arlo spoke to Mr Aramaki?
3 Why does Roz look depressed?
4 What does Mr Aramaki want to do to the car?
WHILE YOU WATCH 5 What does Arlo find very embarrassing to say
to a girl he wants to go out with?
3 Answer the questions.
6 Complete the dialogue between Mr Selby and
Arlo with the words from the box.

value agree backed cheers lost

hope contradicted

Mr Selby: Do you see the way the customer 1...

away from you? That is where you 2...
1 What main piece of advice does Mr Selby
the sale. You 3... the customer. Always
give to Arlo?
try to 4... with the customer. What
could you say instead?
Arlo: It’s expensive, but it’s still great 5... for
money.
Mr Selby: Very good. And then you said, ‘6... !’
That was much too informal, wasn’t it?
Arlo: Yes, maybe ‘goodbye’ or ‘I 7... to see
2 Why does Arlo feel happy at the end of the you again soon’ or something like
scene? that would be better.

AFTER YOU WATCH NOW YOU!

4 Choose the correct option. 7 Do you use different language depending on the
situation?
1 Mr Selby reminds Arlo that ... and eye contact
are very important in the sales business. Yes, with my friends I use language that
a body language I would never use in a formal situation…
b shaking hands c being polite
40 THAT’S ENGLISH!
 STREET INTERVIEWS
8 The speakers below were asked the following questions: In what situations do you prefer to
communicate electronically? When do you prefer face-to-face communication?
1 Think of two things you think they will talk about for each of the questions.
2 Watch the video to see if any of your ideas were mentioned.

Lesley Nadine Judy Alan Jo Peter Ruth

9a Answer the questions.

1 Lesley is the kind of person who doesn’t like technology. Which word does she use to describe
herself?
2 Why does Lesley have such long phone calls?
3 What social network sites does Nadine enjoy using?
4 What has Judy just acquired?
5 Who does Alan email and chat to?
6 Who does Jo email?

9b Choose the two things which the speakers in activity 8 did not mention for when they prefer
face-to-face communication.
1 talking to people I like 4 if I want to discuss something very important
2 if it is something difficult to say 5 if I need to ask for money
3 if it is something private 6 in emotional situations

ACTIVATE YOUR ENGLISH!

10 Look at the different ways of saying hello and Jo: We often 5… for sorting out and
goodbye from the Drama. Underline the formal confirming things that need 6… and
ones. need to be 7… .
1 It’s been very nice to meet you. Judy: I don’t 8… computers or anything.
2 Hi, good to see you.
12 Tick (4) the ideas you agree with in activity 11.
3 Hi! How’s it going?
4 Good morning / afternoon.
5 Hi there!
NOW YOU!
6 Cheers! 13 Answer the two questions given to the speakers
7 I hope to see you again soon. in the Street Interviews. Use activity 11 as a
model.
8 Hiya!

11 Complete the sentences some of the speakers
in the Street Interviews say.
Lesley: 1… much better because you can see the
expressions and the emotions.
When you 2… someone you can 3… the
text completely 4… .
I prefer to text or email people in
different situations. When I have
to meet my friends, I usually…
Whenever I have something
important to say, like…, I prefer…

THAT’S ENGLISH! 41
Mind your language
READING
1a Look at the photos. Match the different ways of
greeting people to the pictures.
3
shaking hands
waving high fiving
kissing someone on
the cheek hugging
1 4
2 5
1b How do you usually greet the following: friends,
family, work colleagues, people you meet for
the first time?
2 Read the article and choose the best summary.
1 Globalisation means people worldwide can all
learn to communicate in the same way.
2 The meaning of body language varies widely
and needs to be researched by travellers.
3 It is often difficult to overcome the difficulties
of communicating across cultures.
3 Read the article again. Decide if the sentences
are true (4) or false (7). Find information in the
text to justify your answers.
1 A smile is universally understood.
(7) However, even the simplest gesture can have
many different meanings depending on the
culture, such as friendliness, embarrassment,
or even impatience. (lines 3-6)
2 Phrasebooks are a good way to find out about
CROSS
CULTURAL NON
VERBAL COMMUNICATION
3 The meaning of some head gestures can be
reversed.
4 Throughout Latin America, gestures have a
similar meaning.
42
WHEN IN ROME...
What could go wrong with something as simple
as a smile wherever you are in the world? Surely
a smile can’t be misunderstood. However, even
the simplest gesture can have many different
meanings depending on the culture, such as 5
friendliness, embarrassment, or even impatience.
The well-prepared traveller shouldn’t just count
on a phrasebook but also spend some time looking
into non-verbal forms of communication.
Gestures can vary widely in meaning. Nodding 10
one’s head for ‘yes’ and shaking it for ‘no’ is
commonly understood, except in Bulgaria and
Albania where they mean exactly the opposite!
Similar confusion could take place in Brazil if
the OK sign, a circle made with the thumb and 15
forefinger, is used. Although perfectly acceptable
in the rest of South America, in Brazil this gesture
is extremely insulting. Equally, the traveller in
Tibet might be taken aback if the locals briefly
stick out their tongues, which in Europe is a sign 20
of disrespect. However, this unusual gesture is a
common Tibetan greeting.
Another potentially problematic area is eye
contact. Europeans usually interpret frequent
eye contact as a sign of interest and honesty. 25
However, in many Asian and African cultures
looking directly into someone’s eyes is considered
aggressive: in fact avoiding eye contact is a sign of
respect for elders. By contrast, in the Middle East
intense eye contact, which is generally regarded 30
as staring by Europeans, is very common between
members of the same sex. Other ways of looking
5 Gestures we consider impolite may not be so
in other cultures.
6 In Europe, fixed eye contact is usual.
7 Shaking hands is a daily occurrence between
friends in the UK and US.
8 British men might be shocked if a man tries to
kiss them in greeting.
4 Complete the sentences with the name of the
country(ies) / area(s).
1 Nodding one’s head to give a negative answer
is usual in ... and ... .
2 In ... , travellers should avoid using a common
gesture to show a positive reply.
3 Don’t be surprised in ... if people greet you
with a gesture considered rude in Europe.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
 UNIT 4

2 treat people as you would like them to treat

you
3 people should adapt to the customs and
culture of the places they visit

6 Complete the sentences with the correct form

of the expressions in bold from the text.
1 ‘You’re very naughty,’ said the teacher. Jimmy
… his … as soon as she went.
2 Everyone in the shop ... at the thief as the
police took him away.
at someone, such as winking, also differ widely 3 When the boss suggested finishing early
in meaning. A wink in western countries may everyone smiled and ... their … in agreement.
indicate attraction or shared secret knowledge, 35
4 She … at me to show she knew about the
whereas in Vietnam, winking is highly offensive. surprise party planned for later.
Physical contact can also cause confusion. In 5 The British usually … when they are introduced
Latin America and southern Europe, physical for the first time.
touch is an important part of socialising, whereas 6 Tom hadn’t seen his brother for ages. ‘Great to
Britain is classed as a non-contact culture: even 40 see you again,’ he said as he … Joe a … .
accidentally touching someone’s arm is reason 7 I asked the mechanic if my car was ready, but
to apologise. The British often just say hello he … his … and said no.
and smile when meeting friends and only shake 8 ‘Quick, you’ll miss the train,’ said mum as she
hands when being introduced for the first time or gave him a quick … on the … .
in formal situations. Giving a simple peck on the 45
cheek is common between men and women who 7a Match the phrasal verbs from the text (1-6) to
know each other very well but never between men. the meanings (a-f).
Younger men may sometimes give each other a
1 count on a shock
bear hug: the same is true in the US, but most men
normally just shake hands when they get together. 50
2 look into b meet
3 take aback c stop
So, should travellers give up trying to work out
4 get together d understand
the significance of body language because of its
complexity? Rather than just staying at home 5 give up e depend / rely on
and watching travel documentaries on TV, we 6 work out f investigate
can easily research the fascinating differences 55
7b Complete the sentences with the correct form
(online source)

in culture all over the world and be prepared. It’s

well worth it.
TRACK 29
4 Making eye contact with senior people is
thought of as disrespectful in ... and ... .
5 It’s usual in the ... for male friends to look
directly at each other for long periods.
6 It’s not advisable to wink in ... as it may cause
offence.
7 Travellers can expect hugs and kisses when
meeting people in ... and ... .
8 If you make physical contact with a stranger in
... , you should apologise.
of the phrasal verbs from activity 7a.
1 How does other people’s rude behaviour make
you feel: are you … ?
2 Are you good at ... what other people are
feeling?
3 Would you be interested in ... your family
history?
4 What’s your favourite way of ... with friends?
5 Have you ever ... a sport or hobby? If so, why?
6 Who do you ... when you need help?
8 Discuss your answers to the questions in
activity 7b.

5 The title of the article is a part of a famous

I’m always really
English idiom. Choose the best meaning (1-3).
taken aback when Really? I’m not! I
‘When in Rome, do as the Romans do’ people are rude just ignore people
means … . or offensive. who behave like
1 people should always behave like everyone that.
else

THAT’S ENGLISH! 43
Mind your language

LANGUAGE STUDY
1 Complete the definitions with the correct form 6 I was taken aback to learn they had borrowed
of the verbs from the box. my car without asking permission.
7 You can always count on her to do the right thing.
shake frown high five wink scratch 8 I don’t like to bring it up, but you owe me some
grin yawn stare money.
9 We tried to reach the summit, but it was too
1 To smile and show all your teeth is ... . difficult and we gave up.
2 Holding your hand up flat and hitting it briefly
against someone else’s hand is ... . 4a Listen to five dialogues and answer the
3 Opening your mouth wide and taking a big questions for each of them.
30
breath when you are tired or bored is ... .
1 Is the situation formal or informal?
4 Looking directly at someone for a long time is
2 What is the relationship between the speakers?
... .
Dialogue 1 is informal; the speakers are friends.
5 Quickly closing and opening one eye is ... .
6 To make quick movements with your head or 4b Listen again and complete the table with
hand is … . examples from the dialogues.
7 When you move your eyebrows to show you 30
are annoyed, worried or thinking, this is … . Formal Informal
8 To move your nails hard against your skin
because you have an itch is … . Greetings Hi, Clare.
Goodbyes
2 Look at the sentences below. Choose the more
formal option. Apologies
1 Travellers should spend some time looking Questions
into / investigating NON VERBAL FORMS OF
communication.
2 The traveller in Tibet might be taken aback / 5 Underline the silent letters. Listen to the extracts
shocked when the locals stick out their tongues. from the dialogues in activity 4a to help you.
3 In the US, most men normally just shake 31
hands when they meet / get together.
light could write knock should
whole know would high
Phrasal verbs knee who
▶ Choose the correct answer.
Pronunciation Guide page 148
Phrasal verbs are used in more / less formal
contexts.
page 130
32 Listen, check and repeat.

3 Replace the phrasal verbs in bold with the

6 Choose the correct option.
correct form of the verbs from the box.
A: Do you know where my car keys are?
investigate rely on mention shock B: No, but they 1can / may be in your bag.
meet get angry stop communicate A: No, they 2can’t / could be, I’ve checked twice.
understand
B: Well, they 3might / can be in your coat pocket.
A: Wait, I’ll check. No, not there.
1 Most families try to get together at Christmas.
B: OK, they 4could / can’t be still in the car.
Most families try to meet at Christmas.
A: No, I know I had them last night – they
2 When I told my father I had crashed his car, he 5must / may be in this house somewhere.
blew up.
B: Good, then we 6can’t / can find them if we
3 Gestures can be a useful way to get over what
look carefully.
you mean.
4 Scientists are looking into the reasons behind
climate change.
5 Her handwriting is terrible: I can’t work out Review of certainty and possibility page 131
what it says.
44 THAT’S ENGLISH!
 UNIT 4

7 Rewrite the sentences using a modal verb so d I am crazy about this.

that the meaning is the same. e We succeeded.
1 I’m sure they are rich because they drive a f What’s the time according to your watch?
Porsche.
10 Complete the dialogues with the expressions
They must be rich because they drive a
from the box.
Porsche.
2 It’s quite likely that we’ll move to a bigger flat I love it come to think of it we made it
next year.
now that you mention it it’s worth it (x2)
3 Use my laptop if you like.
4 I’m sure my glasses are on my desk. 1 At the top of a mountain
5 She isn’t his wife: she looks far too old. Jack: Wow, at last, … !
6 She’s probably his mother or aunt. Tom: Yes, look at that view!
7 Maybe it’s too late to change the plane tickets. Jack: It was a hard climb but … .
8 We’re certain there’s a good reason for the delay. 2 In the shopping centre
9 Perhaps I’ll go to France in the summer. Lucy: Look at that bag! It’s gorgeous but very
expensive.
8a Listen to the dialogues. In each one, is the
Tina: I’m going to get it.
second speaker interested or uninterested?
33 Lucy: But it’s £200! I don’t think … .
1 ... 2 ... 3 ... 4 ... Tina: I don’t care, … !
Intonation to show interest or lack of interest 3 Neighbours chatting in the street
Jill: Have you seen the Smiths recently?
▶ Choose the correct answer.
Sue: No, ... , I haven’t.
We use rising / falling intonation to show
Jill: Their car hasn’t been there for some
interest. We use rising / falling intonation to
days.
show lack of interest.
page 148 Sue: Right, … they mentioned a trip to Scotland.

11 Complete the text with a verb from the box.

8b Listen again and imitate the intonation to show
interest.
33 can can’t could get over grinning may
– ‘Hey, Carol, come and have a look at this!’ might must scratch stares work out
‘What?’
– ‘Yeah, good. I’m going to Japan for a whole Whales 1… their location to a mate through their
month soon, though.’ HIGH PITCHED SONGS BUT THEY ALSO JUMP HIGH
‘Really?’ out of the water. Scientists are convinced this
2… be another aspect of impressing a female
It for general reference whale. Dolphins are also very communicative,
but researchers find it difficult to 3... what their
When we talk about something in general, we
gestures mean as there are so many variables.
use the pronoun it.
Opening their mouths and 4... may be a sign of
It’s well worth it. aggression, but at other times it 5... mean they
page 131 want to play.
We have learnt to interpret the behaviour of
9 Match the expressions (1-6) to the meanings (a-f). dogs more easily than sea mammals because
we 6... observe them more readily. When a dog
1 We made it! opens his eyes wide, he 7... be stressed in some
2 What time do you make it? way, but if a dog 8... directly at you, it 9... be good
3 Come to think of it… news: time to move away! A dog who avoids
4 I can’t help it. eye contact 10... be telling us he is submissive,
so it should be safe to 11... his tummy.
5 I love it!
6 How’s it going?
a I now remember something I had forgotten.
b How is everything in your life?
c It’s impossible not to do this.

THAT’S ENGLISH! 45
Mind your language

B Gestures can speak louder than words

DOCUMENTARY 4 What is a town crier? Choose the correct option.

1 Have you ever had a pet? How did you 1 a person who gives directions to the tourists
communicate with it? Did you use mostly verbal 2 a person who makes announcements
or non-verbal communication?
5 Complete the town crier’s 15-second history of
Chester.
2 Watch the documentary and decide if the
sentences are true (4) or false (7). Correct the
false ones. The Romans gave us the 1... . The Normans
1 After a car accident, Jo Hill was unable to gave us the 2... . The Victorians gave us the 3... .
perform many of the most difficult domestic The Americans gave us 4... .
tasks until she met Derby.
2 Hundreds of dogs are trained by an
organisation called Dog Handler. SAME LANGUAGE, DIFFERENT LIVES
3 Hand signals and other communication tools
6 Match the speakers (1-6) to the non-verbal
are used to teach dogs different tasks.
gestures (a-h) they mention or make. Some
4 Jo Hill says that Derby can do many tasks to speakers mention or make more than one
help her except taking messages for her. gesture while others mention none.
5 Now Jo doesn’t need someone in the house
helping her all the time. 1 3 5
6 Elaine Potter, who has been training dogs for
six years, teaches only verbal signals to the
dogs.
7 It only takes the puppy six months of training
before they go into advanced training.
8 After spending three weeks together at
2 4 6
the training centre, the dog and owner can
COMMUNICATE USING NON VERBAL SIGNALS

THAT’S BRITAIN
3 Choose the correct option.
1 Chester was founded by the Romans in a shrug e kissing on the cheek
59 AD / 79 AD. b thumbs up f thumbs down
2 The Eastgate Clock is the entrance to / exit c winking g tap on shoulder
from the old Roman Fortress of Dewa. d handshake h two fingers up
3 Chester Cross is a
popular meeting
point / area where NOW YOU!
the town crier makes
his announcements. 7 Which non-verbal gestures are commonly used
in your country?
4 The Rows are
medieval / Roman
wooden buildings in I think we use a lot of non-verbal
Chester. gestures in Spain, usually to
5 Chester used to be emphasise what we are saying, but
called Dewa and sometimes to express how we feel
it was the largest about someone without using words.
Roman fortress in For example, if we think someone is
Britain / the empire. being really cheeky we slap our hand
6 Chester is the only city in Britain / the world lightly against our cheek.
that still has the complete circuit of its ancient
walls.

46 THAT’S ENGLISH!
 UNIT 4
SKILLS WORK
1a Who do you send text messages to and why?

1b Match the text messages (1-5) to the formal messages (a-e).

1 All OK AFAIK.CU L8R a Are you okay? Please send me a text message.
2 C U 2NITE O 2MORO? b Please wait for me, I’m afraid I’m running a little late. I do apologise.
3 RUOK? 0 ME c Shall we meet up tonight or would tomorrow be better?
4 W8 4 ME, I’M L8, SOZ d I’d just like to remind you that there is a meeting planned for tomorrow.
5 BTW DONT 4GET MTG 2MORO e As far as I know everything is fine. I’ll see you later.

2 Read the blog. What’s it about?

Lou’s Viewz
Welcome to my technology blog!
a 2 txt or not 2 txt? That is the question :-). Personally, I love it: it’s fast and cheap!
And it’s certainly come on incredibly since the first ‘Merry Christmas’ text
message was sent in 1992. Since then, over ten trillion of us have sent text
messages! We all use & understand abbreviations such as LOL (laugh out loud)
and emoticons such as ;-) winking, but some people argue that text speak is
destroying human interaction. I’d love to hear what you all think!
b I think our addiction to texting must be damaging our social skills. It’s so common to see groups of
young people in a café all looking down at their phone screens rather than actually chatting to the
people they’re with! Peter S
c That’s absolutely right! I’ve had to tell off my teenagers for texting at the table during meals and it’s
ended up in lots of rows. Dawn T
d I’m a teacher and I can see how texting has affected young people’s ability to write formally, but at the
same time they seem better at writing informally, so really, when you come to think of it, it can’t be all
bad, can it? ;-). Harry W
e Come on, this sort of communication’s nothing new! Everyone’s always going on about texting, but
using letters and symbols to represent words like U R for ‘you are’ has been going on for centuries.
People enjoy playing with words and this keeps language alive. I think everyone should just chill out
about it, LOL! Yolanda F TRACK 34

3 Match the summaries (1-5) to the blogposts (a-e) in activity 2.

1 The use of texting does not have a negative impact on all forms of writing.
2 %XPERIMENTING WITH SYMBOLS FOR LANGUAGE IS WELL ESTABLISHED
3 The use of mobiles has altered patterns of social interaction.
4 The last 20 years have seen a revolution in personal communication.
5 Family life can suffer if mobiles are not used appropriately.

4 Listen to four people talking about Lou’s blog. Say if they are for or against texting and give
their reasons.
35
1 ... 2 ... 3 ... 4 ...

5 Read the latest post on Lou’s Viewz and write a 50-word reply.

I think texting is here to stay and it makes life much easier in some ways :-), but I’m more concerned
about the negative effects of other social media like Facebook . It’s easy to get addicted to checking it
all day long and getting upset if no one likes your posts: you just can’t help it! Angela C

THAT’S ENGLISH! 47
Mind your language

SPEAKING
1a Listen to someone talking about the photos below. Tick (4) the phrases they use to express
possibility and certainty.
36
1 2

4 must be could be can be can’t be may be might be

probably possibly definitely certainly perhaps maybe

1b Look at the pictures. Do they show formal or informal situations? Describe what you think is
happening in them. Use some of the expressions from activity 1a.

1 2

I think they must be really close friends, they all look happy to be together and very
relaxed. Perhaps they’ve finished all their exams and that’s why they’ve got together…

2 Read the dialogues below and answer the questions.

37 1 What is the relationship between the speakers?
2 Who is speaking inappropriately in each conversation?

Dialogue 1 Dialogue 2
MR DANCE: Good morning, Tom. MUM: Good evening, Tom.
TOM: Hi. How’s it going, Mr D? TOM: Hi, mum. All right?
MR DANCE: How can I help? MUM: Very well, thank you. Would you
TOM: I’m going to the doctor’s at 11 tomorrow. care for a drink?
Is that OK? TOM: Thanks very much, I’ll have a beer.
MR DANCE: Well, I suppose so but you really should have MUM: Could you possibly help me set the
informed me before. table?
TOM: Yeah, sorry about that. Also, I’m taking TOM: No problem.
some holiday next week, is that all right? MUM: Dinner is served. Please be seated.
MR DANCE: Have you completed the form in advance? DAD: May I have the salt please?
TOM: Yes, no problem. TOM: There you are.
MR DANCE: Tom, I’m afraid your attitude is unacceptable. DAD: And can I trouble you for the water?
We no longer require your services here. TOM: Are you two feeling OK? Why are you
TOM: You’re kidding! speaking so strangely?

48 THAT’S ENGLISH!
 UNIT 4

3 Read the dialogues again and replace the phrases in bold with the expressions from the box.
Dialogue 1 Dialogue 2
I apologise for the inconvenience. Sit down Can you help me
I’m sorry, but there must be a misunderstanding. Do you want pass the water
of course Good morning. How are you, Mr Dance? Fine, thanks Dinner’s ready
Is that satisfactory? Can I have the Hello

38 Listen and check.

Monologue: using formal and informal language

4a Listen to Tom telling two different people about why he has been fired from his job. Do you
think the speakers have a close or a formal relationship?
39

4b Listen again. Complete the table with the expressions from the box.

39
What a nightmare! And then I asked him… Finally, I then tried... First he said...
Actually, it was all a misunderstanding. It was most unfortunate. How awful! First of all,
You won’t believe what happened today! In the end... He then became... Yes, indeed it was.

Expressions Formal Informal

Introducing the topic
Sequencing the information
Indicating you are about to finish
Summarising final comment
Response to final comment

5 Look at the scene below. Imagine you were in the situation and explain what happened:
1 formally, 2 informally. Include some of the useful language from activity 4b.

I know I should have been here at 1:30.
I’m terribly sorry. Actually, it was all a
misunderstanding. I asked the station
master for the most convenient train to
get to London at 1:15 and he said…
Oh dear! You won’t believe what happened!
I had an appointment with Mr Martin, my
boss, at 1:30. I thought I had plenty of time
because I got to the station early, at 11:45.
And you know what?...

THAT’S ENGLISH! 49
 OBJECTIVES
Revision 1 s4O REVIEW THE CONTENTS OF UNITS  

LANGUAGE REVISION
1 Complete the text with the correct form of the 2b Complete the sentences. Use can’t, could, may,
verbs in brackets. might or must and a suitable verb. Sometimes
more than one answer is possible.
@)TS HIGH TIME WE x MOVE ON THE TREK
LEADER SAID @7E NEED TO WALK FIVE MILES
FURTHER BEFORE WE CAMP !T SEVEN OCLOCK
IT 2x GET DARK SO WE 3x DECIDE TO MAKE
OUR CAMP BY THE SIDE OF THE RIVER 7HILE WE
a 7HY ISNT 3UE ANSWERING HER PHONE
3HE  STILL x IN BED ) KNOW SHE WAS UP UNTIL
 AM
b )T x &RIDAY ALREADY
4HE WEEK HAS DISAPPEARED
x MAKE DINNER WE COULD HEAR THE NOISE
c 9OU x MUCH SPARE TIME IF ALL THAT WORK HAS TO
OF INSECTS BUZZING AROUND US &ORTUNATELY ) BE IN BY &RIDAY
5x NOT  FORGET TO BRING THE MOSQUITO NETS
d -Y SON x HIS EXAM NEXT WEEK BUT ) DOUBT IT
WHICH WE 6x SET UP AT THE ENTRANCE TO THE BECAUSE HES NOT TRYING VERY HARD
TENTS4HE NEXT MORNING HOWEVER THE RAIN 7x
START AND ) REALISED THAT ) 8x NOT  BRING THE e 9OU x THAT DRESS CHEAPER ON AN !MERICAN
WATERPROOF COVERING FOR MY BACKPACK "Y THE WEBSITE
TIME WE 9x GET TO BASE CAMP ALL MY CLOTHES f 4HAT LETTER x IMPORTANT OR HE WOULD ASK HIS
x GET WET BROTHER TO POST IT FOR HIM
g (E x WET IF IT RAINS TODAY
h 4HE TEXT x FROM MY PARTNER /NLY HE WOULD
INSIST ON AN IMMEDIATE ANSWER

2c Match the sentences from activity 2a (1-8) to the

situations from activity 2b (a-h).

3 Jane is having a hard time at work. Complete the

comments with the correct form of the verbs in
brackets.

2a Complete the sentences with the words from

the box.

deadline fly high interrupt lose

rush short waste

1 -Y WORK IS VERY STRESSFUL %VERY PROJECT HAS 1 *ANES BOSS SAID @7E x GET ANY CLIENTS UNLESS
A x  AND IF WE DONT MEET IT THEN WE LOSE YOU x WORK LONGER HOURSg
MONEY 2 *ANE SAYS @) x FEEL BETTER IF ) x NOT  HAVE
2 ) HATE TO x TIME QUEUING IN SHOPS SO ) DO MY PROBLEMS WITH MY BOSS BUT HES IMPOSSIBLE TO
SHOPPING ONLINE WORK FOR

3 ) THINK ITS x TIME YOU FOUND A JOB9OU HAVENT 3 (ER BEST FRIEND SAYS @) x LEAVE THE JOB IF ) x
MADE MUCH EFFORT YET BE YOU
4 (ES TOO x OF TIME TO GET TO THE POST OFFICE 4 (ER COLLEAGUE SAID @)M CERTAIN THE SITUATION x
TODAY IMPROVE WHEN THE NEW MANAGER x COME
5 )M SORRY TO x YOU BUT THIS MESSAGE IS URGENT NEXT WEEK
6 (E WAS IN SUCH A x THAT HE FORGOT HIS UMBRELLA
7 7HEN THEY ARE WATCHING 46 THEY x TRACK OF
TIME AND GO TO BED REALLY LATE
8 $OESNT TIME x WHEN YOU GET OLDER

50 THAT’S ENGLISH!
 Revision 1

4 Choose the correct option.

(AVE YOU EVER TRIED TO FIND SOMEONE YOU

KNEW YEARS ago  past /NE DAY ) DECIDED
TO BROWSE THE )NTERNET AND EVENTUALLY ) FOUND
-AX WHO ) HAD GONE OUT 2with  for WHEN )
WAS  AND SENT HIM AN EMAIL ) WAS 3well 
near EMBARRASSED WHEN HE SAID HE HAD NO 6b Complete the text with the compound nouns
IDEA WHO ) WAS
) TRIED AGAIN WITH -ARTIN AND from activity 6a.
WE EVEN MET UP BUT ) COULDNT STOP MYSELF
FROM yawning  winking AS HE WENT ON AND 4HERE HAVE BEEN TREMENDOUS IMPROVEMENTS
ON ABOUT HIS EX WIFE 5While  Before LOOKING TO OUR CITY OVER THE PAST DECADE )T IS NOW A
FOR OLD FRIENDS THINK CAREFULLY )TS EASY PLEASANT PLACE TO LIVE WITH green spaces
6thinking  to think THAT YOU HAVENT CHANGED WHERE PEOPLE CAN RELAX AND USE 2x IF YOU
BUT MAYBE YOUR FRIENDS HAVE 7Whatever  WANT TO RIDE SAFELY TO WORK OR SCHOOL 3x HAS
What YOU DO MAKE SURE YOU DONT GET TOO BECOME GREENER AS WELL WITH NEW ELECTRIC
8involved  linked WITH SOMEONE YOU DIDNT BUSES THAT NO LONGER PRODUCE THE x THAT
TRUST 9finally  previously AND WATCH OUT CAUSED SO MUCH OF THE 5x IN THE PAST -ORE
FOR PEOPLE WHO JUST WANT TO TAKE profit  PEOPLE ARE ENCOURAGED TO TAKE THE TRAIN
advantage OF YOU INTO THE CITY SO THE NUMBER OF 6x HAS ALSO
DECREASED DURING THE RUSH HOUR )N POORER
AREAS WHERE 7x WAS A PROBLEM AS PROPERTIES
5 Complete the second sentence so it has a similar WERE NOT MAINTAINED DEVELOPMENT GRANTS
meaning to the first, using the word in brackets. HAVE PROVIDED BETTER FACILITIES AND THERE ARE
Write between two and five words. FEWER PROBLEMS AT NIGHT -UGGINGS ALSO USED
TO BE COMMON IN THE PAST BUT NOW IMPROVED
8x HAS REDUCED THE 9x BY  -ANY YOUNG
1 7E SHOULD LEAVE NOW OR WELL MISS THE TRAIN
TIME PEOPLE HAVE MOVED INTO THE RENOVATED x
)T x  OR WELL MISS THE TRAIN AND THE CITY CENTRE IS NOW AN EXCITING PLACE
TO LIVE
2 ) DONT HAVE A GOOD RELATIONSHIP WITH MY SISTER
GET 6c Look at the compound nouns from activity 6a
) DONT x MY SISTER and mark the stress. Listen and check.
41
3 )TS MORE EXPENSIVE TO GO BY TRAIN THAN BY BUS
AS 1 green spaces
'OING BY TRAIN IS NOT x BY BUS 7 Complete the sentences with a preposition.
4 (ENRY ISNT A DIFFICULT PERSON TO BE WITH IT
x TO BE WITH (ENRY down (x2) on (x2) out
5 3UE IS VERY RELIABLE RELY ON
9OU x 3UE 1 ) HAVE NEVER GOT x WELL WITH MY NEIGHBOURS
4HEY ARE DIFFICULT PEOPLE
6 6ISITING THE MUSEUM IS A WASTE OF TIME WORTH
2 )T TOOK HIM TWO WEEKS TO DECIDE TO ASK HER x
)T x VISITING THE MUSEUM FOR DINNER
7 9OU ARE THE CLEVEREST PERSON ) KNOW AS 3 )TS TIME YOU SETTLED x AND FOUND A DECENT JOB
) DONgT KNOW ANYONE  YOU 4 /UR RELATIONSHIP BROKE x A FEW MONTHS AGO
WHEN ) CAUGHT MY FIANCÏ LYING TO ME
6a Match the words from box A to the words from
box B to form compound nouns. 5 (IS BOSS COUNTS x HIM TO FINISH HIS WORK ON
TIME )TS VERY IMPORTANT
A 8 Add ’ or ’s to the sentences. Then decide if they
AIR CRIME CYCLE EXHAUST GREEN
PUBLIC STREET STUDIO TRAFFIC URBAN are pronounced /s/, /z/ or /ɪz/.
1 #HARLES MOTHER LIVES IN THE 53!
B 2 (E ALWAYS FELL IN LOVE WITH HIS SISTER FRIENDS
APARTMENTS DECAY FUMES JAMS LANES 3 -Y BOSS DESK IS NEXT TO MINE
LIGHTING POLLUTION RATE SPACES
TRANSPORT 4 -Y DAUGHTER SCHOOL BAG IS TOO HEAVY
5 0EOPLE DREAMS CHANGE AS THEY GET OLDER

42
Listen and check.
THAT’S ENGLISH! 
Revision 1

SKILLS WORK
1a What do you think an ‘expat’ is?

1 A PERSON WHO DOES NOT FEEL PATRIOTIC ABOUT THEIR COUNTRY OR REGION
2 A PERSON WHO LIVES IN A COUNTRY THAT IS NOT THEIR NATIVE COUNTRY
3 A PERSON WHO USED TO LIVE IN A FOREIGN COUNTRY

1b Read the interview and check your answer.

2 Read the interview with Julia, who lives in the Middle East. Match the questions (1-6) to her
answers (a-f).
1 (OW HAS THE CITY DEVELOPED
2 7HAT IS THE QUALITY OF LIFE FOR THE FOREIGN RESIDENT LIKE
3 7HAT WERE YOUR FIRST IMPRESSIONS
4 (AVE YOU EVER HAD ANY CULTURAL MISUNDERSTANDINGS
5 7HAT MAKES LIFE EASIER IN 1ATAR
6 (AVE YOUR IMPRESSIONS CHANGED

e It is incredible. Because the Fifa

Being an expat World Cup will take place in
a We arrived in a very hot October. Doha in 2022, there is a huge
The driving was crazy – very amount of money being spent on
fast with lots of dangerous preparing the city. An overland
drivers! There were lots of metro is being built and the
roadworks, it was very dusty and business centre has been moved
I frequently got lost. However, I to the West Bay area, which is
was pleasantly surprised when
one day we found the souq. The
smells of spices and perfumes,
the wrinkled faces of the old men
selling carpets, jewellery and
fresh meat and the lively, exciting has taken place and there are
atmosphere were captivating.
b There are many more people
who work in the service industry.
Most of us have a maid who does d I was initially offended by a
the washing, ironing, cooking
and babysitting. That makes a big
difference.
c Now, I know my way around
and it feels more like home. It
is still very hot, although the
winters are lovely. The driving
continues to be a problem but
I’m not so frightened of going
out in my car anymore. Also,
$OHA 1ATAR
the country is developing at an
incredible speed. In the last five
years, a huge amount of building
lots of new hotels, supermarkets
and museums springing up
everywhere.
particular hand gesture which I
thought was very rude, but here
it actually just means 'please
wait'. You soon learn that there
are certain things you must not
do, such as shake a Qatari man's
hand unless invited to do so, be
disrespectful in any way towards
their culture or religion or dress
in a way that is considered
inappropriate here.
filling up with skyscrapers and all
sorts of interesting architecture.
However, the Qataris are keen to
preserve their heritage so there
is a lot of Arabic architectural
influence.
f Many expats have a good life.
People generally have higher
incomes than they would have at
home so they can afford to go out
more and own a more expensive
car. Admittedly, it is harder for
those who are labourers working
on construction sites, and those
who work in the service industry,
as they have to work very long
hours in difficult conditions. But
most people come here for work
opportunities, to save some
money or to send money home to
support their families.
TRACK 43

3 Read the interview again and answer the questions.

1 7HAT DO YOU THINK A souq IS
2 7HAT SERVICES DOES *ULIA HAVE IN 1ATAR THAT SHE WOULDNT HAVE AT HOME
3 7HAT SHOULDNT YOU DO WHEN YOU FIRST MEET A MAN IN 1ATAR
4 (OW IS PUBLIC TRANSPORT BEING IMPROVED IN 1ATAR
5 7HY DO PEOPLE WANT TO WORK IN 1ATAR
52 THAT’S ENGLISH!
 Revision 1

4 Listen to the stories of cultural 7a Match the functions (1-4) to the expressions (a-d).
misunderstandings and complete the chart.
44 Use the words from the box to help you (there 1 INTRODUCING THE TOPIC
are three extra words). 2 DESCRIBING THE CURRENT SITUATION
3 GIVING YOUR OPINION
Place / event: BUS DISCO MUSEUM RESTAURANT 4 GIVING SPECIFIC EXAMPLES
PARTY TRAIN STATION
People: WAITER BUS DRIVER GUESTS AT THE PARTY a &OR INSTANCEx
GUIDE MARRIED COUPLE TOURIST b ) AM GOING TO  )D LIKE TO TALK ABOUT
c !T THE MOMENT WHERE ) LIVE THERE AREx
Story Country Place / event People d !S FAR AS )M CONCERNED  )N MY VIEWx
involved
1 7b Prepare a two-minute talk on expats in Spain.
2 Use the expressions from activity 7a and the
3 questions below to help you.
4 1 7HAT OTHER NATIONALITIES DO YOU KNOW THAT LIVE
IN YOUR AREA
5 Listen again and match the stories (1-4) to the 2 7HAT DO YOU THINK THEY MIGHT FIND BETTER ABOUT
misunderstandings (a-d). LIVING HERE RATHER THAN IN THEIR OWN COUNTRY
44
3 7HAT DO YOU THINK THEY MIGHT FIND DIFFICULT OR
a .OT UNDERSTANDING WHAT A GESTURE MEANT IN UNUSUAL ABOUT LIVING HERE
ANOTHER CULTURE
b .OT UNDERSTANDING A CULTURAL DIFFERENCE WHEN 8a When writing a story, use adjectives and
HAVING A CONVERSATION adverbs. Choose the correct option.
c 5SING AN OFFENSIVE GESTURE
1 (E WAS interesting  interested TO TALK TO
d .OT UNDERSTANDING THE LANGUAGE
2 4HE TOWN CENTRE WAS further  nearer AWAY
FROM THE HOTEL THAN ) EXPECTED
6 With a partner, role-play the following situation:
AYou have just been to visit a friend’s family
who are from another country. It was a
rather difficult day.
Tell your partner about what happened.
3 Surprising  Surprised BY THE COLD ) REALISED )
HADNT BROUGHT MY GLOVES
8b When writing a story, use time clauses. Match
the two halves of the sentences.
1 "Y THE TIME ) GOT TO THE HOTEL
Use some of these ideas to help you:
2 !S SOON AS WE FOUND A SEAT
You arrived late – they didn’t wait to eat.
You kiss people when you meet them – they
shake hands.
You took flowers – they only give those
flowers at funerals.
The conversation was all about politics.
You offered to help with the cooking or
clearing up – they were offended.
B Listen to your partner’s story and make
comments.
3 "EFORE WE COULD THANK HIM FOR HIS HELP
a HE DISAPPEARED INTO THE KITCHEN
b THE RECEPTIONIST HAD LEFT
c THE BUS DRIVER ASKED US TO MOVE
9 Write a story (150-175 words) about a holiday
or trip. Use the suggestions in activities 8a and
8b, the following paragraph structure, and the
models in units 1 and 3 to help you.
Paragraph 1: 3AY WHEN AND WHERE YOU WENT
Use some of these expressions: $ESCRIBE THE PLACE THE PEOPLE AND YOUR
IMPRESSIONS
How did it go? Poor you!
Sorry to hear that. What happened? Paragraph 2: $ESCRIBE THE EVENTS THAT HAPPENED
That must have been awful. Paragraph 3: #ONCLUDE BY WRITING ABOUT SOMETHING
SPECIFIC THAT REMINDS YOU OF THIS PLACE SOMEONE
Did you have a good day
with your friend’s family?
How did it go?
YOU MET A SPECIAL EVENT
It was a
difficult day.
First… When I was 25 years old, a friend and I went
to Madrid for two weeks. I remember that…

THAT’S ENGLISH! 53
UNIT
5 Fish for a compliment

OBJECTIVES
s4O TALK ABOUT THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN
health and the body
s4O GIVE WARNINGS AND COMPLIMENTS

A You need to look after yourself

BEFORE YOU WATCH 3 Nigel told Karen not to ... about the distance
because he would keep an ... on her.
1 Put the health problems in order of seriousness. 4 Nigel told the ramblers not to ... to shut the
gates.
1 feeling exhausted all the time
2 feeling that your shoulders are stiff 5 Match the beginnings of the sentences (1-4) to
3 having high levels of cholesterol the endings (a-d).
4 having a bad back 1 I always bring plasters
2 I’m wearing new boots
WHILE YOU WATCH 3 How about coming on a walk tomorrow
4 I brought some extra clothing
2 Answer the questions.
a so that our ramblers don’t suffer too much.
b so that I’ve got something else to wear if it
rains.
c so that we can catch up?
d so I’ve got a couple of blisters.

6 Put the dialogue between Jackie and Karen into

1 What does Jackie want Karen to do and why?
2 Why does Karen enjoy the rambling group?
AFTER YOU WATCH
3 Which sentence is not true?
the correct order.
1 I’m no good at ball games.
2 That’s it! Walking. Walking is perfect.
3 If you don’t like zumba, you’d better find
something else. There are loads of other
activities you could do. How about tennis?
4 Zumba is definitely not for me. Hey, I’m
starving. Let’s get something to eat.
5 There’s a rambling group that meets up every
week.
6 Well, I’ve got to watch my cholesterol levels.
I’ll just have a salad.

Jackie said to Karen that ... .

1 she must come to the party
NOW YOU!
2 her back and shoulders are stiff because she 7 Imagine you work for a magazine giving health
spends too much time on her laptop advice. Answer the readers’ letters.
3 she shouldn’t carry a heavy bag 1 I stopped smoking two If I were you, I
4 she ought to have an e-book instead of a heavy months ago and now wouldn’t do that.
book I’m putting on a lot of First of all you
5 she shouldn’t worry about dieting and smoking weight. I think I’ll start should stop eating
smoking again. snacks...
6 she should come with her to a zumba class

4 Complete the sentences. 2 I would like to be fit

enough to run a half You need to
1 Nigel warns Karen that she might get blisters marathon in a year’s prepare a training
because she is ... new boots. time. What should I programme...
2 Karen told Nigel that she wasn’t very .... . do?

54 THAT’S ENGLISH!
 STREET INTERVIEWS
8 The speakers below were asked the following question: What do you do to look after your body
and your health?
1 Think of three things you think they will say that they do.
2 Watch the video to see if any of your ideas were mentioned.

Nadine Jude Nip Lauren Ruth Alan Andy Jo

9 Listen to the speakers and tick (4) the things they do to look after their body and health.
1 stop eating meat 2 do a lot of walking 3 go to the gym every day 4 have a massage 5 eat
healthily 6 go for walks in the countryside 7 eat three meals a day 8 don’t drink every day
9 go cycling, dancing and walking 10 play tennis twice a week 11 walk to work and back

10 Complete the sentences with one word in each gap.

Nadine: I do a lot of walking because I have to 1p... my kids up from school back and 2f... .
Lauren: I go to the gym, not as 3m... as I probably 4c... .
Alan: I can’t 5e... as much as I’d 6l... to.
Jo: I should 7r... I’m 50 and I can’t really do that 8s... anymore.

ACTIVATE YOUR ENGLISH! NOW YOU!

11 Look at some of the things which were said in
the Street Interviews. Match the words in bold
(1-3) to the meanings (a-c).
1 I try to eat healthy foods, no takeaways or
anything like that.
2 I don’t eat healthily at the weekend though,
I give myself a treat.
3 I started a boot camp last week.
13 Discuss with your partner whether you agree or
not with the ideas below.
Andy: I don’t drink too much, I just drink at the
weekends.
I don’t agree with Andy. I read that
drinking a glass of wine every day is
part of the Mediterranean diet so...

a give something nice to yourself Nadine: I stopped eating meat...

b do aerobic exercise, usually in a local park,
with military men shouting at you to try harder I definitely don’t agree with this. I can’t
c food which you buy already cooked but you imagine telling my grandmother that I could
don’t eat in a restaurant no longer eat her wonderful cocido or paella!

12 Tick (4) the things (1-6) from the Street Jo: I started a boot camp last week. I should
Interviews which you think are good ideas for realise I’m 50 and can’t do that stuff
looking after your body and health. anymore.
1 Eat three meals a day.
I don’t agree with Jo. I think you can, and
2 Always have breakfast. should do exercise even when you’re over 50.
3 Don’t eat takeaways. However, I’m not sure about the boot camp, I
4 Don’t eat healthily at the weekend – give can’t imagine running around the Retiro Park
yourself a treat! being shouted at by a soldier, but then again,
5 Go to the gym every day. maybe it’d be less boring than going to the
gym.
6 Eat healthily.

THAT’S ENGLISH! 55
Fish for a compliment
READING
1 ‘An eye for an eye’ is a famous English idiom.
What do you think it means?
1 treat everyone fairly and equally
2 punish someone who hurts you in the same way
3 never forgive someone who injures you
2 Read the play extract. What is the scene about?
1 a misunderstanding
2 a bitter quarrel
3 a reunion
3 Complete the summary of the play with (the)
Glens, (the) Frasers or both.
In the past 1the Glens and the Frasers
lived in Seahaven and had a business
partnership. Many years ago 2... and 3...
quarrelled and 4... were left in a difficult
financial position. 5... left the area but 6...
stayed there. The older 7... did not tell their
children about the argument until one of 8...
arrived in the town unexpectedly and met
one of the younger 9... . The older 10... had
never forgotten how they were treated by
11... and now the truth about the past has
started to come out.
4 Read the text again and choose the correct
option.
1 Evie … .
a doesn’t understand Kelvin’s accent
b doesn’t recognise Kelvin’s accent
2 Kelvin … .
a admires Evie’s legs
b admires Evie’s appearance
3 Jim … .
a has heard of Kelvin’s family
b has never heard of Kelvin’s family
4 Kelvin … .
a has not personally done anything to Jim
b has done something to upset Jim
5 Jim … .
a refuses to listen to Kelvin’s point of view
b disagrees with Kelvin’s point of view
6 Kelvin’s grandfather … .
a had some dental problems
b was very old
7 Jim’s grandfather … .
a was attacked by Gordon Fraser
b had problems because of Gordon Fraser
56
AN EYE FOR AN EYE
SETTING: Seahaven, a small seaside town in
Scotland 50 years ago.
CAST: Evie Glen, a young girl
Jim Glen, a shopkeeper and Evie’s father
Kelvin Fraser, a young Canadian visitor
ACT 1 - Scene 1
Outside the Glens’ fish shop on Seahaven high street.
Evie is sweeping outside the shop window. Kelvin
enters stage left, whistling and smoking.
Kelvin: Hello! It’s a lovely day.
Evie: (shyly) Hello. Yes, it’s grand.
Kelvin: That’s a fine display of fish you have.
Your shellfish looks especially lovely. I have a
professional interest you know.
Evie: Oh, really?
Kelvin: (laughing) No, not at all, I’m just pulling
your leg. You look so charming here... with the fish.
Evie: (giggling) Well, thank you. Are you...
American?
Kelvin: No, I’m Canadian.
Evie: (indicating the cigarette) Well, I knew you
weren’t Scottish..., not many people round here
smoke. You really ought to give it up you know...
Kelvin: (throws the cigarette away) You’re absolutely
right! My father always said I should listen to pretty
girls. I’m Kelvin Fraser, by the way.
Evie: I’m Evie. What brings you here to Seahaven?
We’ve never had any Americans or Canadians here
before.
Kelvin: Well, my family was from here originally
and I thought I’d come and see it. My grandfather
had a partner in the fishing business here − I think
he was called Glyn.
Evie: Did you say Glyn?
Kelvin: No, I meant Glen; sorry that was a slip of
the tongue.
Jim Glen enters stage right.
Jim: (angrily) Just what do you think you’re doing,
Evie? You should know better than to waste time.
Get back to work!
8 Jim … .
a promised his grandfather he’d get revenge
b promised never to speak to the Frasers again
THAT’S ENGLISH!
 UNIT 5

5 Match the expressions from the text (1-6) to the

meanings (a-f).
1 to pull someone’s leg
2 to get off on the wrong foot
3 to stab someone in the back
4 over my dead body
5 a slip of the tongue
6 to be long in the tooth
a to begin something badly
b I will never agree to what you want while I am
alive
c to betray a friend and cause them harm
d to be very old
Evie: I was just chatting to Kelvin, Kelvin Fraser. e to tell someone a small lie as a joke
His family used to live... f a small spoken mistake
Jim: Yes, I know all about his family. I’m Jim Glen.
6 Complete the dialogues with the expressions
I want you to leave, young man.
from activity 5.
Kelvin: Really? I’m sorry, have I upset you?
Jim: Yes, you have. Dialogue 1
Evie: But, Father... WILL: You seemed to be getting on well with
Jim: (furiously) You go inside and stay there! Do you Steve the other night, but I thought you
hear me? (Evie enters the shop) And as for you, get didn’t like him.
out of my sight.
DAVE: Yes, we 1... when we first met, but now it’s
Kelvin: Look, we’ve obviously got off on the wrong
fine. I’ve asked him to join our football
foot. Can’t we just talk it over?
team.
Jim: Over my dead body! I’ll never forgive the
Frasers. Gordon Fraser stabbed my grandfather in WILL: But you said you wanted to ask Jack.
the back and ruined his business. DAVE: No, I’ve decided he’s not good enough.
Kelvin: I never really knew my grandfather – he WILL: Well, you already mentioned it to him, so
was quite long in the tooth when I was born and now Jack will think you’ve 2... .
we were in Canada. I never knew there was a
problem back here.
Jim: Well, there was. Dialogue 2
Kelvin: I’m very sorry to hear that. Maybe we can TANIA: OK Dad, I’m going out now. See you.
find a way to... DAD: You’re not going out in that short skirt.
Jim: Don’t you dare come here again! You stay away TANIA: But Dad, I’ll be late. Please.
from my daughter! Do you understand? 3...
DAD: ! Put on something longer.
Kelvin: (quietly) I understand perfectly.
TANIA: OK, OK, I will. It was just a joke, I was 4… .
Jim: You listen to me. If I were you, I’d leave right
now and never come back. An eye for an eye. You’ll
get what’s coming to you. That’s what I promised
my grandfather. Dialogue 3
ALICE: Do you think it’s a good idea for your
Jim exits into the shop and bangs the door shut. Kelvin
dad to ride a motorbike at his age? He’s
stands staring at the door, unable to believe what has
happened. End of scene 1. nearly 85.
TRACK 45 TIM: Well, I know he’s quite 5... , but actually
he’s only 75!
ALICE: Oh dear, silly me, that was 6… . Thank
goodness your father didn’t hear me!

THAT’S ENGLISH! 57
Fish for a compliment

LANGUAGE STUDY
1a Listen to the dialogues. What is the relationship 47 Listen again and copy the intonation.
between the speakers?
46
1 a neighbours b work colleagues 2b Practise saying the extracts in activity 1c and
2 a neighbours b boyfriend & girlfriend copy the stress and intonation.
3 a work colleagues b friends
4 a friends b teacher & student 3a Complete the definitions with the words from
5 a mother & daughter b friends the box.

1b Listen again. Complete the table about what things soul building language evidence
the men and women compliment each other on. image opinion
46

Dialogue Appearance Possessions Work 1 How someone perceives their physical

1 4 4 appearance is their body ... .
2 2 The use of gestures to communicate is body ... .
3 3 All the information that suggests something is
true is the body of ... .
4
4 If someone is totally committed to an idea or
5 person, they are committed body and ... .
5 The practice of developing your muscles
1c Listen again and complete the extracts with the
through exercise and special diet is body ... .
missing words.
46 6 When the majority of people agree on
Dialogue 1 something that is the body of ... .
Man: You 1... look well, if I 2... say so.
3b Complete the sentences with the expressions
Woman: Really? Do you think 3... ? Thank you.
from exercise 3a.
Dialogue 2
Man: Hello, Beth. Wow! You 4... a million 5... ! 1 She said she was glad to see me, but her ...
showed she was uncomfortable.
Beth: Thank you. You scrub up 6... yourself.
2 The council wanted to construct a new town,
Dialogue 3
but the ... at the meeting was against it.
Mr Keene: I 7... that was an excellent presentation
3 Many people think ... makes a person look
this morning. 8... informative.
unnaturally muscular.
Harry: Thank you very much, Mr Keene. I’m
9 ... you 10... it helpful. 4 Teenagers who compare themselves to
fashion models may develop a negative ... .
Dialogue 4
5 ‘I’ll love you forever, ... !’ she said on their
Gary: Hey, 11... bike, Ben. wedding day.
Ben: Cheers. Got it last week. 6 The ... shows that most people do not take
Gary: That 12... look 13... . Awesome. sufficient exercise to keep healthy.
Dialogue 5
4a Write an instruction or warning for the situations
Tara: I know! You look 14... ! You 15... lost
using the verbs in brackets.
weight.
Tracey: Yeah, cheers. Wow, 16... a 17... dress! 1 You need to tell someone not to leave the
lights on when they leave. (switch off)
2a Listen to the compliments and note the stressed Switch the lights off when you leave.
word in bold for emphasis.
47 2 You want to tell the postman to put the package
1 You do look well. at the back of the house. (leave)
2 You have lost weight. 3 You need to tell students to be silent during
the test. (talk)
3 That does look cool.
4 You want to warn someone to be careful as
Pronunciation: giving compliments the floor is wet. (take)
5 You need to warn someone not to use scissors
▶ Choose the correct option. when opening a box. (use)
To emphasise a compliment we stress the
subject / auxiliary verb.
page 148

58 THAT’S ENGLISH!

Emphatic do
To make imperatives sound more polite, we add
the emphatic auxiliary do at the beginning.
Do take a seat.
Do come in.
page 132
4b Make the imperatives more polite.
1 Pay attention when I’m speaking to you.
2 Watch where you are going.
3 Take the time to read this carefully.
4 Allow plenty of time to get to the airport.
Warnings and orders
s To make an imperative stronger, we add the
pronoun you to the imperative.
You go inside!
Don’t you dare come here again!
s If we are not directly addressing a specific
person, we use somebody.
Somebody help me!
page 132
5 Rewrite the statements to make them into
warnings or orders.
1 I don’t want you to shout at me like that again.
Don’t you ever shout at me like that again!
2 We want you to sit still and be quiet.
3 I want someone to come and open the door
quickly.
4 We don’t want you to come here again.
5 I want someone to call the ambulance now.
6 What advice would you give in the following
situations? Use a variety of expressions.
1 A friend wants to stop smoking.
If I were you, I’d go to the doctor’s and ask for
help.
You really ought to go / should go to the
doctor’s and ask for help.
Why don’t you go to the doctor’s and ask for
help?
How about going to the doctor’s and asking
for help?
2 A friend wants to lose weight.
3 Your grandmother wants to get fit.
4 Your boss is very stressed and wants to relax.
5 A friend has really bad breath.
Review of expressions of advice page 132
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT 5
7a Listen to the dialogue and answer the questions.
48 1 What is the relationship between Kim and Sue?
2 Who or what are they talking about?
7b Listen again and match the idioms (1-8) to the
meanings (a-h).
48
1 to pick someone‘s brains
2 to keep an eye on someone
3 to bite someone’s head off
4 your heart’s not in it
5 your heart goes out to someone
6 to get something off your chest
7 to be joined at the hip
8 to lend someone a hand
a to talk about something that is troubling you
b to react angrily
c to ask someone for ideas
d to make sure you know what someone is doing
e to do everything together
f to offer to help someone
g to not be interested in something
h to feel very sorry for someone
8 Complete the text with a suitable word in each
gap.
Staying healthy is a hot topic and it’s hard to
keep up with the latest research findings. We
all know it’s advisable to lose 1weight although
going on a 2... is not always successful. The
body of 3... shows that eating a normal,
healthy selection of foods and taking more
exercise is preferable. Try to exercise three or
four times a week but 4... spend all your time
in the gym – you 5... get outside in the fresh
air as well. Choose some exercise that you
enjoy as you’ll probably just give up if your
6... is not in it.
Don’t forget the importance of mental health
as we shouldn’t underestimate the importance
of the relationship between body and 7... . Try
not to worry too much about your body 8...
and keep an 9... on any friends who seem to be
worried about their appearance. If something
is worrying you, try to get it off your 10... as
this will reduce stress. If you remember these
simple principles, in the future you could end
up being long in the 11... and live to be 100!
59
Fish for a compliment

B We live in an image society

DOCUMENTARY 4 Correct the sentences by replacing the words in
bold.
1 Answer the questions.
1 England’s largest national park, the Lakes,
is nearly 2300 square kilometres of rivers,
mountains, rough countryside and lakes.
a Is obesity a problem in 2 All of the mountains have historical lakeland
your country? names.
b If so, why do you think 3 The Lake District attracts around 40.8 million
this is happening? visitors a year. Many come to watch all sorts
of outdoor activities.
4 Joe describes a ghyll as a place where snow is
drained off the mountains.
2 Watch the documentary and choose the correct 5 Jack says that a lot of different people come to
option. visit and young people come to go sailing.
6 Jack advises Alex to go out on a motor boat
1 What percentage of the population is ranked because she is tired and it’s quite sunny.
as obese?
a 50% b 25% c 33% 5 Tick (4) the things Jack says you can do in the
Lakes.
2 How many kilograms less did the average
woman weigh 50 years ago than today? 1 go canoeing 5 sit on top of kayaks
a 20 b 30 c 13 2 go water skiing 6 hire electric bikes
3 How does Tam Fry say that people are eating 3 hire motor boats 7 hire paddle boards
today? 4 hire bikes 8 hire rowing boats
a too much b badly c the wrong thing
4 Jason Parker says that people who don’t fit
into an image are… .
SAME LANGUAGE, DIFFERENT LIVES
a rejected b teased c stereotyped 6 Do people in your country worry about their
body image? Explain your answer.
5 What is Cecelia Belier’s Mini Cooking Club
trying to do with the consumption of fats, salt
and sugars? 7 Listen to the speakers talking about the question
in activity 6 and answer the questions.
a cut down on them
b discourage them c reduce them 1 What does America suffer from?
6 How often is a glass of red wine and a bit of 2 Where do people like to go in South Africa?
chocolate recommended for people to help to 3 In Jamaica people do a thing called bleaching.
prevent many diseases? What is this?
a every once in a while 4 What are American people worried about?
b every other day c on Sundays 5 What three things does the speaker from
England say that people do?
THAT’S BRITAIN
NOW YOU!
8 What kind of things do people in your country
do to look after their body?

Spanish people spend a lot

of time going to the gym.
They also like doing outdoor
exercise, such as hill walking and
3 Answer the questions. mountaineering. If they can afford
it, some people also have plastic
1 Have you ever visited a national park in your surgery, especially fat reduction
country? If so, which one? surgery called liposuction.
2 What can you do there?

60 THAT’S ENGLISH!
 UNIT 5
SKILLS WORK
1a Read the problems and replies. Where do you think you would find a page like this?

1 in a celebrity magazine 2 in a serious newspaper 3 in a lifestyle magazine

Anna’s column
A problem This week we focus on young people’s health issues.
shared — 1 Dear Anna, I am very concerned about my daughter aged ten. She
is quite overweight for her age and lately she’s started refusing to
you ask and play outside and just stays in her room playing on the computer.
our readers I always try and provide her with a healthy diet and limit sweets
and fast food, but it’s not working. Should I put her on a diet?
reply. Mary T
2 Dear Anna, I’m very worried about my younger sister aged 13.
She says she wants to have cosmetic surgery on her nose because
it’s ugly, and when we try to discuss it, she just gets upset and
starts crying. She spends a lot of time looking at herself in
the mirror and hardly spends any time with her friends. She’s
always reading celebrity magazines and comparing herself
with models. How can I help her? Nat P

READERS’ REPLIES:
a You should encourage her to
realise that most of the photos
she’s comparing herself with have
been digitally manipulated to make
the models look prettier, thinner,
taller, etc. You can find several
websites which try to educate
teenagers about the realities of
modern photography. John W
b If I were you, I’d avoid bringing
up the word ‘diet’ because you
don’t want to give her a negative
attitude towards eating. Just
encourage healthy eating and
enjoying mealtimes together.
Joy K
c I’d focus on her strengths and e Try to get her to be more
achievements and pat her on active. It’s a good idea to find
the back whenever possible. something you both enjoy and
Try and build her confidence make time to do it regularly.
by suggesting activities you Walk to school instead of
can do together. Make sure driving there. Take the stairs
she doesn’t spend a lot of time rather than the lift. Small
alone. Liz S daily changes can make a big
difference. Jane S
d Don’t argue with her but try to
listen and treat her seriously.
Encourage her friends to come
round or take them all out
together. You ought to ask your
doctor for some help before this
gets more serious. Perhaps the
(online source)
doctor could discuss the dangers
with her. Kath L
TRACK 49

1b Match the letters (1-2) to the replies (a-e). 3 Prepare three pieces of advice you would give
to a young person regarding health and body
image. Use appropriate imperatives or advice
2a Listen to a radio interview about body image
expressions.
and tick (4) the topics you hear mentioned.
50
1 dieting 4 overexercising If I were you, I wouldn’t spend too much
time reading gossip magazines because...
2 anxiety 5 fashion industry
3 photoshopping 6 school education
magazines Try to be positive and think
of your good points...
2b Listen again. Who or what do these numbers
refer to?
50
17 2 90% 3 15 4 5000 5 3000

THAT’S ENGLISH! 61
Fish for a compliment

WRITING
1 Read the email and answer the questions.
1 What is the purpose of the email?
2 What is the relationship between the writer and the person being written to: formal or
informal?

Hi Penny,
Just thought I’d get in touch and find out how you’re getting on with the arrangements for the
new yoga classes. I’ve been in touch with all the people on the list, and the best time for most
of them is Tuesday evenings at around 7:30. Is there any chance you could sort out the room
booking at the leisure centre? I understand it’s a bit short notice, but it should be OK. Then we
can confirm it with the teacher. I’ll let you know exactly who has signed up.
Cheers
Anna

2a Read the email again and complete the table with words and expressions from the text.

Greetings Stating purpose Asking for something Closing the email

Hi Penny,

2b Add the phrases from the box to the table in activity 2a.

Cheers I thought I’d drop you a line about... I’ll be in touch again soon
Could you just…? Best wishes Hello See you soon Any chance you could…?

Writing a formal email

3a Read the email and answer the questions.

1 What is the purpose of the email?

2 Is the relationship between the writer and the person being written to formal or informal?

a Dear 1Mountain Walks / Sir or Madam,

b I am 2getting in touch with / writing to you regarding the walking
holidays you offer in Switzerland. 3I’d love / I would like to have some
more information.
c Your advertisement 4says / states that your walking holidays are suitable
for all ages and levels of fitness.
I 5want / wish to go on holiday with my father. Can you 6tell me / advise
me if any of your walking tours would be suitable for him?
d He is 65 years old and quite fit for his age and walks about 3 km every day.
Last year he had a knee operation and finds it painful to walk downhill.
7I’d / I would be grateful if you could reply as soon as possible as I want to
8arrange / sort out a holiday this month.

e 9Should you require / If you need any more information please 10get in
touch with / contact me.
f 11Yours faithfully / All the best
Steven Brown

62 THAT’S ENGLISH!

3b Read the email again and answer the questions.
1 Do you think this email should be written in a
formal or an informal style?
2 Look at the box below. Then choose the most
suitable options in activity 3a.
Review of features of formal style
s Use full forms instead of contracted forms.
I will be in touch, but NOT I’ll be in touch
s Use more formal verbs instead of phrasal
verbs.
I want to resolve this, but NOT I want to
sort this out.
page 144
3c Match the categories (1-6) to the sections of the
email in activity 3a (a-f).
1 offering further information
2 standard closing phrase
3 introductory sentence
4 main body/purpose of the email
5 farewell
6 greeting
4 Read the reply from Mountain Walks. What
does Mountain Walks need?
Dear Mr Brown,
Thank you for your enquiry regarding our
walking holidays.
In order to assist you, we require further
information on your father’s knee condition.
For someone to join our holidays, they need
to be able to walk 12 to 15 km a day.
Please complete the enclosed questionnaire
so that we can assess his health further. We
may then request a letter from his doctor
about his fitness so as to be completely
sure he is capable of joining one of our
tours. We request you send us the required
documents as soon as possible, so as not to
delay the registration process.
Assuring you of our best attention at all
times.
Yours sincerely,
Katharine Unwin
Customer Service Manager
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT 5
Purpose clauses
Apart from so that and in order (not) to the
expressions below also express purpose:
s So as (not) to + infinitive (more formal)
We may request a letter from his doctor so
as to be completely sure.
We request you send us the required
documents as soon as possible, so as not
to slow down the registration process.
s For someone to + infinitive
For someone to join our holiday, they need
to be able to walk 12 to 15 km a day.
page 133
5 Rewrite the sentences using the words in
brackets.
1 It takes great commitment if someone wants
to completely change their diet. (for someone
to)
It takes great commitment for someone to
completely change their diet.
2 We should avoid too much saturated fat to
prevent damage to the arteries. (so as to)
3 We didn’t turn the light on to avoid waking the
children. (in order not to)
4 We left the room. They could talk in private.
(so that)
5 Jon went to the office at 6 a.m. to enable him
to finish the report. (in order to)
6 We left at 5 a.m. to avoid encountering any
traffic jams. (so as not to)
7 They worked very hard. They finished early.
(so that)
6 Write an email to ask about an activity holiday
for a member of your family. Refer to the email
in activity 3a as a model. Include the following:
s an appropriate greeting and ending
s explain why you are writing
s offer any extra information you think may be
relevant
s use formal language
s use purpose clauses
Writing Reference page 144
63
UNIT
6 As nice as pie
s4O DESCRIBE DIFFERENT TASTES IN FOOD AND

OBJECTIVES
clothes
s4O REACT WITH SURPRISE TO DIFFERENT
experiences

A Tastes have changed

BEFORE YOU WATCH
1 Do you agree or disagree with these statements?
1 Italian people have excellent taste in clothes.
2 Modern works of art which use dead animals
are in bad taste.
3 Mexican and Indian food is too spicy for most
people’s taste.
4 Really expensive sports cars are a bit vulgar
and tasteless.
WHILE YOU WATCH
2 Answer the questions.
1 Why do Bridget and Anthony go shopping?
4 Bridget doesn’t like Anthony’s dirty old brown
... shoes.
a plastic b leather c velvet
4 Match the three suits Anthony tries on to the
descriptions (a-c).
1st suit 2nd suit 3rd suit
a It’s smart but too formal for a drinks party.
b It’s modern, stylish and cool.
c It’s a suit you might buy from a charity shop.
5 Decide if the following sentences are true (4) or
false (7). Correct the false ones.
1 Anthony thinks that Mr Dunlop has loads of
cash and good taste and judgement.
2 Bridget thinks Anthony should keep his
opinions to himself.
3 Mrs Dunlop says her husband thinks her car is
tasteless.
4 Mr Dunlop denied this and said he thought the
car was vulgar.
5 Mr Dunlop likes art that provokes controversy.

6 Watch scene B again and complete the sentences

2 What is Anthony’s general impression of
Mrs Dunlop’s possessions?
with the correct expressions of opinion.
1 … , if you’re going to buy a sports car, why not
buy a bright red one?
2 … Maxine knows more about art than you do.
3 … , but it’s not something I’d ever buy.
4 … I quite like your sculpture.

AFTER YOU WATCH NOW YOU!

3 Choose the correct option. 7 Give your opinion about the following things.
1 Anthony invents recipes which are ... , 1 an expensive sports car
interesting and exciting.
a unusual b tasty c spicy As far as I’m I hope you don’t
concerned, this mind my saying, but
2 Anthony says that ants are nutritious, plentiful kind of car is a total I totally disagree.
and ... . waste of money. I think that...
a expensive b organic c cheap
3 Bridget wants Anthony to come with her to a 2 hot, spicy Indian food
... at her boss’s house. 3 really high platform shoes
a party b meeting c get-together 4 the Hipster / Vintage look

64 THAT’S ENGLISH!
 STREET INTERVIEWS
8 The speakers below were asked the following question: What’s your taste in clothes and food?
1 4HINK OF THREE THINGS YOU THINK THEY WILL SAY ABOUT EACH TOPIC
2 Watch the video to see if any of your ideas were mentioned.

Nip Darren Lauren Alan Jo Jude Judy

9a Circle the two things the speakers did not mention when talking about their taste in clothes.

1 very simple and plain 7 I just keep up with the fashion trends
2 I’m not very wild or adventurous 8 I don’t like dressing up
3 I have a fairly modern taste in clothing 9 I go all out in the gym clothes
4 I’m not a fashion person 10 I never buy designer label clothes
5 because I’m overweight I’m limited 11 I like to be casual smart
6 I like really posh clothes 12 I don’t get much joy from clothes

9b Answer the questions.

1 What kind of food does Darren not like? 3 What is the only thing Alan will not eat?
2 What kind of food does Lauren like?

ACTIVATE YOUR ENGLISH! 2 Lauren: I like spicy Asian food.

3 Alan: I’m diverse; I will eat anything, except
10 Match the definitions to the words in bold. butter beans.
4 Jo: I like pizza and pasta and creamy
a fashionable style sauces and cakes.
informal but still clean and neatly dressed 5 Jo: I like cooking and I like baking cakes
do what is necessary to stay level or equal and eating them.
put on glamorous or stylish clothes

Judy: I like to be 1casual smart. I don’t like NOW YOU!

2dressing up.
13 Answer the question.
Nip: Once every couple of months, I buy
something new from the shops and just What’s your taste in clothes and food?
to 3keep up with the fashion 4trends.
I don’t really spend a lot of money on
11 Complete the text with the words in bold from clothes, but I still like to be fashionable
activity 10. and follow the latest fashion trends...

Sandra is the kind of girl who likes to spend a

lot of money on clothes to 1... the latest fashion I love looking for clothes in second-hand
2... . At the weekends, she spends ages in her shops. People say these are vintage clothes...
room 3... to go out to nightclubs. However,
during the week she just wears 4... clothes to
go to university. I think I’m quite diverse when it comes
to food. I like most things, except liver...
12 Tick (4) the comments about food from the
Street Interviews which you agree with. I don’t really like spicy food,
except patatas bravas of course!
1 Darren: 4HE ONLY THING ) DONT PARTICULARLY LIKE
is seafood.

THAT’S ENGLISH! 65
As nice as pie
READING
1a Which descriptions apply / don’t apply to your
personal taste in food?
1 light and fresh – lots of salads and fruit, more
fish than meat
2 traditional – three meals a day with a mixture
of meat or fish and vegetables
3 you have a sweet tooth – you love sweets and
chocolate
4 fast food – no home cooking: burgers, pizzas,
etc.
5 luxurious – you just love rich food made with
lots of cream and butter
6 savoury – salty or spicy flavours, not sweet
ones
7 delicate – no strong, sour or very salty tastes
(they give you indigestion!); quite bland food
with subtle flavours
1b Complete the sentences with the words in bold
from activity 1a.
1 Lemons and vinegar taste … .
2 4RADITIONAL &RENCH COOKING HAS LOTS OF x
sauces.
3 Baby food tastes … because it doesn’t contain
any salt.
4 We need … biscuits to eat with the cheese, not
sweet ones!
5 4HE DISH WAS SO x  ) FELT AS IF MY MOUTH WAS
burning.
6 If you have a … , you’ll love this cake!
2 Read the interview and use the interviewer’s
questions (1-3) to complete the gaps (a-c).
1 Can you tell me a bit more about Soul Kitchen?
What inspired you to set it up?
2 It sounds as if the kind of food on offer is
quite spicy: is it to the taste of ordinary British
people?
3 How much do you think the success of Soul
Kitchen has changed you?
3 Read the text again and answer the questions.
1 Where would you find this interview: in a
newspaper food column or in a restaurant
guide? Why?
2 What two things does Polly Andrews say that
Kevin Abola is famous for?
3 Which people inspired Abola to set up Soul
Kitchen?
4 How does Abola describe the kind of food that
Soul Kitchen makes?
5 Is Soul Kitchen a charity, a business or both?
66
POLLY ANDREWS
food writer
Soul food
In the past, celebrity chef Kevin Abola was as
famous for his extravagant designer suits and flashy
jewellery as he was for his cooking, but nowadays,
it’s his chain of low-cost restaurants, Soul Kitchen,
that people are talking about. Food writer Polly 5
Andrews interviews him at his London home.
P: a…
K: The thing people notice most is that I don’t dress
up for my TV shows like I used to. But that’s
because I did it mainly to give myself confidence 10
and I feel much stronger now. Besides, my
Nigerian grandmother rang me from Lagos to
tell me it was vulgar! So I’ve adopted a more
casual look. I’ve got a horror of being scruffy –
I’ll always want to look stylish, but hopefully I 15
can manage to wear rather more tasteful clothes
in the future. I’ve definitely lost my taste for
bling jewellery and that’s probably a lot to do
with my work for Soul Kitchen.
P: b… 20
K: First of all, my grandmother, whom I mentioned
before: she was the first person to show me you
can make fantastic food on a budget. She’d
add a pinch of herbs or spices and a tiny drop
of something magic and the most ordinary 25
food was suddenly transformed! Secondly, my
Muslim friend Deepak, whose influence has
been considerable. The Muslim community
believe it’s their duty to look after the poor,
so groups from the local mosque go out and 30
give food to the homeless who sleep on the
Thames embankment. And what amazing
food it is! Succulent, home-made curries with
rich deep flavours, warm soft fresh flat breads,
creamy yoghurt… It literally made me cry. 35
4 Match the adjectives (1-6) to what they refer to
in the text (a-f).
1 vulgar 3 tasty 5 moving
2 tasteful 4 spicy 6 low-cost
a the food distributed by the mosques
THAT’S ENGLISH!

I found seeing these people getting proper,
tasty food, which had been cooked with love
and attention, a really moving experience. And
this is what Soul Kitchen is all about – bringing
these nurturing qualities of food to people on
low incomes. The trouble with food charities is
that they're concerned with nutrition rather than
taste, so the food tends to be a bit tasteless and
bland, even a bit unappetising. At Soul Kitchen,
we use low-cost ingredients, but we prepare them
with a chef’s expertise and we care about what
we’re doing. The result is food that is appetising
and comforting as well as healthy and nutritious.
We give away food to people who have nothing,
but this is only possible because of the money
coming in from the low-cost restaurants, which
are the business half of the operation.
UNIT 6
5 Find a word in the text that means ... .
1 to put on formal clothes in order to look smart
(lines 5-10)
2 relaxed, not formal (lines 10-15)
3 untidy and dirty (lines 10-15)
40
4 big shiny pieces of jewellery or clothing which
attract attention (lines 15-20)
5 which protects and looks after something /
someone and helps it to grow (lines 35-40)
6 describes food or smells that make you want
45 to eat (lines 45-50)
7 contains the substances people need to live
and stay healthy (lines 45-50)
6 Read the first two paragraphs of the text again.
Match the expressions from the box to the
50
examples (1-5).
a designer suit casual style scruffy clothes
bling tasteful jewellery
1 old jeans and trainers with holes in them
2 a nice shirt worn without a tie
3 a matching jacket and trousers made by
Armani
4 a small, high-quality diamond ring
5 lots of gold chains, big flashy rings
7 Complete the summary with the words from
the box.
appetising unhealthy nutritious nurtured
tasty comforting

P: c…
K: Well, put it this way, there’s always a queue of
at least 50 people to get into every restaurant as
soon as it opens.
TRACK 52
b the ingredients used by food charities
c the sight of homeless people receiving food
d the way Abola used to dress according to his
grandmother
e Polly’s idea of the food in Soul Kitchen
f the way Abola plans to dress in the future
THAT’S ENGLISH!
4HE ORIGINAL SOUL FOOD WAS HIGH IN FAT SALT
and sugar, so it was actually rather 1… .
However, it made people feel good because
it was emotionally 2… . Abola argues that
this is also true of junk food, and this is
why people like it so much. When you are
feeling down, you want to eat rich and 3…
foods even more than usual and you won’t
find something like a salad 4… , even if it’s
actually more 5… and better for you than
55
cake. Soul Kitchen aims to make food that
is nutritious but also makes people feel 6…
and loved.
8 What kind of food is soul food for you? Why?
What feelings do you associate with it?
My favourite kind of soul food is fried
chicken, mashed potatoes and gravy.
It’s so tasty and comforting that it
makes me feel like I’m at home again…
67
As nice as pie

LANGUAGE STUDY
1a Match the taste idioms (1-6) to the meanings 2b Listen and check your answers to activity 2a. Pay
(a-f). attention to the pronunciation of the unstressed
53 words a /ə/ and of /əv/ and repeat.
1 to leave a bad taste in someone’s mouth
2 to give someone a taste of their own medicine
3 there’s no accounting for taste Pronunciation Guide page 147
4 an acquired taste
5 (not) to be to someone’s taste
3a Listen to a chef explaining a recipe. What’s the
6 to develop or lose a taste for something
dish?
54
a to do the same bad thing to someone that they
have done to others
b something you don’t like to start with, but
learn to appreciate
c to leave a bad feeling or memory with someone
d to develop or lose the desire for something
e it’s impossible to understand why people like
different things, which others don't
f (not) to be what someone likes

1b Complete the sentences with the correct form

of the taste idioms from activity 1a.
1 )LL NEVER GO BACK TO THAT HOTEL AGAIN
4HE
problems with the rooms and the manager’s
attitude have … .
2 We think he’s absolutely ordinary and even a
bit boring, but she seems to be madly in love
with him, which shows … .
3 4HE DISH SMELLS LIKE ROTTEN EGGS SO ITS AN x
for most Westerners.
4 I never answered her email. She hardly ever
acknowledges anyone else’s messages so I
decided to … . 3b Complete the recipe with the quantifiers from
activity 3a. Listen and check.
5 He didn’t use to like seafood, but after living in 54
Japan, he … raw fish.
6 I decided not to buy it. Although it was very
well made and good quality, it just wasn’t … . Take several large 1… of fresh lettuce
2a Which substance doesn’t go with each quantifier?
leaves and fresh herbs such as basil,
coriander and mint. Wash them well,
1 a drop of shake off any excess water and place in
a wine b milk c sugar a glass bowl. Then make the dressing:
2 a handful of you need two 2… of olive oil and a
a nuts b chopped herbs c olive oil teaspoon of lemon juice. Add a few 3…
3 a pinch of
of honey to the lemon juice or a 4… of
sugar to sweeten it a little and then
a bread b curry powder c salt
mix into the olive oil. Add a 5… of salt
4 a tablespoon or a teaspoon of and pepper and, if you want, a crushed
a vinegar b honey c sausages clove of garlic. Mix well and pour over
5 a lump of the leaves. Serve with a 6… of grilled
a sugar b rice c butter nuts and seeds on top.
6 a sprinkling of
a eggs b sugar c flour

Review of quantifiers page 134

68 THAT’S ENGLISH!
 UNIT 6

4 Listen to a commentary about taste in the 1980s. 6b Rewrite the sentences in activity 6a where the
Number the items in the order you hear them. relative pronoun can be omitted.
55
1 big hair kiwi fruit Big hair is the 80s fashion people remember
sushi aerobics most.
gyms hairspray
enormous earrings shoulder pads

5 Complete the sentences with the correct relative

pronouns. Sometimes more than one answer is
possible.
1 4HE S x -ADONNAS Material Girl was a
hit, was a materialistic decade.
2 Wall Street was the film … defined the spirit of
the times.
3 Big hairstyles, … needed lots of hairspray,
were popular.
4 4HANKS TO !RNOLD 3CHWARZENEGGER GYMS
became places … ordinary people went to
exercise.
5 *ANE &ONDA x RELEASED THE FIRST CELEBRITY
fitness video, started the fashion for aerobics.
6 Michael Jackson, … album Thriller was the
best-seller of the decade, was also a style icon.
7 Madonna, with … we associate many of the 7 Read about Joanna’s taste in clothes in the 80s.
STYLES OF THE S HAD A LOT OF INFLUENCE ON THE
fashion and music.
Review of relative pronouns page 135
6a Read the two sentences and make relative
clauses. Use that for defining and which / who
for non-defining.
1 "IG HAIR WAS A FASHION IN THE S
It’s the fashion people remember most.
"IG HAIR IS THE S FASHIONx
Big hair is the 80s fashion that people
remember most.
2 Japanese cuisine started to become popular in
Europe. Most Europeans had never tasted it.
Japanese cuisine…
3 ) BOUGHT MY FIRST EVER ALBUM 4HE ALBUM WAS
Thriller by Michael Jackson.
4HE FIRST ALBUMx
CAN DANCER
4 Jackets with shoulder pads appeared
EVERYWHERE4HEY DIDNT SUIT EVERYBODY
Jackets with shoulder pads…
5 Lady Diana Spencer had a lot of influence on
FASHION IN THE S 3HE MARRIED 0RINCE #HARLES
Lady Diana Spencer…
6 4WO WORLD LEADERS ARE PARTICULARLY ASSOCIATED
WITH THIS DECADE 4HEY ARE 2ONALD 2EAGAN AND
Mikhail Gorbachev.
4HE TWO WORLD LEADERSx
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Complete the texts with the groups of adjectives
from the box. Make sure the adjectives are in
the correct order.
silk / red / bright black / traditional / velvet
leather / high-heeled / purple
lace / fingerless / coffee-coloured
black / knee-length / tight
silver / real / antique
I bought a lot of my clothes in charity shops
because I loved the retro look and one of
my favourite things was a man’s 1traditional
black velvet evening jacket, which I wore
as a coat. It had a 2… lining and was very
luxurious, but it must have been much too
big for me and I can’t imagine what I looked
like! I sometimes wore it with 3… boots that
I liked to imagine had once belonged to a
&RENCH CAN
I was keen on the Madonna look too, and
I had several miniskirts, which I wore with
4… leggings. I was especially proud of my
5… crucifix. It was large and heavy and used
to knock over my cups of tea, but I loved it.
Another of my treasures were the 6… gloves
I bought in London.
Review of adjective order page 135
69
As nice as pie
B A personal question of taste
DOCUMENTARY
1 Decide if the things in the pictures (1-4) show
good or bad taste.
1 3
2 4
2 Watch the documentary and decide if the sentences
are true (4) or false (7). Correct the false ones.
1 4ASTE REFLECTS OUR PERSONALITY AND EXPRESSES
our age.
2 British people from different classes buy and
do the same things.
3 During the 18th century, the middle classes
started to establish themselves as a distinct
social class.
4 As the British Empire expanded, goods
became more expensive.
5 Oscar Wilde didn’t have much influence on
middle-class taste.
6 4AMIKO SAYS THAT WEARING STILETTO HEEL SHOES
to a polo match wouldn’t be seen as being in
good taste.
7 4AMIKO BELIEVES THAT SOME RICH PEOPLE DONT
know how to appreciate the things they are
wearing and this often shows.
THAT’S BRITAIN
3 Match the words (1-3) to the meanings (a-c).
1 2 3 2 behaving in a way so that people give you
jam marmalade jelly
a a sweet gelatine that is made from boiled fruit
juice and sugar but has no fruit pieces in it
b a sweet food made from boiled fruit and sugar
that has pieces of fruit in it
c a sweet food made from cooked oranges or
lemons

4 Answer the questions.
1 Where is Dalemain Mansion?
2 What was Dalemain originally?
3 What is Jane’s favourite room used for?
4 What are Jane’s three passions?
5 What can you find on the second floor of the
house?
6 What can you see there?
7 How many people entered the Marmalade
Awards festival this year?
8 What did Jane say about the Seville orange?
SAME LANGUAGE, DIFFERENT LIVES
5 Listen to the speakers talking about what is
considered bad taste in their country. Tick (4)
the things they don’t mention.
1 showing off sex and money
2 flaunting that you’re rich in a vulgar way
3 burping after eating a big meal
4 talking about your salary
5 expressing opinions that divide people
6 disrespecting elders
7 lining up for things properly
8 making bad jokes about race and sex
6 Listen to the speakers again. They use these
two synonyms: flaunting and showing off. What
do you think they mean? Choose the correct
option.
1 behaving in a way so that people notice you
money
NOW YOU!
7 What things are considered bad taste in your
country?
Spanish people don’t like talking
about how much they earn, so
talking about your salary is not
considered in good taste…
THAT’S ENGLISH!
 UNIT 6
SKILLS WORK
1 Answer the questions.
1 How often do you give dinner parties at your house?
2 What food do you usually serve on these occasions?

2a Listen to Ana and Roma planning a dinner party. Answer the questions.

56 1 What’s the reason for giving it? 2 Who doesn’t Ana want to invite?

2b Listen again and choose the correct option.

56 1 Maria is Ana's … . 2 Ana doesn’t like … . 3 Ana wants Roma to … .

a friend a 4ITO a wear a suit
b sister b Olga b dress formally
c parents’ friend c Roma’s cooking c look casual but smart

3a Ana gets three thank-you notes the morning after the dinner party. Which do you think is from … ?

1 4IM 2 Maria 3 her mother

a c
Dear Ana,
Thank you for yesterday evening, darling. I thought the
chicken curry was delicious even though it was too spicy
for your father. It didn’t taste burnt at all. It was very
rude of that young woman, Olga, to complain. I must say
I didn’t like her very much: that dress was rather vulgar.
Anyway, it was lovely to finally meet Roma! He seems a
nice young man and very handsome! He has rather an
unusual taste in clothes, though. Could you perhaps ask
him to dress a little differently when you come to lunch
next week? Those green leather trousers weren’t really to
your father’s taste, and you know what he thinks about
men who wear jewellery.
TRACK 57
Hey Ana!
I had a great time last night! That curry was
delicious, (not burnt at all) — can I have the
recipe, please? I enjoyed talking to your
friend Tito, although it’s a shame he doesn’t
speak more English . I don’t know why
he’s with that girl, Olga. Didn’t you think her
dress was a bit tasteless? And why wear all
that bling just for a friendly dinner party?
She didn’t speak to me once although I was
sitting next to her: she was too busy flirting
with your father. He seemed to enjoy
himself too, although it’s a shame he had
that little argument with Roma.
TRACK 59

Hi Ana,
Thanks for the great party last night! Loved the lemon and cheese tart — very savoury and unusual.
I liked your friend Olga. She seems a very stylish kind of girl. Have you got her phone number?
TRACK 58

3b Read the messages again and answer the questions.

1 What did Ana and Roma serve as the main 5 What did Olga do that annoyed … ?
course in the end? a Ana’s mother b Maria
2 What was the problem with this dish?
6 Do you think Roma made a good impression
3 Did Roma dress how Ana wanted him to? on … ? Why or why not?
4 Who liked and who didn’t like Olga? a Ana’s father b Ana’s mother

4 Imagine you went to Ana’s dinner party. Write a thank-you note to Ana. Use the models in
activity 3a to help you.
Hi Ana,
What a great dinner party you gave last night! The food was fabulous, and I really
enjoyed meeting your friends…

THAT’S ENGLISH! 71
As nice as pie

SPEAKING
1a Look at the pictures of traditional British food. Which of the dishes looks most appealing? And
least appealing? Discuss your answers with your partner and give reasons.

1 3 5

2 4 6

1b Discuss the questions with your partner. I’m 2convinced that …

I’d like to point 3… that …
1 Why do you think that British food has such a
bad reputation? It seems 4… me …
2 Which dishes in your country do foreigners I 5… believe that …
find the most unusual or unappetising? Why? 6… I see it …

3 Which traditional dishes would you As far as I’m 7…

recommend to a visitor to your country? 4HERES NO 8… in my mind …
4 Are there any dishes in your country which
you would never eat? Why not? 3b Complete the table with the expressions from
activity 3a.
2a Listen to Alex and Janis talking about British
food. Expressing Expressing
60 a strong opinion a neutral opinion
1 Who has a positive and who has a negative
opinion of British food? 1 I’m convinced that 4 In my view 7 ...
2 Which three other European countries are 2 ... 5 ... 8 ...
mentioned? 3 ... 6 ...

2b Listen again and answer the questions.

60 1 What kind of food does Alex say most British Pronunciation: spelling of /eɪ/
people eat?
The sound /eɪ/ has several different spellings in
2 Which kinds of restaurants does Janis English:
mention?
taste, late, Spain, weight, today, great
3 According to Alex, what does Britain not have?
4 What do Alex and Janis agree are not ‘refined
dishes’?
5 According to Janis, what event is responsible 4 Which word in each pair contains the /eɪ/
for the bad state of British cooking? Why? sound? Listen, check and repeat.
61
6 What are Alex and Janis going to eat tonight?
1 eat, ate 5 west, waist
3a Complete the phrases Alex and Janis use to 2 pain, pen 6 tasted, tested
express their opinions with one word. 3 mad, made 7 steak, stick
1In my view … 4 wet, weight 8 stayed, instead

72 THAT’S ENGLISH!
 UNIT 6

Interaction: describing taste 7 Complete the table with the expressions from
activity 6.
5a Listen to Janis telling her friend Alex about her Showing interest Expressing surprise
favourite dress. or empathy or disbelief
62
(rising intonation) (falling intonation)
1 Is Alex interested in Janis’s story?
2 Who gave Janis the dress and where is it 1 ... 5 ...
from? 2 ... 6 ...
3 Oh, no! 7 ...
5b Listen again. Complete the sentences with one 4 ... 8 ...
or two words.
62
63 Listen, check and repeat.

8 Listen to some idioms used to express surprise.

Then match them (1-4) to the meanings (a-d).
64
1 Well, blow me down if that isn’t my old friend
Alex over there – I haven’t seen him for years!
2 Wow! Henry made his own bed today.
Wonders will never cease!
3 She looked so beautiful that I was struck dumb.
4 I did a double-take when she came into the
room. I couldn’t believe it was really her.
a I was so surprised that I couldn’t speak.
b I was so surprised that I had to look twice.
c Will such miraculous and wonderful things
'RANNY4AKES A4RIP ,ONDON
ever stop happening? And, yes, I’m being
sarcastic!
1 ‘Granny … a … ’ was the name of a famous d You could just breathe on me and I would fall
shop on Kings Road in London. over. I’m so surprised.
2 Janis’s great-aunt had a job as a … .
9 Work with a partner. Talk about your favourite
3 Janis’s great-aunt couldn’t buy the dress item of clothing. Follow the structure below and
because it was much … . use a variety of expressions.
4 4HE DRESS WAS SOLD WHEN *ANISS GREAT AUNT
was out on her … . A: Introduce the item of clothing that you are
5 4HE CUSTOMER WHO BOUGHT IT WAS A FAMOUS x  going to talk about.
6 When the famous customer came to collect B: (Express interest.)
his shopping, he said that he … the dress A: Start your story: give background information.
anymore. B: (Express interest or empathy.)
A: Describe something unusual or interesting
6 Number the expressions that Alex uses in the about the item of clothing.
order you hear them.
B: (Express surprise or disbelief.)
Well, go on then, who was it? A: Add more details to the story.
You’re kidding (me)! B: (Express surprise or disbelief.)
4HATS UNBELIEVABLE
A: &INISH THE STORY
Really? B: (Express an opinion.)
4HATS AMAZING

Oh, no!
Is that right? These are my absolute favourite boots; I
bought them many years ago in Camden
Wow! Market. I just fell in love with them.

Really? Why are they so special?

THAT’S ENGLISH! 73
UNIT
7 The future looks bright

OBJECTIVES
s4O TALK ABOUT HOPES AND DREAMS FOR THE
future

A Some dreams do come true

BEFORE YOU WATCH
1 Read the sentences. Which ones are plans and
which are dreams? Which of them are true for
you?
1 One day I hope to run my own business.
2 By this time next year, I’ll have graduated from
university.
3 One day I’ll be the lead singer in a famous
band.
4 In two months’ time, I’ll be living by myself
and not with my parents.
4 Answer the questions.
1 What did Gina do when she left university?
2 What does Danny like about his job in
advertising?
3 What kind of products would Danny like to
specialise in?
4 What does Gina’s boss do?
5 Who does Robert say will be in charge of the
account and heading the team?
5 Complete the dialogue with the expressions
from the box.

WHILE YOU WATCH I will have I hope to be hopefully

2 Answer the questions.
1 What were Danny and William’s expectations
when they were at university?
2 How does Danny’s boss, Robert, react to
Danny’s sports car presentation?
AFTER YOU WATCH
3 Correct the sentences by replacing the words in
bold.
1 Robert always wanted to be a rock star.
2 In the future, Danny sees himself working in a
team.
3 By this time next month, William will have
signed the deal for this year’s No. 1 video
game.
4 Danny hopes to buy his own advertising
agency one day.
do you see yourself I will be
A: Hi Bill. What are you doing?
B: Hiya Andy. Just thinking about my future.
A: Ah! Well, where 1… in five years’ time?
B: 2… still working in the same type of job but
in a higher position.
A: Would you like to be working for the same
company?
B: Well, yes. 3… , this company will still want
me.
A: What about your master’s degree?
B: I’m still studying now, but 4… finished it in
three months’ time.
A: If you ask me, your future looks bright.
B: Oh! Yes! By this time next year, 5… running
the company!
NOW YOU!
6 Think about the answers to the questions.
Discuss them with your partner.
1 What do you think you will have achieved in
five years’ time?
Hopefully in five years’ time, I’ll have been
promoted to manager, I’ll have finished a
master’s degree and maybe I’ll even have
a C1 level of English...
2 What do you think you’ll be doing this time
next year?

74 THAT’S ENGLISH!
 STREET INTERVIEWS
7 The speakers below were asked the following question: What do you think you’ll be doing in ten
years’ time?
1 What kind of things do you think they’ll talk about?
2 Watch the video to see if any of your ideas were mentioned.

Lesley Nadine Darren Lauren Ian Ruth Jo Alan

8a Which of the speakers in ten years’ time would like to ... ?

1 be the manager of the shop where they work at the moment 2 buy property on the south coast
of Spain 3 be having some fun, playing the drums 4 still be alive 5 be teaching others about
her faith 6 be developing their career

8b Complete the sentences with one word in each gap.

Lesley: It would be nice to spend some more time with 1... ones.
Nadine: I’m very 2... , so I'd like to see myself 3... other people in a spiritual aspect.
Darren: I hope to be 4... more for fitness companies.
Ian: My 5... is to probably retire.
Ruth: I suppose my husband and I will hopefully be6... .

ACTIVATE YOUR ENGLISH!
9a Look at some of the things that were said in the
Street Interviews. Underline the expressions
they use to talk about their hopes and
expectations for the future.
Ruth: I will hopefully be retired, and I’d like to be
travelling a bit more and spending time
with my children and grandchildren.
Jo: I hope to be working. I don’t ever want to
retire and I haven’t got a pension. But that
doesn’t bother me in the slightest.
Lauren: Maybe I’ll think about having my own
family.
Darren: In ten years’ time, I hope to be developing
my career.
Lesley: It would be really nice to think that I’d be
retired and enjoying life a bit more with my
husband.
9b Complete the sentences with the expressions
from activity 9a. Sometimes more than one
answer is possible.
1 In five years’ time, … running my own business.
2 Next year? … travelling abroad.
3 … enjoy life a bit more when I retire.
4 In the future, … get a better job.
9c Complete the text with the correct form of the
words in bold from activity 9a.
In the future, John hopes to be 1… his 2... in the
field of finance. He has a very high salary and
when he 3... , he will have a very generous 4... so
money doesn’t 5... him in the slightest. At some
time in the future, he would also like to be 6... life
a bit more and 7… time with his grandchildren.
NOW YOU!
10 Discuss the questions with your partner.
1 In the future, in what ways do you hope to be
developing your career?
I hope to be teaching in one of the
bilingual schools and maybe be the
head of studies or something like that…
2 Is there anything about the future that doesn’t
bother you in the slightest?
I’ll have to work till I’m 70 to pay off the
mortgage on my house, but that doesn’t
bother me in the slightest. I love my job!

THAT’S ENGLISH! 75
The future looks bright

READING
1a What were your dreams for the future when you
were a child? What was your dream job? Why?
1 3
LIVING THE DREAM
We all have hopes and dreams, but most of us
aren’t ambitious enough to chase them. Well,
the majority of us aren’t anyway. Meet two
young women who had big dreams and pulled
out all the stops to achieve them. 5

When people say, ‘You can reach for the

stars,’ they don’t mean literally. To one young
schoolgirl, the stars probably seemed a long
way away. Yet, it was a TV cartoon about
2 4 strange moon creatures that inspired young 10
Maggie to literally set her sights on the stars.
Soon Maggie will be able to watch herself on
television because she’ll be presenting a BBC
programme about the sky at night.
Maggie always knew what she wanted to be, 15
but before her dream of becoming a space
scientist could come true, she had to overcome
her dyslexia. After completing a PhD in
1b Have you achieved your childhood dreams?
What are your dreams or ambitions for the
mechanical engineering, Maggie worked on a
future now? space project which involved visiting schools. 20
Maggie talked about space science itself and
2 Rank the factors to make your dreams come true scary aliens, which completely fascinated the
in order of importance for you (1-7). children.
hard work money Maggie is one of less than 15% of women
family support talent who work in science in Britain. She hopes to 25
determination luck encourage more women to work in science but
self-confidence recognises that things change slowly. Maggie
jokes that maybe in 30 years there will be so
3 Read the article and answer the questions. many women in science and engineering that,
1 What were Maggie and Mary-Jess’s dream perhaps, she herself will be unemployed. 30
jobs when they were younger?
2 Have they achieved their dream jobs?
Maggie
4 Read the article again and answer the questions.
1 Does the writer think everyone is capable of
achieving their dreams?
2 What made Maggie decide to study
astronomy?
3 Why did Maggie have problems at school?
4 What does Maggie want to encourage more
women to do?
5 What was Mary-Jess studying at university
when she went to China?
6 How did she feel about going to spend a year
in China?
7 Did she expect to win the singing competition?
8 Which languages did Mary-Jess sing in in the
Chinese X Factor?

76 THAT’S ENGLISH!
 UNIT 7

5 Match the beginnings of the sentences (1-4) to

the endings (a-d).
But Maggie still has dreams: she is hoping
1 If you reach for the stars,
not to spend her whole life living on Earth but
2 Please set your sights
dreams of travelling to Mars one day.
Mary-Jess
British students often spend a year abroad,
so it wasn’t surprising when Mary-Jess
exchanged the University of Sheffield, where
she was studying music and Chinese, for one
in China. She was looking forward to the
experience but apprehensive about being
so far from home because she’d never lived
on her own before. However, what happened
next in China was beyond her wildest dreams
when, unbelievably, she won the Chinese
equivalent of the X Factor.
Mary-Jess had always loved singing and had
secretly hoped to get a recording contract
one day. Her parents taught her that the sky’s
the limit and to not let anything stop her. In
fact, Mary-Jess had auditioned for the British
WEEK CRUISE IS FANTASTICg
X Factor before but was rejected. But to win
in China she needed to sing in Mandarin,
a language she’d only started learning at
secondary school, as well as in English and
Italian.
Now back in Britain, Mary-Jess has a recording
contract and will be continuing her singing
career, so look out for her. By the time you
read this, she’ll have released several new
songs.
TRACK 65
THAT’S ENGLISH!
3 4HE SKY IS THE LIMIT YOU
4 If you pull out all the stops, nothing
a can do what you want.
b on something more realistic.
c and nobody can stop you.
d you might be disappointed.
6a Listen to four people. Complete the sentences
with the correct speaker number.
66
a Speaker … wants to adopt a child.
b Speaker … wants to be a professional
songwriter.
c Speaker … wants to travel and buy a fast car.
d Speaker … wants to be a stunt man.
6b The speakers in activity 6a use expressions with
dream.
Anything is possible if you’re prepared to chase
your dreams.
35
Match the people's responses (1-7) to what they
say about their dreams (a-g).
1 'I met my perfect partner on the Internet.'
2 'Sometimes I look out of the window and
40 imagine that I have a different job, but I don’t
do anything about it.'
3 'I imagined becoming a footballer when I was
a child, and now I train for three hours every
day and I hope to be selected.'
4 'My marriage failed and we got divorced, so
45 I’m sad about that.'
5 'I won the biggest ever lottery jackpot in
Europe.'
6 'I believed that I could become a famous
singer, but it wasn’t possible.'
7 g4HIS THREE
50
a You are rich beyond your wildest dreams.
b You are chasing your dreams in sport.
c Your holiday is a dream come true.
d You found the man of your dreams.
55 e You are a daydreamer.
f Your marriage is a broken dream.
g You were living in a dream world.
(online source)
77
The future looks bright

LANGUAGE STUDY
1 Match the beginings of the sentences (1-7) to the
endings (a-g).
1 She won’t be promoted because
2 By the time he is 30,
3 4HAT COMPANY WONT MAKE ANY MONEY
4 Over the next five years,
5 She’ll have worked here for 30 years
6 By the time you start your studies,
7 I’ll be joining the company after
a he’ll be opening three more restaurants.
b she is too old.
c Christmas. 4 Choose the correct option.
d he’ll be running his own business.
1 Help you / yourself to some more cake.
e because it doesn’t have a good business plan.
2 He busied himself / hisself with his work.
f by the time she retires.
3 I see myself / me as a famous singer.
g she’ll have finished her degree.
4 4HEY HAVE ALWAYS WORKED FOR theirselves /
Review of the future page 136 themselves.
5 If we want to succeed in life, we have to believe
2a Use the prompts to write future questions. in us / ourselves.
6 4HE TOPIC WASNT DIFFICULT IN it / itself, but the
1 Where / you / live / this time next year? exam was very challenging.
2 How many coffees / you / drink / by this time
next week? Reflexive pronouns
3 Approximately how many kms / you / walk / by
the end of today?
▶ Choose the correct option.
4 What / you / do / after your English class today? s Reflexive pronouns are used when the
subject and object of the verb is different /
5 What / you / do / in three years' time? the same.
6 you / think / it / rain / at the weekend? Maggie will be able to watch herself on
television.
2b Now ask and answer the questions with your
partner. s Reflexive pronouns can also be used to
emphasise the subject, object or action of the
Where will you Well, I imagine I’ll verb.
be living this time still be living in the She herself will be unemployed.
next year? same place as now… Maggie talked about space science itself
and scary aliens…
3a Listen to the pronunciation of will and ‘ll. They do the housework themselves.
page 136
67 1 I’ll / will see you there at 2 p.m.
2 Hurry up! She’ ll / will be waiting for you!
5 Complete the sentences with the correct
Pronunciation Guide page 148
reflexive pronouns. Then decide if they show
reflective (R) or emphatic (E) use.
3b Listen and decide if the speaker says will or ‘ll. 1 I would like to do this job myself. E
68 1 Maria will / ’ll be working late today. 2 He looked at himself in the mirror. R
2 It will / ’ll have finished by then. 3 4HE SELF SERVICE RESTAURANT LETS PEOPLE HELP x
to food.
3 Nobody will / ’ll understand you.
4 She is talking to … .
4 Everybody will / ’ll be there.
5 He made the furniture … .
5 We will / ’ll be retired by then.
6 We can only blame ... for that mistake.
6 Joe will / ’ll be arriving soon.
7 She told me … .
68 Listen again and repeat. 8 Peter enjoyed … at the party.

78 THAT’S ENGLISH!
 UNIT 7

6 Choose the correct option.
1 Mark hopes to dance / dancing for the National
Ballet Company next year.
2 We hope that we’ll win / that will win the
tennis tournament next time.
3 4HE FOOTBALL TEAM ARE HOPING THAT THEY are not
losing / won’t lose their next game.
4 4HEY HOPE not to spend / not spending much
money on their house.
5 Peter was hoping to fly / to flying to the Arctic
to see the Northern Lights.
6 I hope not / I don’t hope to get ill when I go on
holiday.
Review of hope page 137
7 Diving with sharks was better than anything I
had expected, it was an experience … .
8 It’s always worth … , you never know if they
might come true.
9a Listen to the pronunciation of the sounds /əʊ/
and /ɔː/.
69
1 Joe so hopes to go abroad.
/dʒəʊ/ /səʊ/ /həʊps/ /tə/ /ɡəʊ/ /əˈbrɔːd/
2 Paul from Poland bowls a ball in the cold court.
/ pɔːl / /frəm/ /pəʊlənd/ /bəʊlz/ /ə/ /bɔːl/ /ɪn/ /ðə/
/kəʊld/ /kɔː(r)t/
69 Listen again and repeat.

9b Listen and circle the word you hear. Listen again

7 Complete the sentences with the correct form and repeat.
of the verbs from the box. 70
1 a so b saw
hope (not) look forward to (not) 2 a rode b roared
expect (not) wait 3 a coat b court
4 a no b nor
1 I don’t … to pass my exams, I didn’t do any
revision. 5 a boat b bought
2 He’s … for the results of the medical tests. 6 a show b sure
3 4HEY ARE LEAVING TO LIVE IN .EW9ORK NEXT WEEK 7 a low
but they … it because they don’t want to leave
their friends.
4 She’s … a baby in July.
5 I … to have an accident when I go skiing.
6 She always makes delicious cakes, so I … this
one tastes great.
7 4HEY WERE x THE CONCERT SO THEY WERE VERY
disappointed when it was cancelled.
8 Complete the sentences with the correct form
of the expressions from the box.
b law
8 a bowl b ball
10 Complete the text with the missing words.
When she was just five years old, Ellie
Simmonds began swimming on her own for
fun in her local pool. Nowadays, she doesn’t
train by 1… anymore, but has a coach.
However, she still trains 18 hours a week,
which means that by the age of 25, she 2…
(swim) about 10,000 km.
4HIS WOULD BE A CHALLENGE FOR ANYONE BUT
broken dreams daydreams live the dream Ellie is more impressive because she has
a dream come true live in a dream world achondroplasia, which means she 3… (never
be) taller than 1.23 m.
chase your dreams the woman of your dreams
In the Paralympics in London 2012, Ellie
beyond your wildest dreams won four medals. But she says she doesn’t
want to be just a swimmer. She hopes 4…
1 Don’t waste your time on impossible … . she can also have a career in baking, which
2 Going to live in France was everything we’d she loves. So perhaps Ellie 5… (have) just as
always wanted, it really was … . much success making cakes in the future.
3 My wife is so kind and beautiful; she’s … . However, for the moment, she has set 6… a
(online source)

new challenge: she 7… (hope) to win medals

4 4HE MOVIE WORLD IS FULL OF DISAPPOINTED ACTORS at five Paralympics, which means she 8…
and … . (train) a lot for many years.
5 She isn’t a hard-working student. If she thinks
she’ll get a place at university, then she’s … .
6 Everything is perfect in their life, they have
everything they ever wanted: they really are
….

THAT’S ENGLISH! 79
The future looks bright

B When I grow up I want to be...

DOCUMENTARY 4 7HAT IS THE (IGH4IDE /RGAN
a a musical instrument
1 Rank the career choices (1-6) in order of
b a sculpture c a painting
preference for you.
5 7HAT ALLOWS THE (IGH 4IDE /RGAN TO MAKE
1 an administrator 4 a plumber sound?
2 an electronics engineer 5 a doctor a eight pipes b the water c the wind
3 a firefighter 6 a teacher
6 Where is the Pleasure Beach located?
2 Watch the documentary and decide if the a on the promenade
following sentences are true (4) or false (7). b near the north pier c near the south pier
Correct the false ones.
7 What are Jordan and Shani going to do at the
1 In 1969, a quarter of 11-year-old boys wanted Pleasure Beach?
to have a skilled manual job. a play games
2 Girls knew they would have to give up working b go on rides c meet with friends
for their family.
3 Currently, less than 10% of British adults are in
the career they’d hoped for when they were a SAME LANGUAGE, DIFFERENT LIVES
child. 5 What kind of ambitions and dreams do young
4 4RUDY .IETO A CAREERS ADVISOR SAYS THAT
friends influence young people on their career
decisions.
6 Listen to the speakers talking about the question
5 )4 IS ONE OF THE MOST POPULAR CAREER CHOICES
6 4HERE HAS BEEN A DECREASE IN THE AMOUNT OF
apprenticeships being offered at the moment.
THAT’S BRITAIN
3 Which part of your country would you describe
like this?
‘A perfect holiday place for all the family.’
4 Choose the correct option.
people have in your country?
in activity 5 and answer the questions.
1 Which two countries do young people from
New Zealand want to work in?
2 What kind of life do young people in the USA
want to have?
3 What ambition do young people in South
Africa have?
4 Why do young people want to be movie stars
in Canada?
5 What four areas would children and teenagers
in Australia dream about working in?
6 What are the most common dreams that
Indians have when they are growing up?

NOW YOU!
7 What ambitions and dreams did you have when
you were a child?

When I was a child, I wanted to be a

doctor, but when I grew up I realised that
you needed to get really good grades at
school. So I changed my mind and decided
1 What became fashionable in the 18th century to become a lab technician instead. I’m
in Blackpool? really happy that I made this career choice
a going to a spa because I love my job and...
b sea-bathing c distance swimming
2 7HAT IS THE "LACKPOOL4OWER MADE OF
a steel b wood c iron
3 What century was the tower built in?
a 17th b 19th c 18th

80 THAT’S ENGLISH!
 UNIT 7
SKILLS WORK
1 Read the websites about different ways of helping others. Would you participate in either one? Why?

Small Seed, Big Tree Contact us What you can do Our projects Who we are Learn more
Foundation
‘It may be small, but it makes a big difference to me.’
Our Small Seed, Big Tree Foundation is helping people all over the world to
work their way out of poverty by themselves. Most banks don’t offer credit
to farmers who don’t own a house or land. We all know that sometimes a
little help, at the right time, can make all the difference. So our foundation
supports women in southern Africa with microcredits for as little as $5 so
that they can turn their dreams into reality. What they use the money for is
their decision. One person will be hoping to buy a bed, another will want a
mobile phone, and someone else will want to spend the money on a cow
or some seeds. By the time they pay back the loan, their lives will have
changed and the money can be used again for someone else’s big idea.

Connect here to some of the people behind the stories.

We mean business and we want to invest!

Crowd In
Who we are Imagine you could borrow £5 from all your friends and relatives to do something you really
Get in touch wanted. That money might make it possible to achieve your goals.
Timeline Great idea, but you might not have many friends or relatives, so we have a better suggestion.
We can share your idea through our website with thousands of people online who all want to
invest, and if they like it, they will lend you the money: welcome to crowdfunding. Before you
get the money, you will have to make a one-minute video presentation to tell everyone about
your big idea and you will also say how much money you will need. Then you give a time limit,
for example three weeks, for people to respond. That’s how it works – it is as simple as that!
The success stories are here for you to watch so you can judge for yourself TRACK 71

2 Read the texts again and answer the questions. 4 4REVOR IS A CHEF AND OWNS A RESTAURANT
5 4HEY HAVE TO RAISE OVER a FROM
1 How much is the smallest loan?
crowdfunding in just one week.
2 According to the website, what kind of things
might people use a microcredit for? 4 Look at the list of ‘Twenty things to do before
3 How long is the video presentation for each idea? you die’. Think about your own list and discuss
4 What is the process to apply for crowdfunding? with your partner your future ambitions, hopes
and dreams.
3a Listen to the speakers and tick (4) the topics
they talk about. My bucket list
72
1. Plant a tree
1 buy a cow 2. Swim with dolphins
2 go on an Arctic expedition 3. Climb a mountain
3 start a business 4. Stand on the equator
4 send children to school 5. Go on a safari
5 set up a business with a friend

3b Listen again and decide if the following I hope that one day I’ll be able to swim with
sentences are true (4) or false (7). Correct the dolphins. I’d love to climb Mt Everest… who
72 false ones. knows, maybe this time next year, I’ll go
on a safari and stand on the equator at the
1 Saleema will use the money to start a shop. same time. I don’t think there’s much hope
2 4HE SHOP WILL SELL BICYCLES of that, but oh well, I can always dream…
3 Her son is hoping to be an engineer.

THAT’S ENGLISH! 81
The future looks bright

WRITING
1 Read the article from a university magazine and choose the best title.
1 Where to go from here; is there life after university?
2 Success isn’t everything in life!
3 How to write a business plan.

2a Read the article and match the stages of the writing plan (1-5) to the paragraphs (a-e).

1 developing theme with examples from personal experience

2 introduction explaining the purpose of the article
3 thought-provoking ending
4 interesting introduction of central theme
5 explaining central theme in more detail

2b Put the stages of the writing plan in activity 2a into the correct order.

a At this time of year, it is traditional for former students from this

1nice university to write for the magazine and offer this year's

graduates advice for the future. It has been twenty years since I
left this institution and I felt 2nice to be asked to offer my thoughts
to young graduates.
b So what words of wisdom can I offer you as you start life outside this
3nice institution? It may come as a surprise, but my best advice is

don’t be afraid of failure! Undoubtedly, this will seem like complete

madness, especially as you have all passed your final exams and
are clearly capable of achieving any goal you set for yourselves.
c I say this because life is full of disappointments and, in my view, it
is only through failure that you will really find your own strength.
Admittedly, failure may not be very comfortable, but if you learn
from it, then I am convinced that it can be extremely valuable. And
I say this as someone who has failed often.
d In fact, I never even graduated. After just one year, I gave up. Clearly,
I am not recommending that, but I felt that leaving college was an
opportunity, not a failure. So I travelled around Africa and it was
there, sleeping in a 4nice tent in the desert, I first encountered one
of the world’s deadliest but most fascinating snakes. Since then, I
have studied and filmed 5nice reptiles everywhere and I have won
many awards. But there have also been failures, such as when our
film was confiscated by government officials who thought we were
spies or the time all our 6nice equipment fell in the Amazon when
we were travelling in 7nice canoes. Generally, after these disasters,
we learnt to do things better.
e So it seems to me that ‘adversity is the mother of invention’. As
far as I’m concerned, I don’t wish you success but I do wish you
many 8nice and nice experiences from which you can learn. I hope
you continue to learn throughout your life and enjoy success and
failure with equal composure!

82 THAT’S ENGLISH!
 UNIT 7

Connectors: attitude and emphasis

Writing an article
▶ Choose the correct option.
3 Interesting adjectives improve your writing. Connectors of attitude and emphasis
Underline the adjective that cannot replace the strengthen / weaken a personal opinion.
highlighted words in the text.
Undoubtedly, this will seem like complete
1 prestigious, ancient, delicious madness…
2 friendly, surprised, honoured Admittedly, failure may not be very
3 ancient, prestigious, undignified comfortable…
4 damp, freezing, unfriendly In fact, I never excelled at school…
5 unusual, dangerous, frozen
Clearly, I am not recommending that…
6 expensive, moderate, state-of-the-art
7 wooden, unstable, successful page 137

8 rich and varied, interesting and stimulating,

dangerous and pitiful
5 Replace the underlined phrases with the
connectors from the box.
Connectors of opinion
undeniably, in particular surprisingly,
In my view, it is only through your experience undoubtedly, admittedly, in fact,
of failure that you will really find your own
strength.
1 4HE TIME IS NOT  BUT I can tell you the
I am convinced that it can be as valuable as correct information, it is 3:27.
success. 2 4HERE IS NO DOUBT THAT he is the best football
So it seems to me that ‘adversity is the player in the world.
mother of invention’. As far as I’m concerned, 3 It is a surprise that he can’t drive even though
I don’t wish you success but… he owns a car.
page 137 4 I can’t deny that I’m shocked by this news.
5 You have all worked well, and specifically,
Peter has worked really hard.
4 Match the beginings of the sentences (1-6) to 6 I admit that I was wrong about your decision.
the endings (a-f).
6a Write an essay plan for a magazine article about
1 I am doubtful how young people can best follow their hopes
2 It seems and dreams.
3 4O MY
Paragraph 1: introduction and reason for writing
4 I feel that going
Paragraph 2: give two or three ideas for achieving
5 I’m a dream
6 As far as Paragraph 3: give two or three examples from
personal experience
a to me that she will never finish her studies. Paragraph 4: write a thought-provoking ending
b I’m concerned, I won’t be working with them
again in future. 6b Write your magazine article (175-200 words).
c mind, this idea is totally impractical. Include the following:
d convinced that it’s the best thing I’ve ever s formal language
done.
s correct tenses
e whether you will believe my story.
s a wide variety of adjectives
f abroad is the only answer.
s connectors to express opinion, attitude and
emphasis

Writing Reference page 145

THAT’S ENGLISH! 83
UNIT
8 Live to tell the tale
OBJECTIVES
s4O DISCUSS ACTIVITIES INVOLVING RISKS
s4O GIVE OPINIONS ON CONTROVERSIAL SUBJECTS
A Plucking up courage
BEFORE YOU WATCH
1 Circle the situations in which you think you will
need a lot of courage to act.
1 going into a building which is on fire
2 talking to a friend about an annoying habit
they have
3 saving someone who is drowning
4 flying on a low-cost airline
WHILE YOU WATCH
2 Answer the questions.
1 Why is Karen annoyed with Anthony?
2 How does Anthony react when Karen
confronts him?
AFTER YOU WATCH
3 Complete the sentences with one word in each
gap.
1 Karen hates ... up after Anthony all the time.
2 Danny agrees that Anthony has never done
his fair ... of housework.
3 Danny thinks that talking to a friend about
their bad habits isn’t easy. It takes ... .
4 Danny asks Karen if he had ever given her
bad ... .
5 Karen tells Jane that she wants to do a report
about people who ... their lives on a daily
basis.
84
6 Karen gives Jane examples of superheroes:
firefighters, people who ... to work in war
zones overseas, etc.
7 Karen thinks a female superhero would be
more ... for their readers.
4 Decide if the following sentences are true (4) or
false (7). Correct the false ones.
1 Annette knew her life was in danger when she
arrived on the scene of a fire and she knew she
was going inside the building.
2 Annette has only been genuinely scared twice.
3 A girl was drowning in a lake and Annette
dived in to save her.
4 Annette would rather go into a burning
building than catch a plane.
5 Karen told Anthony that she had spent three
hours cleaning up the kitchen after he’d cooked
dinner.
6 Anthony thanked Karen for being open and
saying how she felt.
5 Match the expressions in bold to the meanings.
1 I’ve always found ways to deal with fear.
2 Stop worrying. I’ve already told you I’ll support
you.
3 She's been trying to pluck up courage to speak
to you for days.
a to give practical or emotional help to someone
b to find, summon
c to take action on
NOW YOU!
6 Write about a time when you (or someone you
know) had to pluck up courage to deal with a
difficult situation.
A few years ago, I was coming home late at
night and I was waiting at a bus stop for the
night bus. A gang of young men suddenly
appeared from nowhere, and they started
to say horrible things to a girl who was also
waiting for the bus. I felt really scared but at
the same time I knew I needed to pluck up
the courage to tell these boys to stop...
THAT’S ENGLISH!
 STREET INTERVIEWS
7 The speakers below were asked the following question: What’s the most dangerous thing you’ve
ever done?
1 4HINK OF THREE THINGS YOU THINK THEY WILL TALK ABOUT
2 Watch the video to see if any of your ideas were mentioned.

Jude Nip Ian Karen Peter Alan Rosie Jo

8a Answer the questions. Which speaker ... ?

1 went skiing off a mountain 5 DID A BUNGEE JUMP FROM  FEET
2 put out a fire in a confined space 6 went on a really fast speed boat down a river
3 went parachuting and abseiling 7 swam out of their depth in the sea
4 swam with sharks 8 will be going kayaking and whitewater rafting

8b Complete Nip’s description of travelling down a river on a speed boat.

4HE DRIVER DROVE … in, like veering left and right, in 2... all sorts of 3... and trees and 4... and stuff,
and that was quite 5... .

ACTIVATE YOUR ENGLISH! NOW YOU!

9a Read some of the answers in the Street
Interviews and the Drama. Tick (4) the ones you
think show that the person has courage.
Annette: A girl was drowning in a river. I dived
into the water but there was a very
strong current. We both nearly died.
Jude: ,EAVING MY JOB WITHOUT HAVING ANOTHER
JOB TO GO TO
Ian: Skiing off a mountain when I had had
no lessons.
Karen: I’m really scared of heights and I did a
BUNGEE JUMP
Jo: I went away over the summer to work
overseas.
10 Choose one of the following and talk about it.
1 Something dangerous you’ve done, which
was good fun and you are pleased you did it.
I went swimming with sharks in the
Agua Park in Benidorm. At first, I didn’t
think I was going to be scared, but in
the end I was absolutely terrified. I was
screaming and laughing at the same
time. My brother and I still talk about it,
even though it was over ten years ago.
2 7OULD YOU LEAVE YOUR JOB WITHOUT HAVING
another one to go to?

9b Complete Karen’s description of diving into I really don’t like my job, but I'd
Antarctic waters with the words from the box. never ever think about leaving it.
There are so many people looking
for work at the moment that I'd be
good absolutely froze exhilaration cold really stupid to leave mine.
excitement pleased dangerous
3 Would you be scared to go away over the
It was … freezing 2  YOU JUST SORT OF 3... from
the inside. But it was almost the 4... and the 5...
of doing it, knowing it was 6... . But it was such
7x FUN ) WAS JUST REALLY 8… that I did it.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
summer to work overseas?
I think that if I had a job to work
overseas from a good agency then I
wouldn’t be scared. In fact, I think it
would be a really good way to learn
how to speak another language and...
85
Live to tell the tale

READING
1a Look at the photos. Match the extreme sports 3 !CTIVITIES OR SITUATIONS THAT COULD CAUSE INJURY
(1-7) to the pictures (a-g). or death are ... .
4 4HE ABILITY TO DEAL WITH FEAR OR DANGER WITHOUT
1 BUNGEE JUMPING 5 mountaineering with ropes
being worried is ... .
2 scuba diving 6 BASE JUMPING
5 Another way of saying someone is afraid is to
3 skydiving 7 whitewater rafting say he / she is ... .
4 highwire walking 6 If you are enthusiastic about trying new and
dangerous things, you are ... .
a d
3a Read the introduction to the poem Risk and use
the missing first phrases (1-4) to complete the
paragraphs (a-d).
1 Others test their bravery by
2 However, although not everyone will choose
to face physical dangers
3 Life is safer nowadays in developed countries
b e f than ever before in the history of the world
4 .EW AND HAZARDOUS SPORTS LIKE BASE JUMPING
HAVE DEVELOPED OVER THE LAST  YEARS

a ... . There are fewer wars, fatal illnesses and many

c g
1b Which of these activities have you done? Which
of them would you like to try?
2a Listen to Alex and Lisa talking about taking
risks. Answer the questions.
73
1 Which of the extreme sports above do they
discuss?
2 Who is in favour of risky activities and who is
against?
2b Listen again. Match the words from the box to
the meanings.
73
reckless bravery courageous
daring fearful hazardous
1 If you do something without considering the
possible harmful effects, you are ... .
2 People who try to help other people in an
accident and don’t think of the danger to
themselves are ... .
measures to prevent accidents. Yet, at the same
time, there has been a huge increase in the number
of hazardous extreme sports and participants. Why
is it that we have created a safer world, and at the
same time, want to do extremely daring activities?
It could be that humans are programmed to live
with risk, and if there is none, they create it.
b ... . It involves free-falling from a high point,
such as a mountain or a tower, using a special suit
with wings. So far, 228 people have died doing
this reckless sport since 1981. Although extreme
sportsmen are often very determined to follow
their dreams, there is a high cost to the taxpayer
for the medical costs of doing these activities and
many object to their getting free treatment.
c ... following hazardous careers such as war
journalism, firefighting or being window cleaners
on skyscrapers over 800 metres high. Perhaps the
excitement is worth the fear of facing death on a
daily basis.
d ... , most people will need courage to encounter
emotional risks in life. The poem on the next page
discusses the value of taking other types of risk for
our personal development.
TRACK 74

86 THAT’S ENGLISH!

3b Read the introduction again. Decide if the
following sentences are true (4) or false (7). Find
information in the text to justify your answers.
1 Risks are fewer in modern life, but risk-taking
is growing in popularity.
2 People seem to need danger in their lives.
3 "ASE JUMPING IS NOT PARTICULARLY DANGEROUS
4 Everyone is happy to pay taxes that give
medical help to extreme sportsmen.
5 Some people find it can be exciting to risk
dying in the course of their work.
6 4HE MAJORITY OF PEOPLE HAVE TO OVERCOME
difficult personal situations at some point.
Read the poem and match the lines in bold to
4a the pictures (a-d).
Risk
To laugh is to risk appearing an idiot
To cry is to risk appearing sentimental or weak
To make friends is to risk closeness or obligation
To share your dreams with others is to risk being
5 laughed at
To love is to risk loss, pain or rejection
To continue despite great danger is to risk failure
But risks must be taken because the greatest hazard
in life is to risk nothing
10 People who have risked nothing do nothing, have
nothing, are nothing
They may avoid suffering and sadness,
But they cannot learn, change, or grow
And they will not appreciate the adrenaline rush of
15 life,
Nor will they experience the joy of passion or the
beauty of love
Limited by their certainties and fears, they have
become slaves
20 They have given up their freedom and themselves
Only a person who takes risks can experience all
life offers
Only a person who takes risks and shows courage
and daring will enjoy the freedom
25 To realise their potential, and touch the stars
Anonymous TRACK 75
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT 8
a c
b d
4b Read the poem again and answer the questions.
1 What is the greatest danger in life according to
the poem?
2 What negative experiences do people hope to
escape by not taking risks?
3 Name at least two positive aspects of life
which will be missed by not taking risks.
4 Who does the writer compare people who
dislike risk to?
5 In the last three lines, what benefits will the
person who takes risks experience?
5 Choose the correct options.
1 It’s absolute determination / recklessness to
drive after consuming alcohol.
2 You might be fearful / risk doing your first
skydive.
3 Come on, let’s see how daring / risk Jack is,
WELL ASK HIM TO JUMP OFF THIS WALL INTO THE SEA
4 I’ve never been snowboarding before but I’m
quite hazardous / daring so I’ll have a go.
5 You need to be bravery / courageous to climb
to the top of Mount Everest.
6 Due to the snow, driving conditions on the
roads were daring / hazardous.
7 Nathan loves all forms of extreme sport – he
has a lot of courageous / courage.
8 You need to be brave / risky to rescue someone
from a burning building.
6 Answer the questions.
1 What is the greatest risk you have ever taken?
2 Some people are addicted to taking risks: why
do you think this happens?
3 Which risk would you never take?
4 Would you ever risk your life for someone
else? When?
I did bungee jumping last
summer and it was terrifying...
87
Live to tell the tale
LANGUAGE STUDY
1 Complete the text with the extreme sports from
the box.
whitewater rafting scuba diving skydiving
mountaineering base jumping
bungee jumping
Most extreme sports fall into two categories:
risks with heights and with water. If you’d prefer
3b Complete the sentences with words from
activity 3a.
1 4HE BAD WEATHER MEANT IT WAS TOO x TO GO
sailing.
2 You shouldn’t take risks or be … when you’re
driving.
3 John is quite … . He’ll try anything once.
4 Many people have an irrational … of snakes.
THE SECURITY OF A ROPE WHEN YOU JUMP THEN …
might be good for you. If you want to do some
training and have money to pay for the plane
trip, then why not try 2… ? Someone who has
NO FEAR OF DEATH COULD JUMP FROM A HIGH CLIFF
in a bird suit, otherwise known as 3... . A more
traditional sport such as 4… involves ropes, ice
and snow.
Water lovers also have plenty of choice.You can
face danger and observe life in the sea while
5… or travel at breakneck speed and probably
get thrown out into the river when you go 6… .
2a Listen to the speakers (1-6) and match them to
the dangerous jobs (a-f).
76
a firefighter d WAR JOURNALIST
b bomb disposal expert e aid volunteer
c high-level window cleaner f police officer
2b Complete the sentences with the jobs from
activity 2a.
1 A(n) … shouldn´t have a fear of heights.
2 My niece has been a(n) … in various countries
after natural disasters.
3 You need a steady hand and great courage
to be a(n) … as well as expert knowledge of
explosives.
4 A(n) … has training in dealing with crime as well
as social and mental health problems.
5 Being a(n) … involves physical strength as well
as studying how different materials burn.
6 A(n) … takes great risks to communicate the
facts about a conflict to the outside world.
3a Complete the table.
Noun Adjective
hazardous
fearful
courage
dare
bravery
recklessness
88
5 It takes a lot of … to confront your enemies.
6 My daughter is very … . She never cries when
she’s hurt.
4a Listen to Alex asking two questions. Then
choose the correct option.
77
Alex: Do you want to watch a DVD?
Alex: Have you ever seen Man on Wire?
1 When Alex asks a question to which he expects
a yes answer, the intonation at the end of the
question ... .
a rises b falls
2 When Alex asks a question to which he expects
a no answer, the intonation at the end of the
question ... .
a rises b falls
Pronunciation Guide PAGE 
4b Listen and copy the rising or falling intonation
in the yes / no questions.
78
1 Did you see her? 4 Has she finished it?
2 Can I take it? 5 Would you like some tea?
3 Do you know him? 6 Is that your car?
5 Complete the sentences with the correct form
of the verb in brackets (past simple or present
perfect).
A: I’d like to go somewhere different on holiday.
B: OK. Let’s think . … (ever / be) to Africa?
A: No, I 2 … (have). What about you?
B: I 3 … (visit) Kenya.
A: When 4 … (you / go) there?
B: I first 5 x GO THERE IN 
A: 6
… (you / like) it?
B: Yes, it 7 … (be) fascinating.
A: Sounds amazing. I 8 … (never / travel) outside
Europe.
B: Well, I 9 … (visit) Asia yet, so why don’t we go
somewhere new to both of us?
Review of present perfect PAGE 
THAT’S ENGLISH!
 UNIT 8

6 Complete the dialogues with the correct form Expressing objection

of the present perfect or a phrase with would:
Would you ever / I’d never / I’d love to. ▶ Are the speakers happy or unhappy in the
following situations?
Dialogue 1 Many people object to their getting free
Will: Have you ever run (run) a marathon? treatment.
Vic: No, I haven’t. I disapprove of his doing extreme sports.
Will:  ... you ... do it? I disagree with her expecting me to pay for
her holiday.
Vic: Yes, 2 ... , but I’ve got a bad knee. page 139
Dialogue 2
9 Rewrite the sentences using the verbs in brackets.
Mary: 3  YOU  TRY SHOW JUMPING
Jill: No, 4 ... try that because I’m terrified of 1 My mother didn’t want me to get a motorbike.
horses. OBJECT TO
Mary: 5 ... you ever ... (be) on a horse? My mother objected to my getting a motorbike.
Jill: Yes, and I hated it! 2 Stan didn’t want his daughter to borrow his
CAR OBJECT TO
Review of would PAGE  3 4HE NEIGHBOURS DIDNT LIKE THEM PLAYING LOUD
music. (disagree with)
4 She is unhappy about her brother using her
7a Listen and repeat. COMPUTER OBJECT TO
5 You minded me arriving late yesterday. (not
79 Lisa: I would never do that.
approve of)
Alex: I’d love to do something like that.
6 4HE NEIGHBOURS DIDNT WANT US TO PARK OUTSIDE
their house. (disapprove of)
Pronunciation Guide PAGE  7 ) DONT MIND IF YOU WATCH46 NOW NOT OBJECT TO

10 Complete the text with the correct form of the

7b Listen and choose the correct option. verbs in brackets or the words from the box.
80 1 ‘d / would 3 ‘d / would 5 ‘d / would
2 ‘d / would 4 ‘d / would 6 ‘d / would hazardous risks courageous
reckless daring
8 Read the text and answer the questions.
Bear Grylls is a famous British
Nowadays, it’s very common for people to
announce they are climbing a mountain or
going whitewater rafting to raise money for
charity.
I don’t object to their doing such exciting
things, but why aren’t they honest about it?
4HEY WANT TO DO SOMETHING DARING 4HATS
fine, but I disapprove of their asking me to
give money.
If they want to raise money for charity, then
they should donate the money they would
46 PRESENTER AND ADVENTURER
and he ... (achieve) great
success in a number of 2...
expeditions, such as crossing
the North Atlantic in an open
boat. He 3... (start) his career
IN THE "RITISH !RMY IN 
and since he 4... (leave) three years later, he
5... (succeed) in a number of challenges.
He 6... (climb) Mount Everest and 7... (make)
OVER  PARACHUTE JUMPS TO RAISE MONEY
FOR CHARITY 4AKING 8... sometimes leads to
spend on the airfare to Mount Everest or
wherever. I’m sure they would object to
my asking them for money for a holiday in
Nepal!
1 Is the writer happy or unhappy about people ... ?
a having adventures
b asking him to give money
2 What would he like them to do instead?
THAT’S ENGLISH!
ACCIDENTS THOUGH )N  HE 9... (suffer)
a broken back when his parachute failed
TO OPEN BUT HE RECOGNISES THAT INJURIES ARE
likely when doing ... activities.
However, although he is ... when he meets
a new challenge, he is not ... and takes
reasonable safety measures as he is a
(online source)
husband and father of three. ... he ever …
TAKE AN OFFICE JOB .EVER

Risk & Courage
89
Live to tell the tale

B A huge sense of freedom

DOCUMENTARY
1 Look at the photos of people doing parkour. Do
you think they are courageous or crazy?
1 2
5 Complete the information about Robin Hood.
Welcome to Nottingham, home to the famous
... folk hero, Robin Hood, a courageous man

who 2... his life time and time again to help

others. He was a champion of the human
2 Choose the two correct options.
YEAR
OLD MAJOR OAK IS
1 Extreme sports are exhilarating because they
combine both ... and ... .
a danger b adrenaline c risk
2 James Kingston says parkour is about ... .
a pushing himself
b becoming the strongest person he can be
c doing something everyone does
3 For James parkour is the ability to ... .
a make problems on the way
b move around in the most efficient way
c learn the most efficient way to get past
problems
4 Lucy Beresford says that a surge of adrenaline
gives a lot of people … .
a a real high
b a spurt of energy
c a sense of danger
5 Lucy believes people do very extreme sports
because ... .
a they are fascinated with danger
b it can be a life-affirming experience
c they get a great buzz from doing something
risky
3 James talks about why he does parkour. Tick
(4) the thing he doesn’t mention.
1 He only gets a bit of a buzz if he steps out of
his comfort zone.
2 He was very hyper as a child.
3 He was extremely social at school.
4 (E SAW AN AD ON46 OF A GUY JUMPING ROOFTOPS
5 He gets a huge sense of freedom.
6 He feels like a superhero.
THAT’S BRITAIN
4 Tick (4) the part of England Robin Hood is
associated with.
a Surrey b Kent c Nottingham

ideals of 3  CHARITY JUSTICE AND 4... and that is
why everyone loves him. However, in reality
there wasn’t one Robin Hood but many,
and he has 5... over time to become a 6... of
hope. In Sherwood Forest you can visit his
7 HIDEOUT 4HE 
maybe where Robin Hood 8… with his men,
camped and
made plans.
So come
and learn to
use a bow
and arrow,
and feel like
Robin Hood
for a day!!
SAME LANGUAGE, DIFFERENT LIVES
6 What kind of high-risk activities are popular in
your country?
7 Listen to the speakers and decide if the sentences
are true (4) or false (7). Correct the false ones.
1 0EOPLE ENJOY DIVING WITH SHARKS IN 3OUTH
Africa.
2 Irish people dislike rolling down hills inside a
plastic ball.
3 In Canada people go camping with bears.
4 Young people drive like they are mad in
Jamaica.
5 English people are all quite adrenaline-fuelled.
6 A lot of Scottish people aren’t very brave and
don’t do a lot of crazy stuff.
NOW YOU!
8 Talk about the craziest thing you have done or
seen someone else doing in your country.
Just after 8 a.m. at the San Fermín festival
the bulls are let loose to run through the
streets of Pamplona and lots of people run
in front of them. They are totally crazy, but I
think it looks great fun and I get up early just
to watch it on TV. I’d love to do it one day.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
 UNIT 8
SKILLS WORK
1 Read the magazine column. What is it about?

HAVE IN OUR WEEKLY COLUMN WE INVITE YOU TO SEND US UP TO

140 WORDS ON A TOPIC YOU FEEL STRONGLY ABOUT.
YOUR THIS WEEK’S TOPIC IS CONTROVERSIAL SPORTS.
SAY! a A WOMAN’S RIGHT TO CHOOSE
I’m fed up with all the criticism I get from family and friends. Even complete
strangers object to my being a female boxer. Women take part in every kind of sport
nowadays, so why should boxing be any different? Women don’t get worse injuries
than men. Surely the dangers of head injuries and brain damage apply equally to
both men and women.
Until Nicola Adams won gold in the London 2012 Olympics, women’s boxing was
considered a minority sport, but since then, there has been nearly an 80% increase
in women taking part in the sport in the UK. The government has given extra funding
so that women boxers can compete at the next games in Rio. So, come on people!
Women’s boxing is official and it’s here to stay – get over it! Renee Taylor

b THIS TRADITION WILL NEVER DIE

The law banned fox-hunting with hounds* in Britain over ten years ago
because the majority of people thought it was cruel and outdated. I expect
all those city dwellers thought that this traditional sport would vanish. But
in fact, more and more people are joining hunting clubs, and especially
more women.
We can’t use more than two hounds to chase the foxes now and so many
fewer foxes are caught. The result is that the number of foxes in the
countryside has increased massively, and they are killing lambs and sheep
in large numbers; many farmers are suffering enormous financial losses.
The fox-hunting ban was a mistake, both financially and culturally. It’s a
necessary way of life in the countryside. Bring it back! Lucy Bowen
*hounds: hunting dogs TRACK 81

2 Read the article again and answer the questions for each sport.
1 How has the sport changed in the last ten years?
2 Why did people use to criticise the sport?
3 Why do the writers want people to change their attitudes to the sport?

3a Listen to five people reacting to the article. Which text (a or b) are they talking about?

82 1 ... 2 ... 3 ... 4 ... 5 ...

3b Listen again and complete the table with the reasons the speakers give for their views.

82 Speakers 1 2 3 4 5
Text a
Reasons It's unfeminine

4 Write 100-150 words about something you feel strongly about and say why. Choose one of the
following topics: extreme sports, dangerous jobs, women’s football, bullfighting.

Football: not just a man’s world!

I’ve had enough of all the criticism I get for wanting to change attitudes towards women’s
football. People object to our using the sports field, but why shouldn’t women take part in
football the same as men?

THAT’S ENGLISH! 
Live to tell the tale

SPEAKING
1a Listen to people talking about the activities below. Match the speakers (1-6) to the photos
(a-f).
83
a c e

volcano walking snowboarding gorilla watching

b d f

kite surfing SHOW JUMPING caving

1b Have you ever done any of the activities in 1a? Would you ever try any of them? Why or why
not?

2 Listen to Rosa answering questions about two of the activities in 1a.

84 1 Which activities does she talk about?
2 4ICK 4) the reasons she gives for her opinions.
It’s terrifying. It’s daring. It’s strenuous. It’s unusual.
It’s thrilling. It’s hazardous. It’s inspiring.

3 Choose three activities from 1a and add two more ideas of your own. Find someone who has
done each activity or would like to try it. Ask them questions and make notes about their
answers.

If so − Would you recommend If not − Would you ever ... ?

Have you ever ... ? Name
it? Why / why not? Why / why not?
1
2
3
4
5

Have you ever been

bungee jumping? Yes, I have! It was thrilling…

No, I haven’t.

Would you ever consider it?

Well, I wouldn’t like to try it

because it looks terrifying…

92 THAT’S ENGLISH!
 UNIT 8

Monologue: giving a presentation

4a Listen to Ollie giving a presentation on his research and choose the correct option.

85 1 Ollie’s research is about … .

a young adults b young adults and extreme sports
2 Ollie … his talk into sections.
a doesn’t divide b clearly divides
3 Ollie uses words like first, next and finally to indicate the … of his talk.
a length and contents b structure and contents
4 Generally, Ollie uses … .
a shorter, simpler sentences b longer, more complicated sentences
5 Ollie uses the … more often.
a passive verb form b active verb form
6 Ollie speaks … .
a quickly b slowly and calmly

4b Listen again. Complete the phrases with the words from the box.

85
divide remind topic far begin moving illustrate into

Introducing the topic My … today is...

4HE SUBJECT OF MY TALK IS
Outlining the presentation Basically, I have three things to say...
I’m going to 2… this talk 3… three parts...
4HERE ARE THREE POINTS )D LIKE TO MAKE
Starting a section So, let’s 4… with...
5… on now to...
Next, I’d like to say something about...
Finishing a section 4HATS ALL ) HAVE TO SAY ABOUT
OK, that’s all on...
4HATS IT AS 6… as... is concerned.
Giving examples A good example of this is...
4O GIVE YOU AN EXAMPLE
4O 7… this point...
Summarising So, to 8… you of what I’ve covered in this talk...
)F ) CAN JUST SUM UP THE MAIN POINTS

4c Add the phrases from the box to the table in activity 4b.

So, we’ve looked at... Turning now to... As an illustration...

Let’s summarise what we’ve looked at... My talk is concerned with... Let’s look now at...

5 Prepare a short presentation based on the answers you got in activity 3. Pay attention to
the following:
s clearly indicate the structure of your talk: first, next, then, etc. The subject of my talk is
the popularity of extreme
s use shorter sentences
sports among adults.
s use active verb forms Basically, I have three
s use some of the phrases from activities 4b and 4c things to say. First…
s don’t speak too quickly

THAT’S ENGLISH! 93
UNIT
9 Beauty is only skin-deep
s4O DESCRIBE PHYSICAL APPEARANCE AND

OBJECTIVES
personality
s4O EXPRESS APPROVAL AND DISAPPROVAL IN
different situations

A Looking real
BEFORE YOU WATCH 3 Danny wishes the photographer had asked
Andy to shave.
1 Read the sentences and tick (4) the ones you 4 Danny likes the small scar on Andy’s cheek.
agree with. 5 The photographer suggests thinking about
getting another model.
I wish I was thinner.
If only I looked younger. 5 Answer the questions.
I wish I didn’t have such a big nose.
1 What kind of pictures does Frances hate?
WHILE YOU WATCH 2 Does Frances want to use an image that has
been airbrushed and photoshopped?
2 Answer the questions. 3 Why does Frances like the twinkle in Andy’s
eye?
4 What three things did Andy change in his
photos?
5 Why does Frances think Andy is not suitable
for their campaign?

6 Complete the dialogue between Frances and

1 Why does Frances go to Danny’s agency? Danny. Use the words from the box.

impossibly ageing trustworthy

rely on a bit seems

D: What about this guy? He’s 1... well. He looks

2... like George Clooney.

F: He 3... a bit arrogant and conceited.

2 How does Danny explain Andy’s D: Really?
transformation? F: Our guy needs to seem 4... . You know, like the
guy next door you can 5... to help you out.
AFTER YOU WATCH D: But handsome?
F: He’s got to be good-looking. Just not 6...
3 What does Frances want the model to look like? good-looking.
Tick (4) the one Frances doesn’t ask for.
1 He can’t be too young or too old. NOW YOU!
2 He needs to seem trustworthy. 7 Think about the answers to the questions.
3 He’s got to be good-looking.
4 He shouldn’t look like a film star. 1 Have you ever
airbrushed or I have never changed
5 He doesn’t need to look like a real man, just a photoshopped any photos of myself, not
man who uses anti-ageing cream. a photo of because I don’t want to, but
yourself? because I don’t know how to!
4 Decide if the following sentences are true (4) or
false (7). Correct the false ones.
1 The photographer tells Andy not to move 2 Do you think it I think it’s important to
forward too much because it will look like he’s is important to look after yourself. So yes,
got a double chin. age well? it’s important to age well.
2 Andy is worried about the size of his ears.

94 THAT’S ENGLISH!
 STREET INTERVIEWS
8 The speakers below were asked the following questions: Are your friends similar to you or
different? In what ways?
1 Think of two similarities you think they will talk about for each question.
2 Watch the video to see if any of your ideas were mentioned.

Nadine Lauren Karen Arken Peter Ernest Jo Ruth

9a Choose the correct option.

1 Arken’s friends are definitely / without a doubt very similar to him.

2 Peter and his friends are interested in bars / cars.
3 Ernest prefers to have a wide range of friends because he laughs / learns a lot more.
4 Jo goes to temple / pray with her Buddhist friend a lot.
5 Ruth and her friends are quite similar in their lifestyles / characters.

9b Complete the sentences with one word in each gap.

Nadine: Most of them are different. It makes life and the 1f... more interesting. 2S... of think
differently, 3l... at life differently.
Karen: My friends are really similar to me. They’re 4a... , they’re 5o... , they like 6p... , and they like
travelling.
Peter: They are different in their food and their other 7i... so it’s a 8s... of all types of people and
interests.

ACTIVATE YOUR ENGLISH!
10a Match the words in bold (1-4) to their meanings
(a-d).
Lauren: I’ve got friends that are quite similar and
then some that are quite a lot louder
and more 1outspoken and 2outgoing. A
mixture.
Arken: They have the same sort of philosophies
and 3outlooks on life.
11 Choose one of the following questions and talk
Ernest: I prefer a 4wide range of friends than just
one specific group of friends.
a very sociable; likes being with people
b the way a person sees things
c many different types
d say what you want without caring about the
consequences
that this makes life more interesting. Some
of her friends are very loud and 3... , they say
whatever they have on their minds. This can
be quite embarrassing at times, but Alison
doesn’t really mind because she has a very
similar 4… on life to these people.
NOW YOU!
about it.
1 In what ways are you similar to your friends?
Are you loud, outspoken, outgoing, etc.?
We’re quite similar in many ways. We’re
not very outspoken, but we are very loud.
We’re interested in sport...

10b Use the words in bold in 10a to fill the gaps (1-4).
Alison is very sociable and loves spending
time with people. Basically, she is a very 1...
person. She prefers to have a 2... of friends
rather than just one specific group. She says
2 In what ways are you different from your
friends?
I’d say my outlook on life is a bit different
to that of my friends. I’d like to go abroad
to work and...

THAT’S ENGLISH! 95
Beauty is only skin-deep
READING
1a Look at the photos and listen to someone
describing two of them.Who are they describing?
87
1 3
2 4
1b Label the photos with the words from the box.
freckles chubby double chin flawless skin
slender legs plump lips square jaw
beer belly
2 Read the article about physical attractiveness
and decide where you might find it.
1 in a fashion and style magazine
2 on an educational website for teenagers
3 on a website about beauty and body care
3 Match the summaries (1-3) to the paragraphs (a-c).
1 the relationship between attractiveness and
being confident
2 the consequences of attaching too much value
to physical attractiveness
3 the high value of good looks in modern culture
4 Read the text again. Decide if the following
sentences are true (4) or false (7). Correct the
false ones.
1 According to the author of the text, modern
culture is obsessed with being beautiful.
2 The writer believes that people value beauty
more than personal qualities.
3 We are surrounded by unrealistic images of
physical beauty.
4 Models and actors don’t need to make great
efforts to look good all the time.
5 Breast implants are the most common type of
cosmetic surgery for women.
96
Because you really
are gorgeous…
a Have you ever wished you were more physically
attractive? If you have, you’re not alone. In
today’s beauty-obsessed culture, being good-
looking is highly valued. It seems as if honesty
or kindness are at best, secondary, at worst, 5
irrelevant. It doesn’t help that we are surrounded
by images of perfect beauty. Don’t you just
hate it when you open a magazine or turn
on the TV and all you see are photoshopped
images of handsome men with square jaws, 10
no beer bellies and impossibly skinny women
with flawless skin, long slender legs and large
breasts? Personally, I’m convinced the fashion
media is mainly to blame for our obsession with
the 'body beautiful'. Perfect make-up can make 15
most people look gorgeous, and let’s not forget
that the actors, models and socialites we want to
look like spend a lot of time and money on their
appearance. However, as the huge increase in
cosmetic surgery unfortunately shows, more and 20
more ‘normal’ people are dissatisfied with their
looks and prepared to do anything to improve
them.
b It’s tempting to think that if only I had a differently
shaped nose, a less prominent jaw or less of a 25
double chin, life would be better, but is this
really true? Apparently lipoplasty – an operation
6 The writer claims that cosmetic surgery
improves people’s self-confidence.
7 Nowadays, it’s possible to stay young and
beautiful-looking most of your life.
8 Investing too much importance in your
appearance will only make you unhappy in
the end.
THAT’S ENGLISH!

that gives people plump lips (for that just-kissed
look) – is the most common cosmetic procedure
in the world (more than 2 million procedures a
year), followed by breast implants for women.
However, for both sexes, the most common
reason for cosmetic surgery is it increases self-
confidence. This is probably true, but why can’t
we feel confident as we are, with our freckles,
our chubby bellies and our big noses?
c Feeling confident because of your looks isn’t as
bad as being a show-off about them, but it’s a
dangerous illusion. Relying on your attractiveness
to make you feel better is eventually going
to make you unhappy: at 60 nobody looks
like they did at 20. If you are used to people
looking at you admiringly, how are you going
to feel when they ignore you? According to one
Beverley Hills’ plastic surgeon, whose clients are
some of the world’s most gorgeous people, once
these people start to lose their looks, they have
nothing left. They wake up one day and realise
that there’s no way they’ll ever regain their youth
and they feel empty. They see themselves as
ugly and are no longer capable of simply saying
‘thanks for the compliment’, their response is
always one of disbelief. What a terrible feeling
that must be.
TRACK 88
5 Look at the article again and find the following:
1 a fat stomach you get from drinking too much
beer (paragraph a)
2 an expression that means ‘perfect skin’
(paragraph a)
3 two words meaning ‘thin’ (paragraph a)
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT 9
4 two ways of describing someone’s jawline
(paragraphs a and b)
5 fat under your chin that makes it look as if you
had two chins (paragraph b)
6 two words meaning ‘fat’ (paragraph b)
7 small brown marks on the skin, very common
30
in red-haired people with pale skin (paragraph b)
8 a person who talks proudly about what they
can do, or who they know so that other people
will admire them (paragraph c)
35 6a Listen to Lisa, Cristina and Massimo talking
about physical appearance. Match the questions
89 (1-4) to the speakers.There is one extra question.
Lisa Cristina Massimo
1 Are you happy with your physical appearance
or are there things you would change or
improve if you could?
2 Would you ever consider cosmetic surgery to
improve your appearance?
3 In what ways do you think being good-looking
can help you in life?
40 4 Which personal characteristics do you think
are the most important?
6b Listen again. Complete the sentences.
89 Lisa: ‘Being 1… is, like, really important in
45 life, you know? I’m not a 2… about
my looks, but it’s hard work to look
3… all the time: my hair, my make-up,
everything has to be 4… when I go
out.’
50 Cristina: ‘I’m happy with what I 5… . The
pressure of having to be 6… , and
especially having to be 7… , can be
very difficult.’
Massimo: 'But ultimately, you know, I don’t
think 8… are as important as what’s
on the inside. The qualities I value
most are 9… and 10… .’
7 Whose views and attitudes in activity 6b are
most similar to or different from your own?
Explain why.
Well, personally I’m completely happy with the
way I look. I’m not a top model, but I’m healthy
and fit, and that’s what’s really important.
97
Beauty is only skin-deep
LANGUAGE STUDY
1 Match the expressions from the box to the
definitions.
show-off name-dropper socialite slacker
workaholic freeloader
1 a person who is always mentioning the names
of famous or important people he or she
knows or has met
2 somebody who is generally lazy and avoids
doing any work
3 a person obsessed with work
4 someone who attends fashionable social
events organised by the rich and famous
5 someone who boasts about himself or herself
and is always trying to impress others
6 a person who takes advantage of the generosity
of others to get free food, entertainment, etc.
2 Complete the sentences with the words from
activity 1.
1 He always arrives before everyone else and is
still at his desk when I leave: he’s a total … .
2 What a … ! He never stopped mentioning the
stars he’s worked with.
3 Ned’s still on his tea break, is he? Well, if
there’s one type of person I can’t stand, it’s a
… . He’d better be back here in two minutes or
he’s fired.
4 Paris Hilton is an American … , whose family
owns a chain of hotels.
5 So, he told you all about what a good player
he is and how many medals he’s won – what a
…!
6 No, he can’t sleep on the sofa. He’s just a … ,
out for what he can get.
3 Choose the correct option.
1 I’d find it much easier to work with him if only
he isn’t / weren’t such a show-off.
2 The children wish their parents didn’t work /
don’t work so much.
3 If only she had / has more self-confidence, she
would feel much happier.
4 They wish their daughter didn’t worry / don’t
worry so much about her appearance.
I wish / If only...
▶ Choose the correct option.
We use I wish and If only + present / past simple
to express wishes in the present.
If only I had a differently shaped nose…
I wish I were / was less chubby.
page 140
98
4 Elena isn’t feeling confident about her
appearance. Complete the sentences with the
correct form of the verbs in brackets.
1 I wish I … so chubby and that I ... such a round
face. (not be / not have)
2 If only my parents … me wear make-up. (let)
3 If only I … so much like dad. (not look)
4 I wish I … how to put my hair up. (know)
5 If only we … wear such a stupid school
uniform. (not have to)
6 All my friends and I wish we … buy our clothes
in London. (can)
5a Listen to Elena talking to each of her parents.
Answer the questions.
90
1 What doesn’t Elena like about her appearance?
2 What special treat are her parents giving her?
5b Complete the expressions of disapproval and
gratitude. Listen and check.
91
Dad: No 1… ! Of course the answer’s no.
There’s just 2… we’d ever let you do such
a thing.
Dad: That’s 3…, Elena!
4 … people do that stuff? 5… they let their
children do it?
Dad: That wasn’t a very 6… to say, Elena. How
7… you?
Elena: Thanks, Mum, that’s amazing! I really 8…
it.
Elena: Was it really? That’s 9… of him!
6 Listen to the answers from activity 5b again.
Which words do the speakers stress?
91
91 Listen, check and repeat.
Pronunciation Guide page 148
7 Match the questions (1-8) to the answers (a-h).
1 What does your friend Jon look like?
2 What’s your English teacher like?
3 What’s the weather like today?
4 What does the baby look like?
5 Who does the baby look like?
6 Do you look like your parents or anyone else
in your family?
7 How are you?
8 What’s Indian food like?
THAT’S ENGLISH!
 UNIT 9

a Cold and rainy.
b Quite spicy but delicious.
c Fine, thanks. And you?
d He’s quite tall and a bit bald. He’s got a blond
moustache and he wears glasses.
e She looks amazingly like her dad. She’s got
the same expression!
f Quite good, but strict. She expects us to learn
all the new vocabulary!
g She’s got big blue eyes and hardly any hair.
h No, my looks are my own! I don’t take after
anyone in my family.
8 Match the questions (1-5) to the explanations
(a-e).
1 What is X like?
2 What does X look like?
3 Who does X look like?
4 How are you?
5 Who do you most take after in your family?
a This is a specific question about appearance:
it asks you to compare someone’s appearance
with someone else’s. You include ‘look like’ in
the answer.
b This is a question about your health.
c This question is about who you resemble in
your family.
d This is a general question about your overall
impression of something.
e This is a specific question about appearance.
You don’t include ‘look like’ in the answer.
Review of questions page 140
9 Write questions for the answers.
1 She’s small and dark with short brown hair.
2 Not so bad, thanks.
3 Unfortunately, I look just like my grandfather.
4 He was a bit shy at first, but he seems like a
really nice person.
5 Hot and sunny.
92 Listen, check and repeat.
Pronunciation: review of wh- questions
▶ Choose the correct option.
In wh- questions the final intonation rises / falls.
page 148
10 Complete the sentences with the correct form
of the verbs from the box.
feel look (x3) smell sound (x2) taste
1 It … like a fish shop in here. I can hardly
breathe. Please open the windows!
2 He’s got a great singing voice. He … a bit like
Elvis Presley.
3 I don’t know what you put in the soup, but it …
like old boots!
4 This shampoo makes my hair really soft: it …
like silk.
5 He’s got quite a strange face. He … rather like
a cross baby!
6 From what you’ve been saying, it … like he
wants to leave the company.
7 That’s a terrible photo of him! He … as if he’s
got an enormous beer belly.
8 This image must have been photoshopped –
those models just don’t … real!
11 Complete the article with the correct words
from the box.
clean-shaven designer stubble
double chins fatness flawless skin
plumper scars skinny
Conceptions of beauty differ from culture to
culture and over time. The current obsession
of western women with being super 1…
is relatively recent. In the 19th century,
gentlemen admired 2… ladies with a rounder
figure. Even now, there are still places in
the world where 3… is a sign of beauty. In
Mauritania the women are proud of their 4…
and big bellies!
Men’s facial hair fashions also change. In
the 19th century, most men had beards and
moustaches, but since then, the fashion
has been more for a 5… look, at
least in the West. Moustaches
come in and out of fashion, and,
since the 1980s, 6… , has been in
vogue amongst younger men.
Most cultures value a clear
complexion and shining 7… ,
but in some countries skin
decoration is very important.
The women of the Karo
tribe in Ethiopia cover their
stomachs with tiny cuts
because the resulting
8… are considered
attractive.

THAT’S ENGLISH! 99
Beauty is only skin-deep

B A positive body image

DOCUMENTARY 5 What did writers Beatrix Potter and William
Wordsworth write?
1 Cosmetic surgery is becoming popular
throughout the world. Why do you think this is
happening?

2 Watch the documentary and read the sentences

about cosmetic surgery. Which are not true?
Correct them.
1 There were over 50,000 cosmetic surgery
procedures in 2013.
2 Stuart Dunston felt it was important for him to
have a youthful, boyish look to get back into
modelling.
3 Stuart used botox to make him look younger,
but he is not very happy with that decision.
4 Ash Mosahebi believes that cosmetic surgery SAME LANGUAGE, DIFFERENT LIVES
can be very helpful to people.
6 Listen to the speakers talking about how
5 People don’t need to have realistic important appearance is in their countries.
expectations about cosmetic surgery because Choose the correct option.
Dr Mosahebi’s job is to educate them.
6 Stuart feels there is nothing wrong with trying 1 New Zealanders dress extremely ... .
to look the best for your age. a elegantly b casually c fashionably

3 Psychotherapist Lucy Beresford explains why
people have cosmetic surgery. Answer the
questions.
1 What are the people undergoing cosmetic
surgery influenced by?
2 Who do some of the patients want to look like?
3 What do they think will improve if they change
the external?
4 What kind of issues do some patients have?
5 What view of their own appearance do some
of the patients have?
6 Where should confidence come from?
THAT’S BRITAIN
4 Match the places or things (1-4) to the
descriptions (a-f).
1 Hill Top house
2 The garden at Hill Top
3 The town of Hawkshead
4 Dove Cottage in Grasmere
a Wordsworth wrote many poems here.
b Jemima Puddleduck hid her eggs here.
c Life was very crowded here.
d A lot of books are set here.
e You can look at original drawings and
watercolours in the Beatrix Potter Gallery.
f Beatrix came here every summer to paint and
write her famous children’s stories.
2 In the USA, depending on the clothes you
wear, people will … .
a treat you differently
b ignore you c judge you
3 When the Irish go out, they put more
importance on … .
a having a good time
b the clothes they wear c where they go
4 Montreal is very fashionable because of the … .
a New York influence
b French influence c Canadian influence
5 In India if you dress well, it opens gates for … .
a marriage b studies c financial success
6 In London, what you wear shows … .
a how wealthy you are
b where you live c what team you support
NOW YOU!
7 Do you think it is important to look and dress
well in Spain?
Spanish people spend a lot of time on their
appearance. In all the big cities, you can see
men dressed in suits and women wearing
lovely clothes and high-heeled shoes. There
also seems to be as many hairdresser’s as
there are bars. I have also noticed...

100 THAT’S ENGLISH!

 UNIT 9
SKILLS WORK
1 Do you know or think you know any narcissists?
Why or why not?

Narcissist: someone who takes an extreme

interest in their appearance.

2a Listen to Dr Roberto Agnelli talking about patients

he won’t treat. What kind of doctor is he?
93
1 a psychologist
2 a cosmetic surgeon
3 a family doctor
2b Agnelli quotes four different patients. Match
what the patients say (1-4) to the reasons
Agnelli gives for not treating them (a-d).
1 ‘I need this done. I have to have this procedure.’
2 ‘I need a guarantee that I’m going to look like
this.’
Echo and Narcissus, JOHN WILLIAM WATERHOUSE
3 ‘I only want a correction of 1.2 millimetres.’
4 ‘I want to look like when I was a teenager.’
a This is indicative of obsessive behaviour.
b This patient could be depressed.
c Cosmetic surgery isn’t 100% precise and all
patients’ bodies are different.
d This patient has some serious psychological
problems.

3 Read the article about narcissism. Where do you think you would find it?
1 in a popular science magazine 2 on a website for teenagers 3 in a business magazine

Me, me, me! Society’s a generation of people who – from the 500% increase they told her that she was
narcissism epidemic are only interested in me, in cosmetic surgery in ‘special’ and ‘beautiful’.
me, me. the last ten years, to the Twenge and Campbell say
Narcissus was so handsome growth of celebrity gossip this is like telling a fat
Narcissism is not healthy
that he fell in love with his magazines, to exhibitionist person they’ll feel better if
self-confidence: narcissists
own reflection, something behaviour on the Internet. they eat more. Meg wants
are over-confident and
which, in the modern everyone to see her naked,
unable to value emotional
world of constant ‘selfies’ People often mistakenly not because as her parents
relationships. And this,
shared on social media, believe that narcissistic thought, she’s got low
according to sociologists
seems to be increasingly behaviour is the result self-esteem, but because
Twenge and Campbell, is
common. Indeed, some of low self-esteem. When she narcissistically thinks
why narcissism is becoming
psychologists believe 14-year-old Meg posted her she’s ‘hot’. She lives in a
a social problem. It’s not
that we are experiencing naked photos on MySpace, narcissistic society, so she
only because people are
a narcissism epidemic. her parents reasoned that believes that if she shows
becoming more conceited
The focus of modern she wouldn’t have done this her sexuality, she will have
and selfish; Twenge and
culture on money, physical if she had a more positive more ‘friends’ and people
Campbell believe that
(online source)

appearance, celebrities and self-image. So they didn’t will talk about her more
narcissism is responsible
reality television is creating discipline her, but instead positively.
for many recent phenomena
TRACK 94

4 Read the text and decide if the sentences are
true (4) or false (7). Correct the false ones.
1 Selfies are directly responsible for the increase
in narcissistic behaviour in modern society.
2 The emphasis of modern society on superficial
aspects of life is making people more
narcissistic.
3 Narcissists are capable of forming close,
healthy friendships.
4 Over the last decade there has been a substantial
rise in unnecessary medical procedures.
5 Having low self-esteem is not related to
narcissistic behaviour.
6 Meg uploaded photos of herself naked
because she hated her body.
5 What advice would you give to Meg and to
Meg’s parents?
Well, I think that Meg’s parents need to talk
very seriously to their daughter. They should
definitely take her to see a therapist…

THAT’S ENGLISH! 101

Beauty is only skin-deep

WRITING
1 Look at the photos. What is your first impression of these men?

2 Read the dating site profiles. Have your impressions changed?

Knows how to treat a lady Watch out, Baby! I’m Dangerous

(Man, age 41) (Man, age 36)
Fit, sporty guy seeks WARNING! Looking for a regular, trustworthy,
special lady to share dependable guy? Keep looking! Passionate,
travel and adventures. politically active journalist, white-blonde hair
I’m tall and dark-haired with green eyes, seeks beautiful, non-conformist
(going bald) with blue woman for romance and excitement.
eyes. I’m city-based, Based in London and New York, I am an
but I love to get out international investigative journalist of above-
and see the world. average intelligence who loves art and beauty;
I would describe myself moreover, I have a degree in Fine Arts from
as very practical, but the Sorbonne. I might not always have time for
I’m romantic, too. I’m you, but when I do, you will be the centre of my
loyal and affectionate universe.
and, what’s more, I You are a spirited, classy
love to look after a woman and make her woman, highly intelligent
feel special. I’m a self-employed IT project and broad-minded, though
manager, I work hard, but I’m not a workaholic. not necessarily formally
On top of that, I train hard for triathlons in my educated; furthermore, you
spare time, and I love the feeling that exercise will have courage and inner
brings. strength. Do not contact me
I’m looking for a lady with class, who is ready if you are looking for a safe,
for adventure and a fit and active non-smoker. ordinary relationship. I am
Besides this, she should be warm-hearted and too busy. Contact me if you
affectionate. She should have hobbies and want your world to become
interests of her own and accept that I spend a a different place.
lot of time training.

3 Look at the two profiles again. In which 5 Listen to Caroline, who runs a dating agency,
paragraph(s) does the writer: discussing the profiles with Valeria, a journalist.
95 Choose the correct option.
1 give information about his physical appearance?
2 talk in detail about the kind of person he is 1 Caroline thinks that, on the whole, these two
looking for? profiles … .
3 give information about his personality? a give an authentic picture of the person
4 talk about his job, hobbies and likes and b sound arrogant
dislikes? 2 Caroline’s opinion of Mr Dangerous’ profile is
5 give a brief description of the kind of person that anyone who dates him … .
he is looking for? a should know what to expect
b will have a good time
Match the expressions to describe someone's
4 personality (1-8) to their opposites highlighted 3 Valeria thinks Mr Dangerous … .
in the profiles. a sounds dangerous and exciting
1 unreliable 5 apolitical b is good-looking but sounds awful
2 conventional 6 workshy 4 Caroline says that unconventional profiles … .
3 sedentary 7 impractical a quite often don’t get any replies
4 cold-hearted 8 narrow-minded b get a higher number of replies than normal
5 Valeria thinks that Mr ‘Knows how to treat a
lady’ sounds as if he’s … .
a honest and sweet
b honest but boring
102 THAT’S ENGLISH!
 UNIT 9

Writing a profile Review of connectors of addition

Besides this, she should be warm-hearted
Compound adjectives and affectionate.
based in the city = city-based What’s more, I love to look after a woman
and make her feel special.
with blue eyes = blue-eyed page 141

between 45 and 60 years of age = middle-aged

9 Match the beginnings (1-8) of the sentences to
page 141
6 Rewrite the descriptions. Replace the words in
bold with compound adjectives ending in –ed.
1 a tall man with dark hair
a tall, dark-haired man
2 a gorgeous woman with a warm heart
3 a teenager who is slender and has long legs
4 a woman who has red hair and green eyes
5 a woman between 45 and 60 years of age who
has grey hair
6 a tall man with blue eyes and a mild manner
7 a man with a good temper and an open mind
7 Write a one-line description of yourself and of
two other people you know using compound
adjectives ending in -ed.
I'm a young, skinny, green-eyed, brown-haired
man. I’m warm-hearted and open-minded!
1 My friend...
2 ...
8 Look at the two groups of connectors and
answer the questions.
the endings (a-h).
1 He’s handsome, charming, funny and on top
of that,
2 She’s young, intelligent, funny, and on top of
all that,
3 He talked about himself all through the meal
and bored me to death. In addition,
4 We left the party early because we knew hardly
anybody there. Besides,
5 The gentleman was considerably older than
he claimed to be. Furthermore,
6 Oh dear, he’s got a beer belly and
7 I’ve always been fascinated by numbers and
statistics. Moreover,
8 We found out that we had worked in the same
international company; what’s more,
a he didn’t even offer to pay.
b we had even worked on the same project.
c a double chin, too.
d he’s rich!
e it appears that he lied about his marital status.
f we both felt rather tired.
g I always knew I wanted to be an accountant.
h she’s beautiful.

Group 1 Group 2 10a You are going to write your profile for a dating
website. Organise your ideas.
too additionally
what’s more in addition Paragraph 1: briefly describe your physical
appearance, the type of person
on top of that furthermore you are looking for and why.
besides this moreover
Paragraph 2: briefly describe your job, your
personality, and your likes and
dislikes.
1 Which connectors are used in the profiles in
activity 2? Paragraph 3: give more details about the type of
2 Which connectors are used at the beginning person you would like to meet.
and in the middle of a sentence?
10b Write your profile for a dating website (150–200
3 Which are used at the end of a sentence?
words). Include the following:
4 Which group is more formal? (Note the
difference in register between the two profiles.) s connectors of addition
s a variety of adjectives and adverbs
s some of the phrases in italics in the profiles.

Writing Reference page 146

THAT’S ENGLISH! 103

 OBJECTIVES
Revision 2 s4O REVIEW THE CONTENTS OF UNITS  

LANGUAGE REVISION
1 Complete the emails from two friends. Put the 3 Listen and decide if the speaker says will (‘ll) or
verbs in brackets in the correct tense. would (‘d).
96
1 ‘ll  ’d
2 ‘ll  ’d
I wish I 1… (have) more time to go walking. I 3 ‘ll  ’d
2… (not / be) away for ages because I have
4 ‘ll  ’d
so much work to do! Last week, I 3… (find)
a fantastic trip on the Internet, but it’s for 4 Read the extracts (1-4) from the trekkers’
a whole week. If only my boss 4… (be) more accounts of the trip and match them to the
understanding!! sentences (a-d).
1 /UR GUIDE KNEW A LOT ABOUT MAKING CAMPFIRES
BECAUSE HES BEEN DOING IT FOR  YEARS

2 ) STARTED BY SAYING ) DONT LIKE !MERICANS
Would you believe it, I 5… (just / see) a BEFORE ) REALISED SHE WAS FROM THE 3TATES
weekend trip on this website. You only 3 ) SAID @$ID YOU PUT THE BAG IN THE MAP AND
need to take Monday off. Why don’t we 6… EVERYONE LAUGHED
(go) together? 4 (E SAID @,OOK THERES A SNAKE
 BUT HE WAS
ONLY JOKING
a )T WAS A SLIP OF THE TONGUE
b (E WAS LONG IN THE TOOTH
c 7E GOT OFF ON THE WRONG FOOT
d (E WAS PULLING HER LEG

5 Complete the text with the words from the box.

There are three extra words.

courageous dangerous daring himself

hopes looks reckless seems tasteful
2 Complete the text with the correct form of the
tasty what which when
verb from the box. Use will, future continuous
or future perfect.
!S WE WALKED *ACK THE TREK LEADER TOLD US LOTS
arrive have leave prepare OF STORIES ABOUT 1x SITUATIONS HE HAD BEEN IN
set sleep not have to walk watch (E x TO BE VERY 3x IF YOU CAN BELIEVE THAT HE
HAS BEEN TO THE .ORTH 0OLE SWUM WITH SHARKS
2IGHT EVERYBODY
(ERES THE SCHEDULE FOR AND SLEPT WITH TIGERS (OWEVER HES ALSO BEEN
THE WEEKEND 7E 1x FOR THE FIRST CAMP AT  VERY 4x  LIKE THE TIME x HE RISKED HIS LIFE
PM n IN AN HOUR )TS ABOUT  KM SO YOULL TO SAVE A FELLOW CLIMBER IN THE (IMALAYAS /N
BE TIRED WHEN YOU GET THERE BUT PREVIOUSLY OUR TREK WHEN WE CAME TO A BRIDGE WITH NO
THE SUPPORT TRUCK x AT THE CAMP AND THE RAILS OVER A TORRENT OF WATER *ACK RAN ACROSS
x ) THOUGHT WAS A BIT 7x  BECAUSE HE COULD
TEAM 3x UP THE TENTS FOR YOU SO ALL YOU HAVE
TO DO IS ORGANISE YOUR BEDDING 4HAT EVENING HAVE FALLEN IN THE WATER BUT HES A WONDERFUL
WELL HAVE FOOD COOKED ON THE CAMPFIRE /N CHARACTER AND A FANTASTIC COOK
(E MADE A
3ATURDAY MORNING YOULL HAVE TO GET UP EARLY REALLY 8x MEAL ON THE FIRST NIGHT ) DIDNT KNOW
BUT BY  PM ) HOPE YOU 4x THE SUNSET FROM WHAT WAS IN IT BUT AFTERWARDS HE SAID IT WAS
ONE OF THE MOST BEAUTIFUL PLACES ON %ARTH SNAKE MEAT AND THAT HE HAD CAUGHT IT x THAT
4HEN ITS ONLY A SHORT HOP TO THE SUMMIT AFTERNOON *ACK 10x TO ORGANISE A SIMILAR TRIP
CAMP WHERE AGAIN THE TEAM x YOUR MEAL AGAIN NEXT YEAR
9OU x WELL THAT NIGHT )M SURE 4HERE WILL
BE TRANSPORT FROM THERE THE NEXT DAY SO YOU
7x THE  KM BACK
"Y THE END OF THE TRIP WE

HOPE YOU 8x A UNIQUE EXPERIENCE

104 THAT’S ENGLISH!

 Revision 2

6 Choose the correct option.
1 ) CANT BELIEVE )VE BEEN OFFERED THE JOB IN
#HINA )TS A DREAM made real  come true
2 4HAT DIET CANT BE GOOD FOR HER 3HES MUCH
TOO skinny  slender NOW
3 9OU SHOULD ONLY USE A pinch of  drop of OIL
WHEN YOU FRY STEAK
4 4HEYLL OPEN A DISCO UNDER MY FLAT OVER MY
SHAVEN
DEAD mother  body
5 4HAT DESSERT IS FAR TOO savoury  rich FOR ME
)D PREFER SOMETHING LIGHT
6 9OU CANT WEAR THOSE scruffy  chubby JEANS TO
A JOB INTERVIEW

7 !DD a bit of  few SALT TO YOUR DISHES
8 ) BOUGHT A BEAUTIFUL GREEN silk  expensive
DRESS
9 4HE CHILDREN MADE DINNER BY their own 
themselves
10 (E TRIED TO IMPRESS EVERYONE BY TELLING STORIES
ABOUT HIMSELF (ES SUCH A socialite  show-off
5 ) GET THE IMPRESSION THE TEAM IS GOING TO LOSE
AS
)T LOOKS x THE TEAM IS GOING TO LOSE
6 (E PLAYS QUITE HAPPILY BY HIMSELF OWN
(E PLAYS QUITE HAPPILY x 
7 ) HOPE TO FINISH MY DEGREE THIS YEAR THAT
) HOPE x MY DEGREE THIS YEAR
8 (E LOOKS BETTER NOW THAT HES CLEAN
WITHOUT
(E LOOKS BETTER x 
10 Your friend tells you her phone was stolen from
her bag. Complete the sentences with four
different pieces of advice.
1 9OUD BETTER x 
2 7HY DONT YOU x 
3 9OU SHOULD x 
4 9OU COULD TRY x 

7 Underline words that contain the sound /eɪ/.

1 4HEY HAD STEAK AND EGGS FOR BREAKFAST

2 *ACK MADE A TASTY MEAL WITH SNAKE MEAT
3 -AXgS BAND WHICH IS CALLED +"* WILL BE
PLAYING AT  PM TOMORROW

97 Listen and check.

8a Rewrite the sentences using do, did or you to

make them more emphatic.
1 ) LOVE YOUR DRESS 11 Complete the sentences with the words from
the box.
2 (AVE ANOTHER BISCUIT
3 $ONT DARE TAKE MY CAR for (x2) to (x2) so (x2) as not that
4 ) HAD A LOVELY TIME
1 x *O x BE HAPPY SHE NEEDS CHOCOLATE
8b Mark the stressed words in each sentence. 2 4HAT APP IS x WATCHING THE STARS
Listen and repeat. 3 ) TAKE VITAMINS x GET ILL
98
4 3HE BOUGHT A BIGGER BAG x SHE COULD TAKE HER
9 Complete the second sentence so that it has COMPUTER
a similar meaning to the first. Use the word in
brackets. Write between two and five words. 12 Use a relative pronoun to form a sentence. Make
any other necessary changes.
1 3HE SEEMS TO BE GETTING TIRED LOOKS
)T x GETTING TIRED 1 )gM GOING TO VISIT MY BOYFRIEND :ACK (E WILL
2 ) BOUGHT A BROWN EYED DOLL FOR MY DAUGHTER BE PLEASED TO SEE ME
EYES 2 (ATFIELD IS A TOWN :ACH LIVES THERE
) BOUGHT A x FOR MY DAUGHTER 3 %VERY YEAR THERE IS A DANCE IN (ATFIELD )T TAKES
3 ) REALLY DONT LIKE IT WHEN PEOPLE TALK LOUDLY ON PLACE IN A SCHOOL GYM
THE PHONE OBJECT 4 :ACK HAS A BROTHER (E IS A $* (E WILL BE
) x LOUDLY ON THE PHONE MIXING THE MUSIC
4 )F ) WERE YOU )D USE A SAFETY HARNESS OUGHT 5 (OPEFULLY :ACK WILL GIVE ME A RING ) WILL WEAR
IT FOREVER
9OU x USE A SAFETY HARNESS

THAT’S ENGLISH! 

Revision 2

SKILLS WORK
1 Read the newspaper article about Maria. Match the ideas (1-4) to the paragraphs (a-d).
1 4HE START OF A DREAM 3 "ROKEN DREAMS
2 ! DREAM COME TRUE 4 .O HOPE

Maria
a Maria Fuller was a vivacious
pretty ten-year-old who adored
singing and dancing. Her parents
were proud of her talents and
encouraged her to perform, so
even at this early age she had
appeared on TV shows and
everyone thought she would
go far. However, a week before
her eleventh birthday, when
her mother was driving her to
school, a lorry crashed into their
car and it caught fire. Although
a courageous passer-by managed
to pull Maria out, she was badly
burned. She had a series of skin
grafts and many years of visiting
the hospital for treatment. Her thought she could never go back
parents worried that she would like. No one can see if you have
to performing, although she flawless skin or not. She’d often
never feel confident enough to couldn’t imagine life without
perform again because of her sing along with the tracks being
music. played and Dave realised she still
visible injuries.
c But now, only a year later, it had a great singing voice. After
b By the time she was seventeen, seems her wish is coming true. work, sometimes they would
Maria had a normal life. She When she went for her many play around with the recordings,
still loved singing, she hung out hospital appointments, she used and he persuaded her to let him
with friends and went shopping. to walk past the hospital radio play them on air. They went on
However, she was heavily scarred studio. The DJ, Dave Archer, to record a proper demo tape
on both arms, on her torso and would usually wave at her as she and Maria is now working as a
down the side of one leg. She passed, and one day beckoned to backing singer with a successful
was very self-conscious about her to come in. He was looking for band, who have just won their
her scarring and always covered someone to work as his assistant first record deal. ‘If I hadn’t been
her arms with long sleeves and on the Saturday programme and, visiting the hospital so often,’
wore trousers or long skirts. as she loved music, Maria took Maria commented, ‘I would
With make-up she was able to the job. never have met Dave and would
cover most of the scarring on never have had this career’.
her face and neck, but she kept d Radio meant she didn’t have to
her hair long and loose. She worry about what she looked
TRACK 99

2 Read the article again and decide if the sentences 3a Listen to the speakers (1-5) and match them to
are true (4) or false (7). Correct the false ones. the personality traits (a-e).
100
1 -ARIAS PARENTS DIDNT WANT HER TO BE FAMOUS a MATERIALISTIC
2 -ARIA USES HER HAIR TO HIDE THE SCARRING ON HER b TRUSTWORTHY
NECK c WARM HEARTED
3 $AVE !RCHER OFFERED -ARIA A FULL TIME JOB d SLACKER
4 $AVE HELPED -ARIA BY PLAYING HER RECORDINGS e CONCEITED
ON HIS RADIO SHOW
5 -ARIA NOW HAS A CAREER IN RADIO

 THAT’S ENGLISH!


3b Listen again and answer the questions.
100 Speaker 1: 7HAT MAKES HER DIFFERENT FROM MOST
OF HER COLLEAGUES 2 7HAT IS THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE WRITER
Speaker 2: 7HAT DOES SHE USE HER COMPUTER FOR
AT WORK
Speaker 3: 7HY DOES HE CHANGE HIS CAR EVERY
TWO YEARS
Speaker 4: 7HY DOES SHE SOMETIMES STAY LATE AT
WORK
Speaker 5: 7HAT DID HIS COMPETITOR WANT TO GIVE
HIM
4 Prepare and give a talk for two minutes about
the two people. Use some of the ideas below
to help you.
A Physical description
1 !GE MIDDLE
Revision 2
5 Read the emails and answer the questions.
1 7HAT IS THE PURPOSE OF EACH EMAIL
AND THE PERSON BEING WRITTEN TO FORMAL OR
INFORMAL
Hi Dave,
Just dropping you a line to say that I’ve been
chatting to Tony and we thought it’d be nice
to organise a surprise party for Jackie’s
30th. Do you have any bright ideas? Where
could we have the party? I was thinking of
a restaurant in town, maybe. What do you
reckon we should get her as a present?
Does it need to be something expensive?
And how can we make it a surprise?
Let me know what you think, we’ve only got
a month to plan it all.
Love,
Helen
Dear Sir / Madam,
I am writing to enquire about the possibility
of organising a family celebration for 50
people at your hotel. Is there availability on
AGED IN HIS  HER S ETC 15 September 2015 to book a large room?
2 &ACE BLUE
EYED DARK HAIR SQUARE
JAWED I would really appreciate it if you could
FRECKLES ETC provide me with information regarding
3 (EIGHT AND BUILD SLENDER CHUBBY ETC possible menus, entertainment, cost and
whether you would recommend a luncheon
B Your impressions or an evening party.
1 0ERSONALITY TALKATIVE SHOW
OFF AMBITIOUS I would be grateful if you could reply as soon
ETC
as possible.
2 0ROFESSION RETIRED WORKS IN AN OFFICE ETC
Kind regards,
3 ,IKES DISLIKES INTERESTS JOGGING SPICY FOOD
LEARNING LANGUAGES ETC Helen Scott

Useful language:
6 Write a suitable reply (100 words) to each email.
(E  SHE ISx Use some of the expressions from unit 5.
(E  SHE SEEMSx
(E  SHE LOOKS AS IF  THOUGHx
) THINK  IMAGINE HE  SHE LIKES JOGGING Dear Helen,
BECAUSEx
Great to hear from you! What a good idea!…
-AYBE  PERHAPSx

These pictures show two very

different people. I imagine that they Dear Ms Scott,
are... Thank you for your enquiry…

THAT’S ENGLISH! 107

UNIT
10
READING COMPREHENSION I
Exam Strategies
3 Read the text and match the paragraphs (1-5) to
the most suitable heading (a-h). There are three
Multiple matching extra headings.

Exam tips a body art and social groups

Q Before reading the text, look at the title of the text
and the headings to get an idea of what the text is
about.
Q Underline key words in the headings. While you are
reading the text, look for synonyms, opposites or
expressions that refer to the key words.
b conflicting viewpoints
c would you get a tattoo?
d the evolution of the concept of beauty
e the revival of an age-old art
f why body art has become more important
g body art and health
h a social stigma in the workplace

1 Match the underlined words (1-3) to the words

or expressions (a-h) they are related to.
1 Would you get a tattoo?
c when you decide, d personal preference, e your
choice
2 body art and social groups
3 Does body art hurt?
a armed forces
b cruel
c when you decide
d personal preference
e your choice
f slaves
g painful
h royalty
Exam tip
Q When two headings seem to match the same
paragraph, look for details to help you.
2 Which statement (1-2) matches the sentences
(a-c)? Choose the correct option.
1 Living in the city is ideal.
a I love leaving the house and seeing the
wildlife in the air and in the fields.
b The best thing is the easy commute from my
village.
c When you want a service, it’s only a couple
of tube stops away.
2 A social stigma in the workplace.
a The Romans used tattooing to mark slaves.
b A person with visible tattoos is less likely to
be offered a job.
c Body art gives the impression of a lack of
education and social standing.
Beautiful bodies?
1 Although tattoos and piercings are fashionable
nowadays, they have been around for centuries.
Historical writings from travellers recount
tales of meeting strangely painted or adorned
people in far-flung lands. Many of the modern-
day techniques and designs have originated
from civilisations that have now disappeared.
In some cultures the significance of these body
markings are rooted in ancient customs, not a
fashion statement.
2 The Romans used tattooing to mark slaves
or as a punishment for criminals. However,
the custom was eventually forbidden by
Pope Hadrian I because he regarded it as a
heathen practice, contrary to the teachings of
Christianity. In Samoa, the traditional woman’s
tattoo always has a diamond-shaped image
on the back of her knee. In Victorian Britain,
tattoos were traditionally associated with the
armed forces, particularly among sailors in the
British Navy. Even royalty had tattoos, such as
Edward VII or his son King George V, who had
a dragon tattooed on his arm.
3 Another form of body modification, which has a
long history, is body shaping. In Victorian times,
using a painful corset was common to pull in
the waist and make it smaller. Even men would
wear this garment to straighten their backs
and appear more disciplined. Foot shaping was
also common in China up until the early 20th
century to stop girls’ feet from growing – an 8 cm
foot was regarded as the height of beauty. These
cruel methods have been replaced by more
comfortable cosmetic surgery whereby people
can change their natural body shapes to match
their idea of what is beautiful.

108 THAT’S ENGLISH!

 UNIT 10
1 Choose the correct option and say what kind
of word you need: A a noun, B a verb, C an
adjective or D an adverb.
1 He had a serious injury which affected his right
arm / finger / toe. A
2 The best way to do this is by deciding / sending /
write a message.
3 You should too / carefully / greatly consider all
the possibilities.
4 Billy ran as fastest / quickly / well as he could
to find help.
5 She offered to help me even though she was
busy. She’s such a considerable / considered /
considerate person.
6 The way you walk says / holds / tell a lot about
the way you are.

2 Read the text. Complete each gap (1-10) with one

4 Research shows that, while body art is not word from the box. There are five extra words.
specifically banned in most companies, a
person with visible marks such as tongue began held said
piercings or neck tattoos is less likely to be considerable holding surprisingly
offered a job. This is particularly the case in despite hope toes
jobs related to customer service, as employers dream legs told
are worried about the client perception of the fastest quickly troubled
company as reflected in its workers.
5 Some people think tattoos and other forms of Glenn Cunningham was born in Kansas in
permanent body art are vulgar and tasteless. 1909 and 1… to work on the family farm at
They feel that it gives an impression of lack of an early age. When he was six years old, a
education and social standing. However, others, terrible explosion and fire occurred at school
especially those who do have tattoos, feel that and he lost the 2… on his left foot and both his
it is an artistic expression, a personal statement legs were severely injured. The doctors 3… he
about the person who has modified their body would never walk again. For three years he
to show the world that they are different or
(online source)

was confined to a wheelchair. But he never

that they belong to a certain group. gave up 4… of being able to walk. He began
TRACK 101 by trying to walk round his garden holding
on to the fence. With 5… effort and incredible
determination, he began to walk again. 6… , he
found it easier to run than to walk and became
READING COMPREHENSION II well-known for running everywhere. He soon
became the 7… runner in his age group.
Cloze test
He became a world record-breaking long-
Exam tips distance runner and competed in the Olympic
Games in the 1930s, winning a silver medal
Q Read the whole text first before you start in 1936 in Berlin and 8… the world record for
completing the gaps. running a mile for three years. 9… coming from
Q Decide what type of word goes in the gap: a noun, an a humble background, he went to university.
adjective, a verb, etc. However, his greatest achievement was the
Q Check for meaning and grammar (the words before help he gave to so many youngsters with
and after the gap must go with the word you have problems – more than 9,000 10… people spent
chosen). time at his ranch receiving care and support
from Glenn and his wife, Ruth.

THAT’S ENGLISH! 109

Exam Strategies
LISTENING COMPREHENSION I
Completing sentences
Exam tips
Q Read all the sentences first before you listen.
Q Try to predict what kind of words might go in the
gaps: a number, a time, a place or a person's name,
a subject, an action, etc.
1 Look at the sentences and think of different
possible words for the gaps. Then listen and see
102 if you guessed correctly.
1 She had an appointment with … at 10:00, but
then she had to cancel it because her mother
came to stay.
2 Travelling by public transport is the … way to
get there.
3 At the moment, Bob is studying for … , but he
is thinking of changing because he finds the
maths very difficult.
4 He was very welcoming and offered me … .
Exam tip
Q After listening, check that your answer fits for
content and grammar.
2 Choose the correct option.
1 He found the ring while he was digging / dug
in the garden.
2 John wishes he has / had a car.
3 He’s the man which / who wrote the novel.
4 The children made the boat by their own /
themselves.
Exam tip
Q Be aware that there are words that sound the
same, but don’t have the same meaning and
spelling. After listening, check your spelling.
3 Listen and circle the word you hear.
103 1 a night b knight 4 a wait b weight
2 a sell b cell 5 a brake b break
3 a seen b scene 6 a nose b knows
4 Listen to the interview with Annie Mitcham,
founder of the company Herbs For All. Complete
104
the sentences with one or two words in each
gap. You will hear the recording twice.
1 Annie Mitcham first started her business at
home.
110
2 Annie studied to be a … before she got
married.
3 After starting to produce essential oils, she
then tried making … .
4 People wanted to buy her products because
they were inexpensive and … .
5 Annie’s sister could help her because she was
working on aid projects in … .
6 The company’s latest product idea is ... .
7 Herbs For All has mainly … sales.
LISTENING COMPREHENSION II
Multiple matching
Exam tips
Q Read all the items and underline the key words.
Q You will not hear the exact words. Think of other
ways to express the same idea.
1 Listen and replace the highlighted words with
the expressions the speakers use.
105
Dave: Hi Sandra! Great news! I’m off to the
Antarctic!
Sandra: 1You’re kidding me! It’s finally happening.
Dave: Yes, I’m leaving in two weeks.
Sandra: 2If only I had the chance to do something
so adventurous.
Dave: It’s not really 3dangerous, you know.
We’re well-equipped.
Sandra: Well, 4congratulations, anyway.
Dave: It certainly is 5something I have always
wanted to do.
Sandra: You are so lucky!
2 Listen to five people talking about a celebration
in their country. Match the speakers (1-5) to the
106 sentences (a-h). There are three extra sentences.
You will hear the recording twice.
Which person … ?
a thought some people weren’t sincere
b was encouraged to do something by a member
of his / her family
c achieved something he / she never imagined
possible
d didn’t like having to join the party
e thought it was natural for people to act the
way they did
f was impressed by the bravery of the
participants
g objects to the reason for the celebration
h wasn’t completely aware of the meaning of
the celebration
THAT’S ENGLISH!
 UNIT 10
WRITING I Hi … ,
Writing letters or emails Have you recovered from last weekend? I had
a fantastic time…
Exam tips

Q Think about these questions before you start WRITING II

writing: Who are you writing to? What relationship
do you have with the reader? Writing an article
Q Use suitable expressions for the beginning and the Exam tip
ending of a letter or email.
Q Before you write, note down and organise the main
1
ideas for the article. Make sure you answer the
Decide if the expressions are used at the
beginning (B), at the end (E) or in the middle (M) question!
of a letter or email and whether they are formal
(F), general (G) or informal (I). 1 Which points should be included in your article?
1 Anyway, the idea is to… 1 a description of your favourite restaurant
2 Best wishes 2 the time people eat and what they eat for each
3 Hoping you and yours are all well meal
4 Just thought I’d drop you a line to… 3 special occasions and special foods
5 Kind regards, 4 a story of a particular occasion / meal
6 What’s more, 5 description of typical dishes
7 Love from 6 food you dislike
8 With reference to...
Exam tip
Exam tip
Q Use linking words and expressions to add extra
ideas and give your opinion.
Q Organise your letter into paragraphs, decide on
their logical order and use appropriate language for Adding points: what’s more / besides this / on top
the purpose of each paragraph. of that
Giving opinions: I really do think / in my view / what
I find (striking) is (that)…
2 Match the categories (1-4) to the expressions
(a-h).
2 Complete the sentences with the expressions
1 giving advice 3 apologising from the list above.
2 making suggestions 4 thanking
1 They took me out for dinner. … they paid for
a I’m so sorry, but… my hotel!
b How about going… ? 2 As for the meat dish, … it was disgusting!
c If I were you, 3 … the most expensive restaurants aren’t
d I’m really grateful for… always the best.
e I’m afraid I…
3 You see this advertisement on a college webpage:
f Thank you so much for…
g Why don’t we… ?
h I think the best thing would be to… What’s up? – Your student blog
We would like our readers
3 Write an email (100-125 words) to a friend who to send us an article about
you have just spent the weekend with. Include food and eating customs
the following: in different countries.
What can you tell us
s thank your friend about your country? The
s mention something you enjoyed about the stay best article will get a free
s describe your journey home dinner for two at Mexicalli restaurant!
s invite your friend to visit you and suggest
something you could do together in the future Write your article (150-180 words).

THAT’S ENGLISH! 111

Exam Strategies

SPEAKING: Interaction 3 With your partner(s), look at the following

Role-play
Exam tip
Q Show interest in what your partner says as well as
expressing your own ideas.
1 Respond to the sentences. Use the expressions
from the box.
I’m sure that’ll work! Do you think so?
Really? That’s a great idea!
1 I think TV advertising is too expensive.
2 The best way for us to advertise is on TV.
3 We could set up German classes.
4 The bus service is terrible.
Exam tip
Q Give your own opinion and also ask about your
partner’s ideas. Give reasons for your opinions..
situation and the discussion points below. In
pairs, talk about them for about 4-5 minutes; in
groups of three, 6-7 minutes.
You have been asked to be part of a
committee to promote tourism in the area
where you live. These are some of the ideas
that have been proposed, but they all require
investment.
Discuss the advantages and disadvantages
of these ideas and decide which ones should
be a priority.
s cleaning the streets and parks
s providing training for local residents, e.g.
language classes
s creating a website with local information
s advertising on television
s supporting relevant businesses such as
bars, restaurants and hotels
s improving public transport in the area

2 Work with a partner. Discuss the sentences (1-5).

Use as many of the expressions from the table
as possible.

Agreeing Disagreeing
I totally agree. You have a point, but…
I think the same. I’m not so sure.
You’re right. I have to disagree.

Giving opinions Asking for opinions

In my view, Don’t you think?
As far as I see it, What about you?
I’m sure that… Would you say that… ?

1 Fashion is not important in my life.

2 Money can solve most of our problems.
3 Your boss should never be your friend.
4 Ambition is always a good thing.
5 Living in a city is always better than living in
the country.
Well, we need to make some decisions about
the best way to invest in tourism. What do
you think would be a good idea?

I’m not sure. Advertising might be a good

idea, but TV adverts are very expensive.

112 THAT’S ENGLISH!


SPEAKING: Monologue
Organising your talk
Exam tips
Q Mention all the points you are given and decide on
the best order to deal with each of them. Spend
about 30 seconds on each point.
Q Use your preparation time to note down a few more
ideas and organise them into a mind map. Don’t write
full sentences, just words to help you.
Here is an example of a mind map:
UNIT 10
3 Talk about your hopes and dreams for 2-3
minutes. Include the following:
s what your childhood ambitions were
s what your current dreams for the future
are and how likely they are to be fulfilled
s what most people hope or dream for in
their lives and the difference between
younger and older people
s how important it is to have dreams or
ambitions

Age 6 — vet — 13 — pop star —

loved animals influence of TV

CHILDHOOD AMBITIONS

10 — footballer — playing
ball games was fun

1 Draw a mind map for the following topics.

1 my current ambitions
2 young people’s and older people’s ambitions
3 the importance of ambition

Exam tips

Q Think about the natural order to talk about each

aspect of the topic and also about the logical
progression and connection between them.
Q Expand on the ideas you have by using examples
from your personal experiences or stories you have
heard.

2 Match the topics (1-4) to the examples (a-d).

1 childhood ambitions
2 current dreams
3 different ambitions according to age
4 the importance of ambition
a My parents are happy with what they have I am going to talk about my hopes and
now, but they would like to retire and have dreams. First, I’ll explain my personal
more time to travel in the future. dreams and ambitions, then I’ll talk about
b In class we planted lentil seeds and I remember hopes in general. To begin with…
being amazed to see them grow.
c My brother was very determined and finally
started his own business.
d I’ve applied for a grant from a university in the
USA. It would be a dream come true if I could
go there to continue my research!

THAT’S ENGLISH! 113

SELF TEST
1 Complete the dialogue with the expressions
from the box.
make the most it’s high time time flies
by the time waste time
Ian: We need to change our company image.
What about the office furniture?
Janet: Well, I think 1… we threw out those
horrible paintings.
Ian: Of course! But we can 2… of the desks
we bought last year – we don’t need to
change those.
Janet: Are they already a year old? 3… , doesn’t
it?
Ian: Yes, it certainly does. 4… you get used to
something new, it becomes obsolete!
Janet: OK. Let’s not 5… talking. Let’s make a list
of what we need to do.
2 Complete the sentences with one preposition in
each gap.
1 I got to the airport … time to have a coffee and
the plane left … time.
2 You need to get up … time to have a shower …
you go out.
3 I didn’t see the cyclist … it was too late, so I
knocked him off his bike.
4 He always arrives … time for work, at 9 o’clock
exactly.
5 You need to make the most … the quiet period
in the shop to take some time … and have a
holiday.
3 Complete the answers with a wh- ever word.
1 ‘Where do you want to go on holiday?’
‘… it’s hot. I really don’t mind.’
2 ‘What time shall we leave?’
‘… you are ready.’
3 ‘Which teacher do you like best?’
‘… doesn’t give me too much homework.’
4 Listen to James talking about his experience in
an airport and answer the questions.
7 corner. There was nobody in sight, only a
1 Why was James at the airport?
2 What did the police ask him to do?
3 What mistake had James made?
4 What did the police find in his case?
5 How did James feel?
6 Did time pass slowly or quickly for him?
114
UNIT 1
5 Write complete sentences with these words.
Use the correct verb tense.
1 I drive / home, see / accident (while)
2 Mary have / shower, put on / make-up (once)
3 Jeff get / home, family already / eat (when)
4 Mark’s parents / leave home, Mark / call friends
to watch match (as soon as)
5 We get / to the theatre, the play / start (by the
time)
6 Choose the correct option.
I was on my dream holiday: Paris to Venice
on the Orient Express. I 1won / had won
the trip a month 2previously / later in a
newspaper competition and 3finally / lastly
we 4were waiting / waited for the train in
the station. The train arrived and we got on.
5While / Meanwhile, a porter took our bags
to our private compartment.The journey was
fantastic! 6As soon as / Before the train left
the station, we looked out of the window at
the suburbs of Paris flying past. Time 7flew
/ had flown as we watched the changing
scenery. The trip took us through mountains
and plains 8after / until we arrived at our
destination.
Complete the text with the adjectives and
7
adverbs from the box.
carefully feeling heavily immediately
sadly shocked suddenly trying
The snow was falling 1… when I left the
house. 2… , I walked along the road to the
cat. 3… happy at the thought of meeting my
friend again, I crossed the street. 4… , I heard
an enormous crash behind me and saw a
car sliding into the butcher’s shop window!
5… , I tried to run over to the vehicle but
slipped and fell. 6… hard to stand up, my
leg collapsed under me. I 7… realised I had
broken my leg. Meanwhile, the driver of
the car was fine, but 8… my date had gone
home!
THAT’S ENGLISH!
SELF TEST UNIT 2
1 Complete the definitions. 4 Rewrite the sentence so that it has the same
meaning as the first.
1 The person you have a romantic relationship
with is your … . 1 It’s hard to find a life partner nowadays. A life
2 The people who belong to your extended ….
family are your … . 2 My boss isn’t easy to please. It’s … .
3 Your … employs you. 3 Her ex is difficult to get on with. It’s … .
4 Two people who have a romantic relationship 4 It’s great to spend time with my in-laws. My … .
are a … .
5 The members of your husband’s or wife’s 5 Complete the dialogues with appropriate
family are your … . expressions from the box.
6 A woman about to get married is a … .
that’s what I would do wrong matter
2 Correct the mistakes in the possessive forms. how you must be feeling seem upset
so sorry what’s happened poor you
1 We have over ten years experience. some bad news things get better soon
2 That isn’t his laptop; it’s her’s.
3 The people’s majority believe in love. A: You 1… . What’s 2… ?
4 She works in the Law’s Department. B: I’m afraid I’ve had 3… .
5 The dress of the bride was gorgeous. A: Oh dear, 4… ?
6 My husbands’ are the worst excuses for B: I got my exam results and I failed.
getting home late.
A: I know 5… . I failed my driving test last week.
3a Match the verbs to the prepositions from the A: Your eyes are red. What’s the 6… ?
box. You can use some prepositions more than
B: I just can’t believe it, Lucy’s left me.
once.
A: Oh, 7… ! I’m 8… , that’s really sad.
B: What should I do?
out with on out up down
A: I’d phone her, 9… ! I hope 10… .

1 ask 4 get 7 go
2 chat 5 fall 8 settle 6 Listen to Alistair and answer the questions.
3 break 6 make 18

3b Complete the text with the correct form of the

verbs from activity 3a.

Dear Soulmate Search,

Gary and I’d both been single for a long time
and were both fed up with 1… people … in
bars. When my marriage 2… , I just didn’t
feel like 3… anyone. Gary was in a similar
situation: when he and his partner ended
their relationship, he was left with three
small children. When we finally went on our
first date, we 4… extremely well. At the end 1 Why didn’t Alistair know many people in
of the evening, Gary 5… me … again for lunch Edinburgh?
the next day! That was three years ago. Now 2 Whose party did he go to?
we have 6… in a beautiful house and are
3 What did he do the next morning?
very happy. Although we do 7… sometimes,
we always quickly 8… . 4 Who did he go for a coffee with after the class?
5 How long were Alistair and Polly together
before they got married?
6 How does Alistair feel about Pilates?

THAT’S ENGLISH! 115

SELF TEST
1 Complete the tweets with the words from the
box.
affordable developers unemployment
neighbourhood housing air pollution
1 As the amount of traffic increases, so do the
problems with … .
2 We have a lot of economic problems such as
high levels of … .
3 The cost of … is so high because there is so
little space.
4 We’re looking for an … place to live: everything
is so expensive!
5 I don’t like living in this … : it doesn’t feel safe.
6 The park land has been sold to … who are
going to build a new shopping centre on it.
2 Replace the underlined expressions with a
compound noun.
1 I live in a very small one-room flat in the city
centre.
2 I don’t like driving in the city; I prefer to use
the buses and trams that are for everybody.
3 The emissions from car engines are poisoning
the air.
4 If there were more parts of the road especially
for bicycles, I would cycle to work.
5 The high local average number of crimes
committed corresponds with high
unemployment.
6 The council is planning to increase the number
of areas in the city with grass and trees.
3 Complete sentence b so that it has the same
meaning as sentence a using the correct form of
the words in brackets.
1 a This isn’t a park, it’s a forest!
b This looks … . (more / like)
2 a The crime rate is much lower now than
before.
b Previously, … . (much / high)
3 a There are not as many green spaces here as
in other cities.
b There are … . (few)
4 a It’s much better when the cost of housing is
as low as possible.
b The … the cost of housing, … . (low / good)
5 a These are the most efficient public services
I’ve ever seen.
b I’ve never … . (such / as)
116
UNIT 3
4 Choose the correct options to complete the text.
I’m really broke at the moment but if I
could save enough money, I 1’d / ’ll live in
London or New York for a year and improve
my English. I’m happy with my life here so
I don’t think I’d stay any longer than that,
2unless / in case I met someone or 3got /
get a really great job or something. I 4’d / ’ll
probably take lessons in a language school
to start with 5if / in case I could afford it, but
obviously I 6wouldn’t / won’t be able to live
for very long without working. I’m pretty sure
I could get a job as a waiter or something. As
long as I 7worked / work hard and made an
effort, I’m sure I could improve my English
a lot in a year. And I’d be OK! I’d take some
extra money 8in case / unless there was an
emergency, but I’d try not to spend it.
5 Complete the sentences with the words from
the box. Pay attention to register.
although however nevertheless but
1 Air pollution levels are still 20% above our
target. … , this is an improvement on last year
when the figure was 50%.
2 … it’s not a very attractive area, it’s a very
affordable one.
3 I was offered a great job, … I turned it down
because I didn’t want to move cities.
4 The amount of traffic on the roads still
continues to increase. … , so does the number
of people using the cycle lanes.
6 Complete the text with the adjectives and
adverbs from the box.
rosy further hard well right pale
icy musical soft two-second
I had slept for a long time and was 1… rested
and refreshed. I could see a 2… grey light
behind the curtains and hear the first 3…
notes of bird song. I got up: the stone floor
was cold and 4… under my feet as I walked
to my suitcase which I had left 5… under the
window. It was only a 6… walk away, but
it seemed much 7… and my feet were now
freezing. I put on my woollen socks, which
were 8… and comforting against my skin and
I was grateful for their protection against
the 9… cold air. I opened the curtains and
watched the warm 10… light of the sunrise.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
SELF TEST
1 Replace the verbs in bold with the correct form
of the more formal verbs.
1 Our company is looking into ways of reducing
how much paper we use.
2 Although I speak some Italian, it was difficult to
get over what we wanted to eat.
3 James has given up smoking after trying for
years.
4 My parents were taken aback when they saw
the mess after my party.
5 Helen and Max got together ten years ago and
have been together ever since.
6 ‘We’re counting on you to win the match,’ the
manager said to the goalkeeper.
7 The neighbours blew up when we played loud
music at 2 a.m.
8 Please don’t bring up the subject of money. It’s
embarrassing.
2 Complete the text with the correct form of the
verbs from the box.
blow up count on give up
work out take aback bring up
Hi there Katy,
How’s it going at college? I really miss you.
Things aren’t going too well here. Dad saw
my teacher and she 1... my exam results
which weren’t too good. He was 2... because
he thought I was doing OK and he 3... when
he saw me and shouted. He won’t listen
to me so I’ve 4... trying to explain. Can you
speak to him? I’m 5... you to help me. There’s
plenty of time to do some extra study so I
can’t 6... why he is getting so upset.
Cheers,
Adam
3 Choose the correct option.
1 Dan grinned / yawned as he went to get the
keys to his new Porsche.
2 Joe gave him a peck on the cheek / high fived
Dan when he heard about the new car.
3 All the neighbours winked / stared as Dan
arrived home in his new sports car.
4 Dan nodded / shook his head as he confirmed
it really was his car.
5 Dan’s girlfriend nodded / yawned as he talked
about his car. ‘I’m so bored,’ she thought.
6 Max’s mum shook his hand / gave him a peck
on the cheek as he walked out the door.
7 Jean stuck out her tongue / winked at the boy
after he had pulled her hair.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT 4
4 Complete the text with the expressions from
the box.
it’s worth it I can’t help it I love it!
come to think of it we made it!
Hello Mum, here’s some photos of me at
Machu Picchu. Yes, 1... It was really tough and
we nearly gave up but the views are fantastic
so 2... . Peru is fascinating – the food, the
people, the culture. 3... In fact, I don’t want to
come home! By the way, have you seen my
exam certificates? I’ll need them for college.
4... , I last saw them under the bed so look
there first. Sorry my room is such a mess
– I try to be tidy, but 5... . Bye for now,
Susie
5 Choose the correct option.
1 Luke is wearing a Manchester United T-shirt
so he may / can’t / must be a Man U fan.
2 This assignment is quite difficult so I might
not / can / must not finish it in time.
3 If the weather’s good, I must / may / can’t go to
the beach − I’m not sure yet.
4 Ellie didn’t want the job anyway so she must /
could / can’t be disappointed.
5 We must / can’t / may have a Chinese meal
tonight − we haven’t decided.
6 You must / can / can’t leave early if you want
as we are not busy.
6 Listen to Amy and Nick discussing their dinner
plans and answer the questions.
40
1 What has gone wrong with their plans?
2 What is the problem with Pete’s phone?
3 What two things does Nick suggest might be
the reasons for the delay?
4 Who is more worried? Why?
5 Who is less worried? Why?
7 Replace the underlined words with informal
expressions.
Di: 1Good evening. How are you?
Lyn: 2Very well, thank you.
Di: I’m starving. 3Could you possibly pass the
pizza?
Lyn: Here you are. 4Would you care for a drink?
Di: Thanks, I’ll have a glass of wine.
Lyn: 5I do apologise, there’s none left.
Di: 6I’m sorry, there must be some
misunderstanding!
117
SELF TEST
1 Write a compliment for these situations using
the word(s) in brackets.
1 You really like a friend’s new sofa. (what /
gorgeous)
2 You admire a neighbour’s new car. (that /
stylish / have)
3 You want to compliment a friend on her new
hairstyle. (hair / do / nice)
4 You want to compliment a junior colleague on
a good report. (outstanding)
5 You admire your female partner’s appearance.
(million)
6 You admire a stranger’s camera. (that /
impressive / have)
2 Complete the sentences with a body idiom.
1 Don’t ask him anything. He’s in a bad mood
and he just ... when I asked about the plans.
2 Can we talk? Something’s bothering me and I
need to ... .
3 My ... to all those people who are homeless
after the earthquake.
4 Gemma won’t do anything without Rob
because they’re ... .
5 Can you ... with all these boxes?
6 I started jogging but I soon gave up because ... .
7 The children are playing outside, so can you ...
on them?
8 I don’t know how to fix computers so I’m
going to ... Alan’s ... .
3 Correct the mistakes in the imperative forms.
1 Don’t dare you enter my property again.
2 Listen you to what I’m saying carefully.
3 Does somebody come and help me.
4 Try to be not late.
5 You don’t follow me.
6 Do you what you are told.
4 Complete the text with expressions with ‘body’.
The advent of modern media has contributed
to the growing obsession with 1... amongst
young people. Some react by developing their
physique through 2... and others by extreme
dieting and exercise. Research has provided a
3... that shows anxiety about appearance has
grown massively in recent times.
Amongst the medical profession the 4... is
that parents and teachers should encourage
young people to understand the relationship
between 5... better, and try to train them in
positive thinking.
118
UNIT 5
5 Complete the dialogues with the correct
expressions from the box.
ought If I were you, How about
I’d should Why don’t you
Dialogue 1
A: I’m not feeling well. I’ve got a bad headache.
B: 1... I’d go home and lie down.
A: I can’t, I have to finish this work today.
B: 2... go out for some fresh air?
A: That’s a good idea.
Dialogue 2
A: Are you having a burger and fries again?
B: Yes, I know I 3.... eat more fresh food.
A: 4... coming to the salad bar with me tomorrow?
B: Yes, I 5... to try it.
A: 6... stop drinking all that cola too.
B: OK, you’re right.
Listen to the dialogue between Joe and Ellie
6
and answer the questions.
51
1 What does Joe make a joke about?
2 Did Ellie always get on well with Darren?
3 How does Joe react when he is asked about
Tania?
4 Why is Joe upset with his friend Mike?
5 What advice does Ellie give Joe?
7 Choose the correct option.
1 We left work early so that we could avoid / to
avoid the rush hour traffic.
2 For someone participating / to participate in the
project, they must pass all the physical tests.
3 In order not / not to disappoint our clients, we
always guarantee the highest standards.
4 We turned down the music so as not disturbing /
to disturb the neighbours.
5 The manager offered a bonus in order to / for
motivate the staff.
6 So as to facilitating / facilitate communication,
please contact our customer helpline.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
SELF TEST UNIT 6
1 Complete the sentences with the correct form 3 Those trainers are the ones … he borrowed
of the words in capitals. and never gave back.
4 Alice, at … birthday party I met my boyfriend,
1 Ugh! I don’t want to eat that. It doesn’t look
is going out with my brother.
very … with all those bits of fat in it. APPETITE
5 Scotland is the place … they first met.
2 Junk food tastes good, but it isn’t very … .
That’s why it’s important that children eat 6 Ferran Adrià, … is considered to be one of the
other things. NUTRIENT best chefs in the world, has just opened a new
restaurant.
3 It’s … to have too much fat, salt and sugar in
your diet. HEALTH 7 That tie, … has an egg stain on it, does not go
with your suit.
4 I didn’t like the chocolate dessert much, but
I thought the … cheese tart was delicious. 8 He’s going to wear the suit … he bought in
SAVOUR Milan.
5 The food was completely … . I had to add lots 5 Choose the correct option.
of salt. TASTE
6 When I feel depressed, I make myself a … cup 1 It’s a bit bland still. I think we need to add just
of hot chocolate. COMFORT a … of salt.
7 Taste this delicious, … sauce! CREAM a pinch b drop c lump
2 To make the sauce thicker, add two … of
2 Complete the sentences with the words from cream.
the box.
a teaspoons b lumps c glasses
sophisticated extravagant flashy 3 When you take the cakes out of the oven, put
a … of sugar on top of each one.
casual scruffy
a sprinkling b drop c bowl
1 He was wearing old jeans and trainers and 4 I’m going to put a few … of sherry in this soup.
looked … . a handfuls b drops c cups
2 I hate dressing up in high heels and my best 5 Take a few … of fresh herbs and chop them up
dress and all that: I feel more comfortable in … finely.
clothes. a tablespoons b handfuls c pieces
3 She’s got very … tastes, as you would expect
from someone who’s lived all over the world. 6 Complete the dialogues with the phrases from
4 Isn’t all that gold jewellery a bit … ? I’d take the box.
some of it off, if I were you.
5 They’ve got … tastes – they only ever wear Wow! That’s amazing! Oh, no!
expensive designer clothes. Are you kidding (me)? I’d like to point out that
As far as I’m concerned
3 Put the adjectives in the correct order.
1 I bought an … dress. (silk / expensive / pink) Dialogue 1
2 He introduced me to his … son. (19-year-old / A: I saved up for ages, but when I went to buy
handsome / tall) them, they didn’t have a pair in my size.
3 Try some of this … soup. (spicy / home-made / B: 1…
delicious) A: So I bought these in the market instead and
4 His shoes were made of … leather. (shiny / they only cost me €20.
artificial / cheap) B: 2… So cheap!
5 They were eating … burgers. (revolting / Dialogue 2
greasy / huge)
A: You say I spend too much on computers,
6 Have you tried the … restaurant yet? (French / but 3… you spent over €500 yesterday on
sophisticated / new) clothes.
4 Complete the sentences with a suitable relative B: But I need to look good. 4… , dressing well is
pronoun. Omit the relative pronoun if possible. an investment in my career.
A: 5… I could use the same argument and say
1 In the 60s, … a new fashion came on the scene, buying computers is an investment in my
the miniskirt was considered shocking. career.
2 This is the look … defined the 70s punk
movement.

THAT’S ENGLISH! 119

SELF TEST
1 Match the expressions from the box to the
meanings (1-8).
a dream come true broken dreams
beyond your wildest dreams live the dream
a daydream live in a dream world
the man / woman / job of your dreams
chase your dreams
1 to work hard to achieve something you really
want
2 things you worked hard for but never managed
to achieve
3 something pleasant you spend time thinking
about, instead of doing something more
serious
4 the perfect life partner or profession
5 when you have a life that most people dream
of or you have your perfect life
6 something that you achieve that you never
thought was possible
7 hopes and plans that are not practical or
realistic
8 something even bigger and better than you
expected or hoped for
2 Complete the sentences with the expressions
from the box.
a really bright future pull out all the stops
reach for the stars the sky is the limit
set her sights
1 She will have … ahead of her if she keeps
working like this.
2 We say … and you can travel anywhere in the
world you choose.
3 They are going to spend millions of dollars
and … preparing for the World Cup.
4 I always told her that she should … and she
would achieve her dreams.
5 Once she had … on becoming Prime Minister,
there was nothing that could stop her.
3 Choose the correct option.
1 I’m hoping / waiting not to meet him again.
2 They are hoping not / are looking forward not
to get caught in the stolen car.
3 Are you waiting / hoping in a queue at the
restaurant?
4 I hoped / expected the film to be good because
the reviews were brilliant.
5 They’re hoping / waiting not to have any
fillings at the dentist this time.
6 I’m looking forward to / expecting your reply.
120
UNIT 7
4 Complete the sentences with the correct future
form of the verbs in brackets.
1 We … (be) late for the concert unless we leave
the house now.
2 The team … (complete) the project before the
deadline.
3 He … (not work) here this time next week,
because the boss is going to fire him tomorrow.
4 ... you ... (live) in this town in ten years’ time?
5 We … (not employ) that electrician again, he is
too expensive.
6 Too many people … (travel) all day on Sunday,
so let’s wait till Monday.
7 You … (recognise) me because I … (wear) a
red rose in my hair.
8 The band … (not perform) tonight because the
singer is ill.
5 Complete the sentences with the correct
reflexive pronouns.
1 Please don’t trouble … about the dinner
preparations.
2 Our new neighbour is very antisocial and only
wants to be by … .
3 My sister injured … quite badly when she had
that skiing accident.
4 Do it … , I’m not going to help you.
5 I … don’t like that sort of music, but I know a
lot of other people do.
6 My children only think of … : they are so selfish!
7 Your son is really growing up. Now he is four,
he can tie his shoelaces … .
8 Let me do this on my own because I like to
work by … .
6 Rewrite the sentences using the connector in
brackets.
1 You are definitely wrong and I can prove it. (in
fact)
2 I hope to achieve many things in life: being
happy is number one on my list. (in particular)
3 It is an absolute fact that small acts of
generosity can make a huge difference in
people’s lives. (undeniably)
4 They made the perfect couple, but to everyone’s
shock they got divorced. (surprisingly)
5 I have to admit that he’s an extremely
talented singer, but I just don’t like his voice.
(admittedly)
6 There’s no doubt that they have a great life,
but it’s just not the one for me. (undoubtedly)
THAT’S ENGLISH!
SELF TEST
1 Answer the questions with the name of a
dangerous job.
1 Who works with ladders and lots of water and
saves lives?
2 In which type of job would you follow behind
soldiers and take similar risks to them?
3 Who travels to distant countries to help supply
the basic necessities of life?
4 In which type of job would you meet
unexpected situations and deal with law
breakers?
5 Who has to face extremely dangerous
situations where objects could blow up?
6 Which job involves ladders, lots of water and a
large amount of glass?
2 Complete the sentences with the words from
the box.
hazards fearful reckless determination
bravery daring fear hazardous
1 It’s ... to walk on a frozen lake in the winter in
case you fall through the ice.
2 People who love base jumping must have no ... .
3 It’s dangerous to dive into water that isn’t clear
as there may be ... under the water like rocks.
4 It’s extremely ... to ride a motorbike without
wearing a helmet but some teenagers do.
5 I stopped show jumping after I broke my arm,
because I was ... of another accident.
6 I don’t want to try skydiving but ask Tom. He’s
very ... and he’ll try anything.
7 Soldiers who rescue their wounded
colleagues during fighting are often rewarded
for their … .
8 Learning to walk again after a serious accident
requires a lot of ... .
3 Complete the text with the correct extreme sport.
There seems to be no limit to the variety of
new ways to risk your life and health. Skiing is
fairly dangerous, but recently,1... has become
popular as it involves higher jumps in the air.
If you enjoy cold conditions and don’t mind
terrifying heights, you could try 2... . If you
prefer great heat and the risk of dangerous
gases in the air, you might enjoy 3... .
4... is good for people who don’t mind going
deep underground. The opposite experience
would be 5... , where you experience the
thrill of moving through the air with nothing
to hold you until you open a parachute very
near the ground. A safer choice would be 6...
because you are held by a rope as you fall,
usually over a river or lake.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT 8
4 Rewrite the sentences using the verbs in brackets.
1 It’s OK with me if you smoke in here. (not
object to)
2 The residents were unhappy when my brother
left rubbish outside his flat. (disapprove of)
3 The teacher was not happy with the students
arriving late for class. (object to)
4 Lucy’s boss didn’t like it when she took
personal calls at work. (disagree with)
5 My mother doesn’t mind us using her car
when she is away. (not object to)
5 Complete the text with the correct form of the
verbs in brackets.
Ellen MacArthur is a famous sailor who 1...
(break) many world records in her career so
far. In 2005, she 2... (be) the fastest person to
sail all round the world alone. She 3... (spend)
71 days alone, and she 4... (sleep) for only
20 minutes at a time during that voyage.
Since then, she 5... (complete) several similar
journeys. She 6... (write) two books about her
sailing career, and in 2003, she 7... (start) a
charity to help sick children through sailing.
’I 8... (like) to give them a chance to enjoy
adventure,’ she said at the time.
6 Listen to the dialogue between Max and Nina
and answer the questions.
86
1 What activity are they discussing?
2 Who would and who wouldn’t like to try it?
3 What reasons do they give?
7 Complete the speech with the phrases from the
box.
So, let me begin with To illustrate this point
So, if I can just sum up
The subject of my talk today
1… is the increasing popularity of undertaking
adventures in remote areas like the Sahara
or the Himalayas. 2… the real question here:
what is the impact on the environment of all
these visitors? Some might argue tourism is
always positive for the local economy, but
they ignore the negative aspects of this. 3… ,
I’d like you to think about the effect of large
numbers of tourists on local resources like
water and fuel. There ought to be groups set
up to give guidance to all travel organisations
on how to avoid damaging the environment.
4... , we must learn to take more responsibility
for the effects of adventure tourism on wild
areas.
121
SELF TEST
1 Match 1-6 to the words from the box.
show-off name-dropper socialite
slacker workaholic freeloader
1 ‘They never seem to do any real work; they just
go to glamorous events to get their photos in
the newspapers.’
2 ‘If Sonia tells me one more time about all the
famous people she’s met, I’ll scream.’
3 ‘I can’t stand Angela, she’s always talking
about how much money she earns and how
good she is at her job.’
4 ‘Jack never offers to buy a drink, but he always
accepts a free one.’
5 ‘Tom never does his fair share of the work.’
6 ‘I really must get a life, all I do is work.’
2 Complete the sentences with the correct form
of the verbs from the box.
have be have to give know
1 If only I … more money, I wouldn’t worry so
much.
2 I wish she … so arrogant – she’d be a much
nicer person!
3 Now that he lives alone, he wishes he … how
to cook.
4 If only my parents … me the money, I would
have plastic surgery on my nose.
5 They wish they … work so hard.
3 Complete the text with the words from the box.
cosmetic surgery double chin flawless skin
good-looking self-confidence
As a young teenager, she wasn’t particularly
1… . She was rather plump and even had a
bit of a 2… . She was also very shy and didn’t
seem to have much 3… . However, when she
was 18, she was gorgeous, with enormous
eyes, shining 4… and long blonde hair. She
had changed so much that some people
wondered if she had had 5… .
4 Match the questions (1-5) to the answers (a-e).
1 What does it feel like to be rich and famous?
2 Which of her parents does she look like?
3 What’s Paris like?
4 I’ve seen so many ridiculous ads for that
perfume – what does it actually smell like?
5 I hear she’s got a really handsome new
boyfriend – what’s he like?
122
UNIT 9
a Very conceited! He seems like a bit of a
narcissist.
b Pineapples, I think. I love it!
c Fantastic! I can’t believe it’s happening.
d It’s as beautiful as I thought it would be.
e Her mum definitely, she’s got the same eyes.
5 Complete the dialogues with the expressions
from the box.
ridiculous How could you No way
really appreciate it That’s really kind of you
that’s not a very nice thing to say
A: I feel as though I’ve failed totally. Perhaps I
should just leave?
1
B: … ! You can’t leave. Lots of things have
changed for the better since you’ve been
here. You can’t say that you’ve failed, that’s
2… !
C: I never liked you much, and now I despise
you.
D: Well, 3… . What are you angry about now?
C: You applied for that job without even telling
me! 4… ?
E: Thanks for all your hard work, I 5… .
Your contributions have really improved the
project.
F: 6… to say so! People don’t always remember
to say thank you when the job’s done.
6 Choose the correct option.
1 In addition / Besides your nose, what else
would you like to change?
2 Plastic surgery is expensive and too / on top of
that, it can be dangerous.
3 Beauty is a very personal concept. Too /
Moreover, it changes from culture to culture.
4 In addition to / Additionally having low self-
confidence, he is depressed.
5 People are obsessed with being thin;
furthermore / too, even young children are
starting to go on diets.
7 Complete the ‘lonely heart’ adverts with the -ed
form of the words from the box.
age base heart head
Bald-1… man seeks warm-2… lady for love,
romance and gardening.
Intellectual middle-3… lady would like to meet
London-4… gentleman for friendship and trips
to the theatre.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Grammar Reference Unit 1

1 IT’S (ABOUT / HIGH) TIME

It’s (about / high) time + subject + past simple !
it’s time + to + infinitive
s We use this expression to say that something we consider important
or necessary is not happening. it’s time for + subject + to
+ infinitive
s It expresses complaint or criticism.
s These are also correct
s We use the past simple but this expression refers to the present: but we lose the idea of
It’s time you started studying for your exam (you’re not studying but criticism:
you should). It’s time to wake up
s It’s about time and it’s high time are more formal and emphatic: (you need to wake up
now).
It’s about time we took a holiday (we haven’t taken a holiday in a long
time but we should). It’s time for her to retire
(she is old enough or she
It’s high time you started studying for your final exams (you should deserves it).
start studying).

2 REVISION OF PAST TENSES

Past simple Past continuous Past perfect
she took / she didn’t take / did I was taking / they weren’t he had taken / we hadn’t taken
she take? taking / were you taking? / had you taken?

s For actions that finished in
the past (the time is usually
mentioned or implicit):
What did you eat last night?
I didn’t eat much but I drank
a lot.
s For actions in progress at a s To indicate that an action
specific point in the past: finished before another action
What was she doing when you in the past:
phoned her? When we arrived home, the
She was watching a film on TV. children had already cooked
dinner.
s To describe the setting of a He couldn’t answer the
story in the past: teacher’s questions because
he hadn’t finished reading the
He was sitting in the living book.
room when suddenly he heard
a noise.

3 TIME CLAUSES IN THE PAST

when, once, as soon as, before, until / till, after, by the time, the moment + past simple
When / After / Once / As soon as / The moment he finished his studies, he moved abroad.
Before / Until I moved to Canada, I lived in the US for five years.
We didn’t start watching the film until Paul arrived.
s We can use -ing with before and after:
Before / After spending a few days (before / after we spent a few days) in Rome, we visited Florence.

while, when + past continuous

s Parallel actions:
While I was getting the food ready, the children were playing in the garden.
s An action in the main clause is interrupted by another action:
They found some ancient ruins when they were building the new road.
s The subject and the verb be can be omitted in clauses with when and while if the subject of the
main clause is the same:
While (she was) living in London, she met her future husband.
We came across a very nice restaurant when (we were) trying to find the museum.

THAT’S ENGLISH! 123

Grammar Reference Unit 1

by the time, when, once, as soon as, before, until / till, after + past perfect
Once we had finished cooking (we waited until we finished), we opened the wine.
The teacher didn’t start the lesson until all the students had stopped talking.

s We use before, after, when, while, until, till, s We use beforehand, afterwards, previously
once and by the time to connect two clauses*:
They cleared the table before they left.
Once the play had started, they didn’t allow
anyone in.
While they were away, someone broke into their
house.
Uses
and meanwhile to connect two independent
sentences*:
We went for a walk with our friends. Afterwards,
they invited us to have dinner at their place.
They did all the cooking. Beforehand / Previously,
they had set out all the ingredients and done all
the peeling and chopping.
Then they put the meat in the oven to roast.
Meanwhile, they made the dessert.

*Clause: a group of words that functions together and has a subject and a verb (e.g. When I wake up in the
morning / Although I usually get up at eight, ...).
*Sentence: a group of clauses that functions together to express a complete idea (e.g. Time flies when you are
having fun).

4 EXPRESSING LACK OF PREFERENCE

Wh- word + ever = It doesn’t matter what, when, where, which, who or how
whatever: I am totally free to do whatever I want. My boss is very flexible.

wherever: The hotel is really beautiful. You will find designer furniture wherever you look.

whichever: You can come on Tuesday or on Wednesday. Whichever day you choose will be fine
with me.

whoever: Whoever told you that I cheated in the exam lied.

however: I need to have that car, however expensive it may be!

whenever: I am ready to go. We can leave whenever you want.

5 ADJECTIVES, ADVERBS AND -ING FORMS

Adjectives and adverbs
s We usually add adjectives and adverbs to make a piece of writing more interesting:
The stars were shining bright in the black sky.
They drove carelessly and crashed violently.

Adjectives, adverbs and -ing forms to begin a sentence

s Adjectives, adverbs and -ing forms can be used to start sentences when writing in a formal register:
Exhausted after the long run, he reached the finish line.
Slowly he turned around to see where the noise was coming from.
Knowing that she was right, she dared to question the teacher.

124 THAT’S ENGLISH!

Grammar Reference Unit 2

1 EXPRESSING POSSESSION
Possessive: noun + ’s
singular noun: ‘s plural nouns ending in s : ‘ Names ending in s : ‘ or ‘s
my partner’s ex my in-laws’ place James’s car
the bride’s gown the boys’ room Ms Jones’s secretary

Or:
St James’ Park
Ms Jones’ secretary
Keats’ works

s Generally for people but also groups of people, countries, organisations and animals:
I don’t get on with my girlfriend’s brother.
Birmingham is Britain’s second largest city.
The President was shocked to see his own party’s reaction.
The vet took a look inside the dog’s ear.
s When the object or quality possessed is evident from context or has been mentioned before, it
can be omitted. This is frequently used for places (a person’s shop or home, for example):
If you can’t find your coat, take John’s.
I like Mary’s cooking better than her son’s.
I’m at the doctor’s now. I’ll meet you at Susan’s later.

of + noun
s Generally with things but also with animals and even people, especially if the noun phrase is long:
the leg of the table
the reaction of his own party
They took the name of the person in charge.

of + possessive pronoun / possessive ‘s

a friend of mine a cousin of my father’s
s To indicate that it’s ‘one of several’. That is why we use the indefinite article a, but not the:
This is Angela. She’s a friend of my brother’s (my brother has several friends and she’s one of them) and this
is a friend of hers (this person is one of her friends).

2 THE DEFINITE ARTICLE (INFORMAL USE FOR POSSESSION)

s Remember that we generally use the definite
article to speak about:
– things that are unique (the sun).
– things that are evident from context (Pass the
chips, please!), are known by the speakers
(the restaurant near your house) or have been
mentioned previously in the conversation
(Here’s the book).
s We generally omit the definite article when
we make generalisations (I love hamburgers
/ Friendship is a form of love), but not when
we refer to some elements in particular (the
hamburgers you’ve made / the friendship that
we share).
s We can use the definite article instead of
possessive adjectives with words like children,
babies, in-laws, family, dog, cat, etc. in informal
contexts because we want to refer to the concept
more than the individuals: I’ve left the dog with
my mother / I hate having lunch at the in-laws’.
s We may also informally ask about someone’s
wife, husband (less common) or an ailing part
of the body with the definite article: How’s the
wife? How’s the leg?
Using the wife (or sometimes the husband)
to refer to someone’s (own) spouse is very
colloquial and often used in a humorous or
condescending tone: I want to buy a new TV
but the wife won’t let me.

THAT’S ENGLISH! 125

Grammar Reference Unit 2

3 PHRASAL VERBS FOR RELATIONSHIPS

Preliminaries
chat someone up: My friend is such a flirt! He’s always chatting someone up at the pub.
get on (well) with someone: I’m lucky. I get on really well with my boss.
ask someone out: Janice finally got up the nerve to ask Matt out.
go out with someone: Our daughter has been going out with Max for two years.
fall for someone: As soon as Josh saw Ashley in the park, he fell for her.
Things become stable
settle down: After dating for five years, we finally settled down and got married.
move in together: James and Walter are thrilled that they are moving in together.

Things go wrong
fall out with: Julie and Susan had a fight and fell out with each other.
split up / break up: When Mark moved to another city for work, he and Sue decided to
split up / break up.
break down: They had only been married a year before their marriage broke down.

Things go back to normal

make up: The best part of fighting is making up afterwards.

4 ADJECTIVES + TO INFINITIVE
s To describe people’s reactions and feelings we can use these structures:
Subject + to be + adjective + to infinitive It + to be + adjective + to infinitive + object
He is easy to please. It is easy to please him.
She was hard to convince. It is hard to convince her.
s Common adjectives used in these structures are: difficult, easy, hard, impossible, ready, good, nice.
s These structures are also used to describe things:
Her handwriting is difficult to read. It is difficult to read her handwriting.
This book is interesting to read. It is interesting to read this book.

5 EXPRESSING CONCERN AND SYMPATHY

Expressing concern or interest Expressing sympathy
You look upset. Is everything OK / all right? Oh no!
What’s wrong? Poor you!
What’s the matter? I know how you feel / You must be feeling...
What’s happened? I’m so / terribly sorry!
I do sympathise with you.
I hope things get better soon.

How...
bad
That’s... terrible
sad
horrible
That must be... annoying
awful
upsetting
That must have been...

126 THAT’S ENGLISH!

Grammar Reference Unit 2

1 REVISION OF COMPARATIVES AND SUPERLATIVES

Comparative and superlative forms of adjectives
Comparative Superlative form
form
s One-syllable adjectives clean cleaner the cleanest
(double consonant when adding -er / -est) wet wetter the wettest
safe safer the safest
s Adjectives ending in -y, -le and -er easy easier the easiest
(y becomes i when adding -er / -est) simple simpler the simplest
clever cleverer the cleverest

s Two-syllable adjectives humid more humid the most humid

s Adjectives with more than two syllables affordable more affordable the most affordable

s Adjectives with irregular comparative good better the best

and superlative forms bad worse the worst
far farther / further the farthest / the furthest
much / many more the most
little less the least

! Adjectives ending in –e: drop final –e when adding –er / –est.

! Adjectives ending in –le and –er can add –er / –est, but using more and the most is becoming the
norm, especially in spoken English.

! We can use much, far, a lot, a bit, a little to make comparatives stronger or weaker:
Listing problems is much / far / a lot easier than solving them.
The city looks a bit / a little less deteriorated than in the past.

Comparative of inferiority
less than
Traffic is less dense in New York City than in LA.
not as / not so ... as
New York is not as / not so polluted as LA.
such + adjective + noun + as (only used in negative sentences)
There aren’t such small apartments here as the ones they have in NewYork (there aren’t apartments here
which are so small as the ones they have in New York).

! Such as can also be used as a connector to introduce an example:

...also include factors such as green space and air pollution, whereas...

Comparative of equality
as ... as (the second element is sometimes omitted)
Housing is as expensive here as in New York.
We may not have as much sunshine, but... (we may not have as much sunshine as in LA, but...)
as + auxiliary verb + subject = and so + auxiliary verb + subject
Dhaka in Bangladesh appears, as does Kabul / and so does Kabul.

THAT’S ENGLISH! 127

Grammar Reference Unit 3

Increasing or decreasing intensity (one reference)

more and more Cycle lanes are becoming more and more popular in LA.
-er and -er Housing prices are getting higher and higher.
less and less Detroit is becoming less and less populated.

Increasing or decreasing intensity (two references)

The more / -er / less, the more / -er / less The bigger the car, the more expensive it is to maintain.
The less money you have, the more difficult it becomes
to find a good house in New York.

Superlative
the most / -est in Bakersfield is the most polluted city in the US.
Amancio Ortega is the richest man in Spain.

Comparative with nouns or noun phrases

…it feels less like a city and more like a huge suburb.
+ noun ...standing right in front of the immense shining sea, with the big sky above us
like was like standing on the edge of the world.
+ verb -ing …whereas others, like the one by The Economist, include cultural life...
...a green space like a park, forest, lake, river…

! Like can also introduce an example or a list of examples as the more informal equivalent of such as.

...these lists also serve as a guide to...

+ noun (acting as) I could get a job as a waiter or something.
as
+ verb -ing I spent my holidays there as a child and...
They described the new mayor as being very trustworthy.

! As is preferred when you have a subject and a verb (although like is also common, especially
in informal English).
…in ‘Motor City’, as Detroit was known…

2 REVISION OF FIRST AND SECOND CONDITIONAL

First conditional (possible situation in the future)
if
provided / providing
on condition that + present simple, will + infinitive
so long as
as long as (only if this condition is met)

If our city keeps growing, we will have more problems with pollution.
The Council has agreed to cut down on expenses if / provided / providing / on condition that / so long
as / as long as all basic services are left untouched.

! unless / if + not : conditional sentences with unless mean ‘except if’:

People will continue to leave the area unless the town hall creates more jobs.
People will continue to leave the area if the town hall doesn’t create more jobs.

128 THAT’S ENGLISH!

Grammar Reference Unit 3

Second conditional (impossible situation in the present or improbable situation in the future)
if
imagine that + past simple, could / would / might + infinitive
supposing that
If the town hall didn’t have to spend so much on security, the city would have enough money to keep
the parks clean.
If I were / was the mayor of this town, I would know what to do with gangsters.
If it were / was easy to reduce pollution, we would definitely do it.
Imagine that / Supposing that you were the mayor of your town, what would you change?

! In the second conditional, we may use I / he / she / it + was / were. If I were is more common than
if he / she / it were. The form was is more frequent in informal or spoken English.

3 MODIFICATION OF ADVERBS AND PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES

s The most common way to modify an adverb is with the adverb very. Here are some
alternatives: awfully, exceptionally, extraordinarily, highly, hugely, immensely, remarkably,
terribly, totally, etc.:
Paul worked awfully / exceptionally / extraordinarily / remarkably hard when he was picking
up the litter.
s Adverbial and prepositional phrases that refer to time or space can be modified by words
like exactly, immediately, just, precisely or right:
You won’t be able to find a good job in Detroit right now.
We live exactly / just / right in the middle of the action: near the theatres and all the shops.
There were some funny-looking houses immediately / just / right in front of ours.
s These phrases can also be modified by a noun phrase that makes a reference to distance or
time:
She lives a two-minute walk away from us.
The kids were walking a few metres ahead of their parents.

4 CONTRASTING CONNECTORS
s But, although, even though and though connect two clauses in a sentence expressing
contrast. Although, even though and though can be placed at the beginning of the sentence:
Although / Even though / Though Deal is still a fishing town, it has lost a lot of its former
beauty.
Deal is still a fishing town but / even though / although / though it has lost a lot of its former
beauty.
s Though is more informal than although, and even though makes the contrast between the
two ideas appear even more unexpected or surprising.
s Yet, still, however and nevertheless are more formal. They introduce a new sentence and are
followed by a comma:
I used to spend all my summers in Deal. Yet / Still / However / Nevertheless, I never met any
of the local fishermen.
s In contrast and on the contrary are also formal and introduce a new sentence. In contrast
compares two elements. On the contrary presents new information which contradicts what
has previously been mentioned. They are followed by a comma:
Los Angeles is very polluted. In contrast, Calgary is one of the cleanest cities in the world.
Most people think the subway in New York is dirty. On the contrary, you won’t see much
litter there these days.

THAT’S ENGLISH! 129

Grammar Reference Unit 4

1 PHRASAL VERBS
s Phrasal verbs are usually considered informal and colloquial. Using single-word latinate
alternatives or other expressions is considered more appropriate in formal contexts.
s Phrasal verbs are grouped by categories. In B (separable verbs), when the object is a pronoun,
it has to go between the verb and the particle:
I will back up your proposal. / I will back your proposal up.
BUT: I will back it up.

A Verb + adverb particle (non-separable)

blow up: explode
The water heater blew up and
caused a flood in the basement.
break down: malfunction
My car broke down on the
motorway today.
break out: start
World War II broke out in 1939.
break up: end a relationship
Karen and Bob broke up last
week.
come apart: separate
The two pieces are coming apart.
fall apart: break into pieces
Oh no! My shoes are falling
apart.
give up: surrender
The terrorists finally gave up
and set the hostages free.

B Verb + object + adverb particle (optionally separable)

back sth / sb up: support
Everyone backed Joe up on
his proposal to work four days
instead of five.
blow sth up: inflate, cause to
explode
The tyres need to be blown up
before the plane can take off.
bring sb down: depress
The high rate of unemployment
is starting to bring many
people down.
bring sb up: raise, educate
James was brought up in
Liverpool but now lives in
London.
call sth off: cancel
The referee called the match
off due to the weather.
check sth out: try, investigate
The police are checking out the
man’s credentials to make sure
that everything is in order.
cross sth out: delete, eliminate
Nancy crossed the wrong
answers out.
figure sth out: understand, solve
It took the government two days
to figure out what was going on
in the stock market.
give sth away: reveal
Marines are trained not to give
away any secrets if they are
caught by the enemy.
put sth off: postpone
The meeting has been put off
until tomorrow.
put sth out: extinguish
The firefighters put out the fire
in two hours.
put sth together: assemble
They put together the table in
record time.
set sth up: arrange, organise
They are setting up a whole
new department to take care of
image issues.
sort sth out: organise, solve (a
problem)
The receptionist sorted out the
problems with the booking and
we had a very pleasant stay.
throw sth away: dispose of
Please throw the empty bag
away when you are finished.
work sth out: calculate
I am 34 years old: you can work
out the year I was born in.
turn sth / sb down: reject, refuse
I turned down the job because
the pay wasn’t what I had
expected.

C Verb + adverb particle + preposition + object (non-separable)

break out of sth: escape from
The prisoner broke out of his
cell through the air duct.
cut back on sth: consume less
The doctor told me that I
needed to cut back on caffeine.
cut down on sth: consume less
My father needs to cut down on
cigarettes.
do away with sth: eliminate,
discard
The government has done
away with the restrictions on
petrol consumption.
keep on with sth: continue
Paul is going to keep on with
his yoga class although he
doesn’t enjoy it much.
put up with sth / sb: tolerate
I’m not going to put up with
anyone’s bad behaviour.

130 THAT’S ENGLISH!

Grammar Reference Unit 4

D Verb + preposition + object (non-separable)

count on sb: trust go over sth: review
You can count on me to help you with that We recommend going over your exam paper
problem. before giving it to the teacher.
get over sth: overcome, recover look into sth: investigate
It is taking Sarah a long time to get over the flu. The police are looking into the murder as we
speak.

2 REVIEW OF CERTAINTY AND POSSIBILITY

s When we are 100% sure of something, we don’t use modal verbs:
He isn’t there yet. He has just phoned me: he is lost.
s Degrees of certainty: modal + verb

almost certain (affirm.) must He is very late. He must be lost.

almost certain (neg.) can’t He can’t be lost! He’s been here a million times.
possible may, could He may / could be stuck in a traffic jam.
less likely might, could He might be stuck in a traffic jam, but the traffic
is usually fine at this time.
He could be lost: he hasn’t lived in this
neighbourhood for long.

! In this use, the negative of must is can’t: they express high certainty after logical deduction.

s We can also express uncertainty with the use of question tags or with expressions like
perhaps, maybe, I think, I believe, etc.:
You have finished the exercise, haven’t you?
Maybe / Perhaps you would do better if you worked alone.
I think / believe there is a reason for all this outrage.

3 IT FOR GENERAL REFERENCE

s We can use it as an ‘empty’ subject or object. We call it ‘empty’ because it doesn’t refer
to anything in particular. The subject or object is obvious, unknown, only needed for
grammatical purposes or when the sentence is impersonal:
It’s raining. She doesn’t like it when I get home late.
It’s getting late. How long will it be before you realise you are making a mistake?
s This use is common with the passive voice to make the reference impersonal:
It is generally accepted that having a university degree will help you in life.
It is known that he is an expert in the subject.
s It is also common to use it with adjective + to + infinitive when we anticipate an object:
The teacher considers it important to start our lessons on time.
Personally, I find it impossible to be always on time.
s The word it is sometimes part of an expression:
We made it! Now that you mention it,
Come to think of it, I did it! (I managed to do what I was trying to do.)
I (just) can’t help it! It’s worth it. (It is worth the time or the effort.)
How’s it going?

THAT’S ENGLISH! 131

Grammar Reference Unit 5

1 WARNINGS AND ORDERS

s To give an order or encourage someone to do an action we normally use the imperative
form:
Go!
Behave yourself!
Don’t stand there!
Don’t be late!
s To make the order more emphatic or show more concern, we can add do before the verb:
Do shut up, will you? (strong order)
Do take a seat, please! (polite request)
s If we are not directly addressing a specific person, we use someone / somebody:
Someone please clear the table while I do the dishes.
Somebody come and help, please!
s We can use the pronoun you before the infinitive to show anger or to impose our authority:
You listen to me now!
You come here right now!
Don’t you dare leave me alone!
Don’t you ever talk to me like that again!

2 EXPRESSIONS TO GIVE ADVICE

s You can use imperative forms:
Consider taking up a new sport.
Try to eat healthier food.
Do pay attention to what your doctor advised you.
s You can also use modal verbs of obligation and advice:
must, need to, should / ought to*, could, may, might.

stronger advice milder advice

*ought to is less common than should and often conveys the idea that the person already knows what is right
for them but is still not doing it.
You must stop smoking now / You need to stop smoking now: your life is at risk.
They should / ought to do more exercise.
He could try swimming.
As an alternative, you may want to try eating more meals per day.
She might find it easier to do exercise in the evening.
s Subject + had (‘d) better (not) + infinitive is also used for advice or warnings, especially in
spoken English:
You’d better start looking after yourself before it is too late.
She´d better not do that again.
s If I were you… + I would (‘d) + infinitive:
If I were you, I’d change a lot of my habits.
s How / What about + -ing? and why don’t you + infinitive? introduce suggestions:
How / What about taking up yoga?
Why don’t you try to cut down on the amount of fat you eat?

132 THAT’S ENGLISH!

Grammar Reference Unit 5

3 PURPOSE CLAUSES
to + infinitive (infinitive of purpose)
s The most common way to express purpose:
I go to the gym every day to stay in shape.
I eat a lot of fruit to keep healthy.

in order (not) to / so as (not) to + infinitive

s We use these to be more explicit or sound more formal:
She rides her bike to work in order to / so as to save money.
He uses headphones in order not to / so as not to bother his neighbours when he listens to music at
night.
s They are also quite common with stative verbs like appear, be, have, know, seem, look, understand,
etc.:
He has grown a beard in order to / so as to look older.
John sits in the front row in order to / so as to understand everything the teacher says.

so that + sentence
s The subject of both clauses can be the same or different:
He gets up very early so that he can cook dinner before he leaves for work.
I made dinner so that my daughter didn’t have to do it.
s It is very frequently used with can / could:
She spends every summer in Ireland so that her kids can see the family.
They allowed their daughter to borrow their car so that she could get there on time.

for + noun for + -ing

s To indicate the purpose of an action: s To indicate the purpose of an object:
They go for a walk every day. This is a machine for making bread.
She stopped for a cigarette at 11. Schools are for educating children.
Why don’t you come round for a coffee?

for + object + to infinitive

s To talk about a purpose. It means the same as if someone wants to / needs to do something:
This notebook is for her to note down new words.
For Peter to join our group, he has to fill in this form.
For the school to be included in the ranking, the students must show good results.
For this to work, everyone must keep the secret.

THAT’S ENGLISH! 133

Grammar Reference Unit 6

1 QUANTIFIERS AND PARTITIVES

Quantifiers with countable plural nouns and uncountable nouns
all a lot of, plenty of, lots of, loads of, tons of
We have read all those books. There is plenty of / a lot of time to get to the
John has spent all his money. cinema.
Laura has lots of / loads of / tons of friends that
she can count on.

some, any most, more, less

John has some experience in cooking curries. I drink less milk than my brother.
We don’t serve any spicy dishes here. Most people don’t drink enough water.
no, none of enough
None of the students passed the final test. We haven’t got enough flour to make biscuits.
At the end of the trip, we had no money left. There weren’t enough chairs in the auditorium.
Quantifiers used with singular and plural nouns
Two elements
a couple of both (of) (both or both of before a either, neither + singular verb
I only ate a couple of biscuits, determiner, but both only when there
is no determiner)
Either he or his advisors has
but I don’t feel well. very bad taste.
Both (of) the dishes were
delicious. Neither of my two children
wants to taste new things.
I ordered fish and meat. I was
so hungry that I ate both.
Two or more elements
each + singular verb a few, fewer
Each restaurant has its own style. (Compare with: Few restaurants are open 24 hours a day.
All of his restaurants have the same style).

hundreds (thousands) of, many, neither, several every + singular verb

Hundreds of people came to the grand opening. Every new product has been a success.
Quantifiers used only with uncountable nouns
a bit of, a little (not) much
You need to add a bit of / a little salt. I do not have much money.

Partitives
s A piece of, a bit of and an item of are used to measure uncountable nouns.
s A piece of and a bit of are the most general words for this use:
a piece (bit) of cake, news, advice, information
some pieces (bits) of paper, glass, equipment, evidence
an item of clothing, furniture, news, property, work, legislation
s Other quantifying expressions with uncountable nouns:
a bar of chocolate, soap a handful of herbs, leaves, a pinch of salt
a blade of grass grain, etc. a slice of cake, bread, toast,
a breath of fresh air a loaf of bread cheese
a drop of rain a lump of sugar, coal, butter a teaspoon / tablespoon of
sugar (or any liquid or powder)
a gust of wind
a sprinkling of sugar (or any
powder)

134 THAT’S ENGLISH!

Grammar Reference Unit 6

2 RELATIVE SENTENCES

Defining relative sentences Non-defining relative sentences

✔ No commas are used. ✔ Placed between or after commas.
✔ The relative clause defines an object, ✔ The relative clause gives extra or
person, place or time. additional information.

Things and which / that which

animals The styles which / that were in fashion Bling jewellery, which was in fashion in
in the 80s will one day come back. the 80s, is considered vulgar now.
A previous No one can come to the dinner party,
idea which I find very suspicious.

People who / that who

The woman who / that is wearing those Madonna, who has been popular
scruffy clothes says she’s an expert in for over 30 years, is no longer a style
style. reference.

Places where where

This is the stadium where Madonna Bay City, where Madonna was born, is a
first performed. small town in Michigan, USA.

Time when when

The 80s is the time when shoulder pads The 80s, when big hair and shoulder
were in fashion. pads were in fashion, have become a
golden era for pop music lovers.

Possesssion whose whose

The singers whose styles are admired Michael Jackson, whose album Thriller
and copied are called icons. was released in 1982, is an icon of the 80s.

s In defining relative clauses, that, which and who can be omitted if they are not the subject of the
relative clause, while in non-defining relative clauses, relative pronouns are never omitted:
Madonna is the singer (who / that) I have admired most.
The woman who / that stars in the film is Madonna.
Madonna, who stars in the film, is my favourite female singer of all time.
s Whom (for people) and which (for things) are used after prepositions in formal English. However, it
is much more common to use an alternative construction:
The person to whom you were talking or The person (who / that) you were talking to.
The song for which he was famous or The song (which / that) he was famous for.

3 ADJECTIVE ORDER
s When we place several adjectives before a noun, the most general descriptions come first
and the most defining characteristics come closest to the noun. Commas are not used to
separate them.

opinion size age shape or style colour origin material

pretty big old square black African gold
nice small new oval dark blue French wooden

John bought an expensive new black German sports car.

Gary found a vulgar old round silver earring.
We adopted a pretty small brown puppy dog.

THAT’S ENGLISH! 135

Grammar Reference Unit 7

1 THE FUTURE
future simple: will / won’t + infinitive
s To make predictions about the future: s To express a spontaneous decision:
More people will work from home in the future. I’ll have the chicken, please.
She says her son will become famous one day.
I’m sure he won’t.

s In first conditional sentences, to speak of the

probable consequences of an action or fact:
! Adverbs like probably, definitely, certainly,
always or never are placed after will but before
We’ll arrive on time if there isn’t a lot of traffic. the negative won’t:
If you don’t study more, you won’t pass the If they start looking for a job now, they will
test. definitely get one before the summer.
They probably won’t achieve all of their dreams,
but they are trying!
future continuous: will / won’t be + -ing
s To indicate that an action will This time next year, I’ll be working for a big firm.
be in progress at a given time They’ve just had a baby so they won’t be going out much.
in the future. Often used with
expressions like this time She won’t be working here ten years from now.
next year / month / week, in
the near future or X weeks /
months / years from now.

future perfect: will / won’t + have + past participle

s To predict that an action will
(not) have taken place before
a certain time in the future.
Often used with expressions
like by Monday, by the time
we arrive, in two years’ time,
three years from now, by now,
yet, etc.
She will have finished her report a week from now.
They won’t have taken a decision until tomorrow.
Will I have learned enough English to survive in Canada before
I get there?
They won’t have arrived yet.Their plane left only half an hour ago.
I can’t call them at the office because they will have left by now.

2 REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS
Singular Plural
myself yourself himself / herself / itself ourselves yourselves themselves
They’ve bought themselves a new car.
You need to believe in yourself in order to be successful.

s Some verbs require a reflexive pronoun even if their meaning is not reflexive:
behave oneself (show good behaviour), enjoy oneself (have fun), make oneself at home
(feel comfortable in a place):
Children, behave yourselves! What’s all this noise about?
We really enjoyed ourselves at the beach last weekend.
They weren’t shy at all so they made themselves at home very quickly.
s We also use reflexive pronouns for emphasis: to make clear that we refer to someone or
something in particular. In this case, reflexive pronouns are placed immediately after the
element they refer to. If they refer to the subject, they may also go at the end of the sentence:
I myself find it difficult to understand what the President says.
I find it difficult to understand what the President says myself.
We are not worried about the results of the election themselves but about the consequences
they may have for our economy.

136 THAT’S ENGLISH!

Grammar Reference Unit 7

s Reflexive pronouns (especially myself and yourself) can replace personal pronouns after
(such) as, like, but (for), except (for) or and in a noun phrase:
A person like yourself (/ you) should know about these restrictions.
Martin, Anna and yourself (/ you) are invited to the party.
s By oneself and on one’s own mean ‘alone, without company or without help’:
I enjoy living on my own. I thought it would be difficult to do everything by myself, but I can
manage better than I expected.

! Notice the different meanings of -selves, one another and each other. The last two are
often confused by native speakers:
They looked at themselves in the mirror (each person looked at himself / herself).
They looked at one another / each other across the room (each person looked at the other person).
They looked at one another trying to find a friendly face (everybody looked at everyone else).

3 HOPE (NOT) TO / HOPE THAT

s To express desires and wishes for the future, we can use:

hope (that) + present simple

will + infinitive
hope (not) + to infinitive

I hope to finish my degree this spring. I hope (that) I get a job soon after I finish university.
I hope not to be late anymore. We hope (that) we’ll find the perfect job.
She hopes (that) her professors will help her find a job
when she finishes her degree.

s There are other verbs that are often confused with the verb hope:
s To expect something that we know is coming or we perceive as imminent or very probable:
She’s expecting a baby.
I’ve studied hard and I expect to pass all my exams.
s To wait for something or someone because they haven’t arrived yet or because they are late:
I’ve been waiting for the results for three days and I’m starting to get nervous.
s To look forward to something impatiently because we want it to arrive:
We are looking forward to the holidays.

4 CONNECTORS: OPINION, ATTITUDE AND EMPHASIS

Expressing a personal opinion
From my point of view, I feel (that)… In my opinion, To my mind,
I agree / disagree (that)… I’m doubtful (that)… It is true (that)… Personally,

Emphasis and attitude

connectors of attitude putting emphasis

More importantly, Surprisingly, To tell the truth, Above all, In particular,

Obviously, To be honest, Undeniably, Especially, Particularly,
Indeed,

THAT’S ENGLISH! 137

Grammar Reference Unit 8

1 PRESENT PERFECT
s We use the present perfect to speak about experiences or about something that happened
in the past but still continues or has an influence on the present:
Have you ever taken a big risk? I have broken my arm but otherwise, I’m OK.
I have never jumped from a high place.

Present perfect Past simple

s The action continues in the present: s The action is finished:
I have lived here all my life (I still live here). I lived in Australia when I was young (but I
don’t now).

s We don’t mention exactly when something s We refer to a particular occasion or a specific

happened. We may use a time expression
referring to the present or to our whole life:
just, still, yet, already, today, this year, so far,
always, never, in my life…
We have been to the river to swim today.
She has never taken any risks.
I have jumped from the tower twice so far.
point in the past time: yesterday, last week, a
year ago, in 2005, when I was five years old…
He first went bungee jumping in 2010.
When I was two years old, my family moved to
another country.

s We use the present perfect to ask people s But we use the past simple to ask about
about their experiences: specific details of it:
Have you ever been to Africa? When did you do it? Where did you go? Did
Have you ever tried scuba diving? you like it?

! s We may use both the present perfect or the past simple with how long:
How long did it take you to learn scuba diving? (a particular occasion)
How long have you practised this sport? (general experience)
s Notice the difference between has gone to and has been to:
Phillip has gone to Paris (he is there now). Mary has been to Rome (she is now back).

2 WOULD
would + infinitive
s For possible actions or hypothetical situations:
I’m very afraid of heights so I would never go hang-gliding.
It would be boring to live a life without risks.
What would you do if you were in my shoes?
s In the second type of conditional sentences:
If Ellen were younger, she would be more daring.
s To describe a typical behaviour or habit in the past:
Leslie was an adventurous woman. She would often take her backpack and get lost in the woods
every weekend.

I’d love to…, I’d really like to…, I’d never…

s To express interest or lack of interest:
I’d love to go scuba diving in the Caribbean. I’d really like to try hang-gliding.
I’d never do show jumping because I’m afraid of horses.

138 THAT’S ENGLISH!

Grammar Reference Unit 8

Would you like + to + infinitive? Would you mind + -ing?

s For offers: s For requests:
Would you like to try base jumping? Would you mind helping me with these
documents?

Would, if you would

s To make requests more polite than requests with will:
Will / Would you please be quiet? Sign here if you will / would.

3 EXPRESSING OBJECTION
s We can use the following structures to express objection:

object to
disapprove of
Subject + + (someone’s) / (possessive adjective) + noun / -ing
not approve of
disagree with

I object to your spending all your money on trips to exotic places.

They disapprove of our taking time for a cigarette at work.
I don’t approve of her marrying him.
Gary disagrees with my views.

! We often use personal object pronouns in informal English instead of possessive

adjectives before -ing forms:
She disagrees with me (my) wanting to buy a new car.
They disapproved of us (our) getting married so young.

4 WORD FORMATION: ADJECTIVES

s We can form adjectives by adding suffixes to nouns or verbs.

Noun / verb + -ous danger-ous, hazard-ous, courage-ous, adventur(e)-ous, religi(on)-ous

-ing -dar(e)-ing, demand-ing, excit(e)-ing

-ful care-ful, beaut(y>)i-ful, wonder-ful

-less fear-less, hope-less, help-less

-able / comfort-able, respect-able, valu(e)-able

-ible access-ible, collect-ible

-y fog-g-y, risk-y, crust-y

-ive attract-ive, act-ive, impuls(e)-ive

-ic artist-ic, pessimist-ic, catastroph(e)-ic

THAT’S ENGLISH! 139

Grammar Reference Unit 9

1 WISH CLAUSES
Wish / If only
I wish, He / She wishes
subject + past simple
If only

s We use this structure to express that we would prefer a situation in the present to be different.
s With the verb be, you can use were instead of was with I / he / she / it, especially when using
if only in written language and formal contexts:
I wish I had a smaller nose. If only we could travel in time.
They wish they didn’t have to work so hard. If only the price of the operation was / were lower.
I wish he was / were my friend.

I wish, He / She wishes

subject + would / could + infinitive
If only

s We use this structure to talk about something that we find annoying or disapprove of and we
would like to change, but it depends on someone else’s will:
I wish you would let me get thicker lips.
She wishes her parents would stop making comments about her looks.
If only she would pay less attention to her appearance.

I wish, He / She wishes

subject + past perfect
If only

s We use this structure to express regret about past actions:

I wish I had done more exercise when I was younger. If only we had given her another chance.
He wishes he hadn’t changed his nose. If only I had kept my mouth shut.

2 WH- WORDS: QUESTIONS

How? / What … like? / Who … look like?
How?
s To ask about someone’s general health or the state / condition of something:
‘How is your daughter?’ ‘She is fine, thanks.’
‘How is the house you’ve rented?’ ‘Well, it really needs some redecoration.’
s To ask how people experience things:
‘How was the holiday?’ ‘Great, although the hotel was not that good.’

What + to be + subject + like?

s To ask for a description of something or someone (character, behaviour):
‘What was the house like?’ ‘A bit old, but quite big and it had a really nice garden.’
‘What is Mike like?’ ‘He’s unreliable but kind-hearted.’

140 THAT’S ENGLISH!

Grammar Reference Unit 9

Who do / does + subject + look like?

What do / does + subject + look like?
s To ask only about appearance:
‘What does your daughter look like?’ ‘She is
quite tall for her age and has my eyes.’
‘What did you look like as a child?’ ‘Oh, I was
really chubby.’
Who do / does + subject + take after?
s To ask only about resemblance:
‘Who does your eldest son look like?’ ‘Oh, he
really looks like his father.’
‘Who does Maria take after?’ ‘She takes after
her aunt.’

3 AS IF / AS THOUGH
s We use this structure with verbs in the present to say how somebody or something looks / sounds /
feels:
He looks as if he’s got an enormous beer belly.
She sounds as though she’s Irish.
It feels as if it is made of silk.
s We use this structure with verbs in the past to describe something unreal:
They are so posh! They talk as if they were rich.
She looks at me as though I was / were mad.
I’m only 40. Don’t talk to me as if I was / were an old man!

4 COMPOUND ADJECTIVES
s Compound adjectives are made up of two or more words, usually linked with hyphens. They are
equivalent to a sentence with a linking verb, such as to be or to have:
They live in a densely-populated area (the area is densely populated).
Red-haired people are more temperamental (people who have red hair are more temperamental).
s The two most common structures are:

adjective / adverb / noun + past participle adjective / adverb / noun + present participle

She was wearing an old-fashioned blouse.
Parents need to be open-minded about their
children’s looks.
Anna is a well-mannered young lady.
The company refused to use any animal-
tested products.
She is a very good-looking young woman.
There seems to be a never-ending flow of
attention towards her.
That was a record-breaking jump.
My laptop is a time-saving gadget.

5 CONNECTORS OF ADDITION
Formal Neutral Informal
Additionally, ... Furthermore, ... As well as that, ... ... also ... On top of that, ...
Equally, ... Likewise, ... Besides (this), ... ... too. Plus, ...
In addition, ... Moreover, ... What’s more, ... ... as well.

! Notice the different punctuation and position in the sentence:

He is a well-known surgeon. In addition / Moreover / As well as that / Besides, I trust him.
I have the money and the opportunity. Plus / On top of that, this is also something I’ve
always wanted to do.
Maybe you should consider getting cosmetic surgery too / as well.

THAT’S ENGLISH! 141

Writing Reference Unit 1

Writing a story
When you write a story, you need to pay attention to the order of the events. You can make
your story interesting by using adjectives and adverbs.

A Lucky Escape
Introduction:
When I was 17, I studied in Vermont for a year. One day,
Describe when,
a friend of mine suggested spending the day in Canada. I where and why the
couldn’t leave the country without special permission, but my story took place.
friends insisted they had been to Canada many times and
they had never been stopped at the border. Thrilled by the
chance to visit another country, I decided to take the risk.
After spending a wonderful day in Montreal, we arrived at Development:

the border and the guard asked us to stop. He looked at us Describe who was
involved, what they
and asked where we were going. My friend Andy, who was did and / or what
driving, told him we were a group of friends who had just happened to them.

driven to Canada for the day. Unexpectedly, the officer

asked, ‘Are you all American?’ Andy didn’t hesitate and said,
‘Yes.’ What if he asked for IDs? I panicked. Slowly, the
officer asked each person whether he was American. When
it was my turn to answer, I just said, ‘Uh huh’ and then the
guard said we could proceed.
Conclusion:
As soon as we crossed the border, we burst out laughing.
How did the story
By the time I realised the enormous risk I had run, we had end? How did the
arrived home safe and sound. people involved
feel?

Writing tips:
‹ Plan your story before you start writing: think of who, what, where and
when. Divide your ideas into paragraphs.

‹ Start some of your sentences with an adjective, an adverb or an –ing

form to make them more dramatic (see Grammar Reference page 124).

‹ Use a variety of connectors and time clauses with the appropriate

tenses to tell the story (see Grammar Reference page 123).

‹ Personalise the story with specific details.

142 THAT’S ENGLISH!

Writing Reference Unit 3

Describing a place
When you describe a place, it is important to pay attention to details and to connect the
place to events or personal experiences.

Café Central
Introduction:
Café Central is right in the centre of Paris, only
Identify the place
a ten-minute walk away from the Eiffel Tower. Although it is and say why it is
an old coffeehouse from the beginning of the 20th century, important to you.

it has retained all of its charm. I always try to go there when

I visit the city because that is where I met my wife, Anne.
As soon as you step inside Café Central, you are hit by Development:

the strong aroma of the millions of cups of coffee that have Describe the place
in detail. Mention
been brewed there throughout the century. There used to your sensory
perceptions,
be smoke everywhere before smoking was banned in public thoughts, feelings
places, and you can still see its effects in the colour of the or memories.
walls and the furniture. There are no chic sofas or free
wi-fi connection here. In fact, the wooden chairs and dull
white marble tables immediately make you think of a time
before the Internet was even invented.
I love going back to Café Central and feeling like I have Conclusion:

stepped back in time. I can still see myself sitting at one Summarise what
the place means
of the tables, enjoying a cigarette and staring at a very to you.
attractive young lady who was sitting just in front of me.

Writing tips:
‹ Think of the content for each paragraph before you start writing.

‹ Create a vivid description using a variety of adjectives, adverbs and

adverbial phrases (see Grammar Reference page 129).

‹ Personalise your description with your own references.

‹ Use a variety of connectors (see Grammar Reference page 129).

THAT’S ENGLISH! 143

Writing Reference Unit 5

Writing a formal email

When you write a formal email, remember to avoid colloquial language. Make sure you
clearly state the purpose of your letter and what you expect from the reader.

Remember to use the

Dear Sirs, right greeting.

I am writing to enquire about the summer courses you offer on your Explain the purpose of
web page. The information on the website is very helpful, but I would your letter.
really appreciate it if you could give me specific information about
courses for adults.

I am a 27-year-old Spanish woman and I have been studying English Give details about
for five years. I am interested in taking a conversation course during your situation and
the summer. However, I would not like to be placed in a group with what you need.
teenagers as I have had a very bad experience in the past. Therefore,
could you please confirm that you offer courses aimed at adults only
and inform me of what I should do in order to be enrolled in one?
I would also be very grateful if you could confirm that I can be placed
with a family that will not be hosting any other students from my
country.

Say what you expect

Could you please reply in the next few days so that I can make further from them and thank
travel arrangements? them.

Thank you very much in advance.

Use the right closing

Yours faithfully, phrase.

Ángela García

Writing tips:
‹ Organise the information in your formal email as stated above.

‹ Use full forms of verbs — do not use contractions.

‹ Use formal language for greeting: Dear Sir / Madam, Dear Mr Smith / Mrs Peterson…

‹ Use formal language for closing: Yours faithfully (if addressee’s name is unknown), Yours sincerely (if
addressee’s name is known), Kind regards, Best wishes…

‹ Use sentences like: I look forward to hearing from you, I look forward to receiving a reply, to politely
request a fast reply.

‹ Use modals when requesting something: Could you please reply… ?, I wonder if you could... .

‹ Use formal verbs as opposed to more common words and phrasal verbs, e.g. postpone rather than put off.

‹ Use formal linkers like however, therefore, consequently or in addition rather than more conversational
alternatives like so, also or besides.

144 THAT’S ENGLISH!

Writing Reference Unit 7

Writing an article
In an article you can explain and defend your personal opinion. It is important to include
specific data and to group similar ideas together in well-developed paragraphs. Use
connectors to make your article coherent and well structured.

The Key to a Successful Career

In the introduction,
It seems to me that the most influential factor in a person’s explain what your
career is their education. If it hadn’t been for my educational article is about and
introduce the main
background, I would have never been able to fulfil my dreams. ideas.

Mention your personal

As a teenager, I developed an interest in buildings. I kept experience.
wondering how they had been designed and who was behind
their construction. In fact, I decided I wanted to be an
architect well before I finished my secondary education.

Develop your
Clearly, no one can become an architect without a university arguments.
degree, and in my case, I decided to opt for the best college
my parents could afford. In fact, that decision proved to be a
wise one. Soon after I finished my studies, I was offered a job
at the company where I am currently still working.

Show a contrastive
A person’s education, however, cannot be based only on their argument or a
studies. I therefore spent one year in Germany. In my opinion, different point of view.
this helped me to grow both personally and professionally.

Make a reference
In conclusion, if you want to have a successful professional to what you have
career, prioritise your education and seize every chance for previously said and
personal development. Surely, this will allow you to become draw a conclusion.
the person you want to be and to achieve your career goals.

Writing tips:
‹ Engage readers’ attention with an interesting introduction and a thought-provoking ending.

‹ Be specific: mention specific data and avoid generalising with words like nice or thing.

‹ Develop paragraphs from a general topic sentence, introducing examples and personal
experience.

‹ Use a variety of connectors to:

Give opinions: it seems to me that, in my view / opinion, as far as I’m concerned, I am convinced…

Emphasise opinions: admittedly, undoubtedly, in fact, clearly, surely, above all, especially, indeed,
in particular, particularly…

Contrast ideas: although, even though, however, nevertheless, in spite of, on the other hand,
besides…

THAT’S ENGLISH! 145

Writing Reference Unit 9

Writing a profile
When you are writing a profile you need to use detailed descriptions, but you also want to
sound interesting. Make good use of adjectives. Be direct and specific. Use good structure
and connectors to make the most of the space you have.

Describe yourself
Independent but easy-going, middle-aged but still young.
physically and the
I’m blue-eyed, dark-haired, tall and slim, and I’m looking
type of person you are
for someone ready to step into my life and join me in
looking for.
having some fun.

I’m a book illustrator and I work from home. Therefore, Describe your job, your
I have plenty of time to devote to myself and to those personality, likes and
around me. I would describe myself as considerate, caring, dislikes.
and definitely, a bit of a romantic but, above all, honest
and reliable. Besides this, I am happy to take things slowly.
I want to start building up that special friendship which
will hopefully turn into a long-lasting relationship. I am an
active person and I love travelling so I don’t care for people
who always stay at home. In addition, I love cooking as
well as sharing what I cook with friends and loved ones. I
enjoy life and I like to be surrounded by others who do too.

I’m looking for a fun-loving, caring, considerate and Give more details
reliable man with a touch of romance. Looks are important about the person you
but not essential: a person’s charm may well be in the way would like to meet.
they act or how they make others feel. Please, don’t waste
your time (or mine) if you are not interested in a long-term
relationship.

Writing tips:
‹ Make good use of adjectives to make the writing sound interesting and attractive.

‹ Be specific but not necessarily factual (tall and fit is better than 1.80 m, 78 kg).

‹ Compound adjectives are very effective because they convey a lot of meaning with
fewer words: e.g. green-eyed, warm-hearted, fun-loving, politically-active…

‹ Use connectors of addition: e.g. additionally, on top of that, what’s more, besides,
above all, in addition…

‹ Use some useful phrases for descriptions: e.g. I would describe myself as…,
I consider myself…

146 THAT’S ENGLISH!

Pronunciation Guide
PHONEMIC CHART
DIPTHTHONGS
i: ɪ ʊ u: ɪə eɪ
cheap chip put you here wait
VOWELS

e ə ɜ: ɔ: ʊə ɔɪ əʊ
bed teacher bird door tour boy show
æ ʌ ɑ: ɒ eə aɪ aʊ
cat up far on hair my cow
p t f θ tʃ s ʃ k
CONSONANTS

pea tea fly think cheese say shoe car

b d v ð dʒ z ʒ g
boat dog video this June zoo vision go
m n ŋ h l r w j
man now sing hat love red wet yellow
voiced sounds: vocal cords vibrate
unvoiced sounds: vocal cords don’t vibrate

Present simple s, possessive ‘s SENTENCE STRESS AND WEAK FORMS

and plural s
In a sentence, the words that carry more meaning
Final /s/, Rest of Rest of are usually stressed; grammar words (e.g.
/z/, /ʃ/, /ʒ/, voiced unvoiced auxiliary verbs, prepositions and articles) are
/tʃ/, /dʒ/ sounds sounds usually unstressed.
+ [es] = /ɪz/ + [s] = /z/ + [s] = /s/ How long have you been living here?

loses lends puts Most unstressed words are weakened in

/ˈluːzɪz/ /ˈlendz/ /ˈpʊts/ connected speech. This is what we call weak
forms. In weak forms, most sounds tend to
churches arms cats become a /ə/ or almost disappear.
/ˈtʃɜːtʃɪz/ /ˈɑːmz/ /ˈkæts/
Alice’s John’s Jack’s
/ˈælɪsɪz/ /ˈdʒɒnz/ /ˈdʒæks/ weak forms
a /ə/ had /həd/
s For words ending in s, we normally add ‘s.
an /ən/ has /həz/
! Doris’s /ˈdɒrɪsɪz/
and /ənd/ /ən/ have /həv/
s We can sometimes use ‘ but still pronounce
it /iz/. are /ə(r)/ her /hə(r)/
Mr Jones’ or Jones’s car /ˈdʒəʊnzɪz/ as /əz/ must /məst/
at /ət/ of /əv/
be /bi/ our /aʊə(r)/
Pronunciation of -ed forms been /bɪn/ some /səm/
but /bət/ than /ðən/
Infinitive Infinitive Infinitive
ending in ending ending in can /kən/ the /ðə/
/t/ or /d/: in voiced unvoiced could /kəd/ to /tə/
/tɪd/ /dɪd/ sound sound do /də/ us /əs/
does /dəz/ was /wəz/
wanted called talked
/ˈwɒntɪd/ /ˈkɔːld/ /ˈtɔːkt/ for /fə(r)/ were /wə(r)/
decided phoned stopped from /frəm/ you /jə/
/dɪˈsaɪdɪd/ /ˈfəʊnd/ /ˈstɒpt/

THAT’S ENGLISH! 147

Pronunciation Guide
STRESSING WORDS FOR EMPHASIS WILL AND WOULD
When we want to emphasise a part of a sentence Will and would are always stressed in the
(e.g. to give a compliment, make orders more situations shown in the chart below.
polite, or with expressions of gratitude and
disapproval) we can: Full forms: will /wɪl/ would /wʊd/
s stress words that would normally not be s In yes / no questions and short answers
stressed.
A: Will /wɪl/ you be here tomorrow?
s use and stress the auxiliary do in affirmative B: Yes, I will /wɪl/.
and imperative sentences.
A: Would /wʊd/ you /ˈwʊdʒʊ/ buy this house if
You are a great friend, you know.
you had the money?
That wasn’t a very nice thing to say!
B: Yes, we would /wʊd/.
That’s great of him!
s For emphasis
You do look beautiful!
I will /wɪl/ be here tomorrow but not on Monday.
Do sit down, please!
It would /wʊd/ be a good idea to do that.
She does like chocolate. It’s white chocolate
she doesn’t like. Contracted forms: ‘ll /l/ ‘d /d/, /əd/
WORD STRESS AND COMPOUND NOUNS s Affirmative sentences
In compound nouns, the stress usually falls on I’ll /aɪl/ be there at five.
the first word. However, sometimes the stress She’d /ʃi:d/ work much faster with your help.
falls on the second word.
It’d /ɪtəd/ be easier if you let me pay.
Stress on first word Stress on second s Wh- questions
word
When (wi)ll /wenəl/ you arrive?
crime rate studio apartment
exhaust fumes green spaces The negative forms are always stressed.
bus stop public transport ! He won’t /wəʊnt/ go to the party.
air pollution urban decay James wouldn’t /wʊdnt/ study.
cycle lane
street lighting
traffic jam INTONATION
Intonation is the rise and fall of the pitch in order
to convey both meaning and attitude. If you don’t
SILENT LETTERS use intonation patterns appropriately, you might
be misunderstood.
al + k walk /wɔːk/, talk /tɔːk/
Rising Falling
oul + d could /kʊd/, should /ʃʊd/, would /wʊd/ intonation intonation
al + m calm /kɑːm/, palm /pɑːm/, salmon
/ˈsæmən/ s yes / no questions s wh- questions
igh + t eight /eɪt/, fight /faɪt/, light /laɪt/,
Are you ready? What’s your name?
night /naɪt/
-gh high /haɪ/, though /ðəʊ/ s questions when you s questions when you
k+n knee /niː/, know /nəʊ/ expect an affirmative expect a negative
answer answer
w+h what /wɒt/, when /wen/, where /wea(r)/,
which /wɪtʃ/, white /waɪt/ s to show interest s to show concern
w + ho who /huː/, whom /huːm/, whose Really!? That’s What’s wrong?
/huːz/, whole /həʊl/ great!
s to show sympathy
s Sometimes gh is pronounced /f/. Poor you!
! enough /ɪˈnʌf/, laugh /la:f/, rough /rʌf/
s to show lack of
s Sometimes the w in wh is pronounced /w/. interest
whopper /ˈwɒpə/, whoosh /wʊʃ/ Oh, really?

148 THAT’S ENGLISH!

List of Irregular Verbs
Infinitive Past simple Past participle Infinitive Past simple Past participle
be was were been fly /flaɪ/ flew /fluː/ flown /fləʊn/
/biː/ /wɒz/ /wɜː(r)/ /bɪn/
forbid forbade forbidden
become /bɪˈkʌm/ became /bɪˈkeɪm/ become /bɪˈkʌm/ /fə(r)ˈbɪd/ /fə(r)ˈbæd/ /fə(r)ˈbɪd(ə)n/

begin /bɪˈɡɪn/ began /bɪˈɡæn/ begun /bɪˈɡʌn/ forget forgot forgotten

/fə(r)ˈɡet/ /fə(r)ˈɡɒt/ /fə(r)ˈɡɒt(ə)n/
bend /bend/ bent /bent/ bent /bent/
forgive forgave forgiven
bet /bet/ bet /bet/ bet /bet/ /fə(r)ˈɡɪv/ /fə(r)ˈɡeɪv/ /fə(r)ˈɡɪv(ə)n/

bite /baɪt/ bit /bɪt/ bitten /ˈbɪt(ə)n/ freeze /friːz/ froze /frəʊz/ frozen /ˈfrəʊz(ə)n/

break /breɪk/ broke /brəʊk/ broken /ˈbrəʊk(ə)n/ get /ɡet/ got /ɡɒt/ got /ɡɒt/

bring /brɪŋ/ brought /brɔːt/ brought /brɔːt/ give /ɡɪv/ gave /ɡeɪv/ given /ˈɡɪv(ə)n/

build /bɪld/ built /bɪlt/ built /bɪlt/ go /ɡəʊ/ went /went/ gone /ɡɒn/

burn burned burnt burned burnt grow /ɡrəʊ/ grew /ɡruː/ grown /ɡrəʊn/
/bɜː(r)n/ /bɜː(r)nd/ /bɜː(r)nt/ /bɜː(r)nd/ /bɜː(r)nt/
hang /hæŋ/ hung /hʌŋ/ hung /hʌŋ/
buy /baɪ/ bought /bɔːt/ bought /bɔːt/
have /hæv/ had /hæd/ had /hæd/
catch /kætʃ/ caught /kɔːt/ caught /kɔːt/
hear /hɪə(r)/ heard /hɜː(r)d/ heard /hɜː(r)d/
choose /tʃuːz/ chose /tʃəʊz/ chosen /ˈtʃəʊz(ə)n/
hide /haɪd/ hid /hɪd/ hidden /ˈhɪd(ə)n/
come /kʌm/ came /keɪm/ come /kʌm/
hit /hɪt/ hit /hɪt/ hit /hɪt/
cost /kɒst/ cost /kɒst/ cost /kɒst/
hold /həʊld/ held /held/ held /held/
cut /kʌt/ cut /kʌt/ cut /kʌt/
hurt /hɜː(r)t/ hurt /hɜː(r)t/ hurt /hɜː(r)t/
deal /diːl/ dealt /delt/ dealt /delt/
keep /kiːp/ kept /kept/ kept /kept/
dig /dɪɡ/ dug /dʌɡ/ dug /dʌɡ/
know /nəʊ/ knew /njuː/ known /nəʊn/
do /duː/ did /dɪd/ done /dʌn/
lay /leɪ/ laid /leɪd/ laid /leɪd/
draw /drɔː/ drew /druː/ drawn /drɔːn/
lead /liːd/ led /led/ led /led/
dream dreamed dreamt dreamed dreamt
/driːm/ /driːmd/ /dremt/ /driːmd/ /dremt/ learn learned learnt learned learnt
/lɜː(r)n/ /lɜː(r)nd/ /lɜː(r)nt/ /lɜː(r)nd/ /lɜː(r)nt/
drink /drɪŋk/ drank /dræŋk/ drunk /drʌŋk/
leave /liːv/ left /left/ left /left/
drive /draɪv/ drove /drəʊv/ driven /ˈdrɪv(ə)n/
lend /lend/ lent /lent/ lent /lent/
eat /iːt/ ate /eɪt/ eaten /ˈiːt(ə)n/
let /let/ let /let/ let /let/
fall /fɔːl/ fell /fel/ fallen /ˈfɔːlən/
lie /laɪ/ lay /leɪ/ lain /leɪn/
feed /fiːd/ fed /fed/ fed /fed/
light lit lighted lit lighted
feel /fiːl/ felt /felt/ felt /felt/ /laɪt/ /lɪt/ /laɪted/ /lɪt/ /laɪted/

fight /faɪt/ fought /fɔːt/ fought /fɔːt/ lose /luːz/ lost /lɒst/ lost /lɒst/

find /faɪnd/ found /faʊnd/ found /faʊnd/ make /meɪk/ made /meɪd/ made /meɪd/

THAT’S ENGLISH! 149

List
List of
of Irregular
IrregularVerbs
Verbs
Infinitive Past simple Past participle Infinitive Past simple Past participle
mean /miːn/ meant /ment/ meant /ment/ speak /spiːk/ spoke /spəʊk/ spoken /spəʊkən/

meet /miːt/ met /met/ met /met/ spend /spend/ spent /spent/ spent /spent/

pay /peɪ/ paid /peɪd/ paid /peɪd/ spill spilled spilt spilled spilt
/spɪl/ /spɪld/ /spɪlt/ /spɪld/ /spɪlt/
prove proved proved proven
/pruːv/ /pruːvd/ /pruːvd/ /ˈpruːv(ə)n/ spit /spɪt/ spat /spæt/ spat /spæt/

put /pʊt/ put /pʊt/ put /pʊt/ spoil spoiled spoilt spoiled spoilt
/spɔɪl/ /spɔɪld/ /spɔɪlt/ /spɔɪld/ /spɔɪlt/
quit /kwɪt/ quit /kwɪt/ quit /kwɪt/
spread /spred/ spread /spred/ spread /spred/
read /riːd/ read /red/ read /red/
stand /stænd/ stood /stʊd/ stood /stʊd/
ride /raɪd/ rode /rəʊd/ ridden /ˈrɪd(ə)n/
steal /stiːl/ stole /stəʊl/ stolen /ˈstəʊl(ə)n/
ring /rɪŋ/ rang /ræŋ/ rung /rʌŋ/
stick /stɪk/ stuck /stʌk/ stuck /stʌk/
rise /raɪz/ rose /rəʊz/ risen /ˈrɪz(ə)n/
strike struck struck stricken
run /rʌn/ ran /ræn/ run /rʌn/ /straɪk/ /strʌk/ /strʌk/ /ˈstrɪkən/

say /seɪ/ said /sed/ said /sed/ swear /sweə(r)/ swore /swɔː(r)/ sworn /swɔː(r)n/

see /siː/ saw /sɔː/ seen /siːn/ swim /swɪm/ swam /swæm/ swum /swʌm/

sell /sel/ sold /səʊld/ sold /səʊld/ swing /swɪŋ/ swung /swʌŋ/ swung /swʌŋ/

send /send/ sent /sent/ sent /sent/ tear /teə(r)/ tore /tɔː(r)/ torn /tɔː(r)n/

set /set/ set /set/ set /set/ take /teɪk/ took /tʊk/ taken /ˈteɪkən/

sew sewed sewed sewn teach /tiːtʃ/ taught /tɔːt/ taught /tɔːt/
/səʊ/ /səʊd/ /səʊd/ /səʊn/
tell /tel/ told /təʊld/ told /təʊld/
shake /ʃeɪk/ shook /ʃʊk/ shaken /ˈʃeɪkən/
think /θɪŋk/ thought /θɔːt/ thought /θɔːt/
shine shined shone shined shone
/ʃaɪn/ /ʃaɪnd/ /ʃɒn/ /ʃaɪnd/ /ʃɒn/ throw /θrəʊ/ threw /θruː/ thrown /θrəʊn/

shoot /ʃuːt/ shot /ʃɒt/ shot /ʃɒt/ understand understood understood

/ˌʌndə(r)ˈstænd/ /ˌʌndə(r)ˈstʊd/ /ˌʌndə(r)ˈstʊd/
show showed shown showed
/ʃəʊ/ /ʃəʊd/ /ʃəʊn/ /ʃəʊd/ wake /weɪk/ woke /wəʊk/ woken /ˈwəʊkən/

shrink /ʃrɪŋk/ shrank /ʃrænk/ shrunk /ʃrʌŋk/ wear /weə(r)/ wore /wɔː(r)/ worn /wɔː(r)n/

shut /ʃʌt/ shut /ʃʌt/ shut /ʃʌt/ win /wɪn/ won /wʌn/ won /wʌn/

sing /sɪŋ/ sang /sæŋ/ sung /sʌŋ/ write /raɪt/ wrote /rəʊt/ written /ˈrɪt(ə)n/

sink /sɪŋk/ sank /sæŋk/ sunk /sʌŋk/

sit /sɪt/ sat /sæt/ sat /sæt/

sleep /sliːp/ slept /slept/ slept /slept/

smell smelled smelt smelled smelt

/smel/ /smeld/ /smelt/ /smeld/ /smelt/

150 THAT’S ENGLISH!


Audio Scripts
UNIT 1. TIME GOES BY
READING (page 12)
Activities 2a and 2b
1
1
Woman 1: Have you heard the latest?
Woman 2: No, what about?
Woman 1: They’re going to build a pedestrian bridge over
the main road in the High Street.
Woman 2: Really? Well, that’s good news. It’s high time
they did something about that road – it’s really
dangerous, there have been far too many
accidents there. Only last week an old lady was
knocked down…
2 you, the lady in red sitting next to Ken?
Woman: Wow! Look at the time! Is it midnight already?
Man: Oh yes, it is! Time flies when you’re having fun!
Woman: I’ve had such a good evening!
3 try to make the most of the early morning before
Woman: I don’t believe it! I’ve just spent half an hour
washing the kitchen floor, but now it’s raining and
the children have come home with dirty boots.
There’s mud everywhere! So that was a complete
waste of time.
LANGUAGE STUDY (page 14)
Activities 1a and 1b
3 time to get wherever I need to go but, I don’t know
Kate: Hi Sue, can you talk?
Sue: Hi there, Kate. Well, I’m a bit short of time right now.
I’ve got a meeting in five minutes. Is it important?
Kate: OK, I’ll be quick then. I just wanted to check we’re still
playing tennis next Monday.
Sue: Oh no, I’d completely forgotten about that! I can’t. I’ve
got to go to Barcelona for a conference. Can we put off
the match until the week after?
Kate: OK, that’s fine. I’ll contact the others and tell them we
have to change the date.
Sue: I’m really sorry! It’s just that I’m so busy, and everything
seems to happen at the same time nowadays! It really
is high time I bought myself a diary and wrote down
all my appointments!
Kate: Yes. You know, it’s about time you took some time
off too. You work much too hard. When will you have
some free time?
Sue: Who knows? Whenever my boss stops asking me to
do so much work. Sorry, I have to go. I have to be on
time for the meeting or I‘ll get into trouble. Talk to you
later. Bye.
Kate: Bye.
SKILLS WORK (page 17)
Activity 2
6 appeared. I think she was a detective and said, ’Boys,
Trainer: Welcome everybody to today’s course! I’m John
and I’m your time management trainer for the day.
Ok, let me tell you about what we have planned
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Audio Scripts
for you all today. Firstly, I’d like to know what your
time management problems actually are, when
and where you have problems managing your
time effectively. Later on, we’ll discuss solutions
and ways of dealing with these problems. So, let’s
get started. How about you, sir? Perhaps you could
introduce yourself and say why you’ve decided to
come on this course.
Ken: Hello. My name’s Ken. I’m an accountant and I
have to work from 9 to 5, but I never seem to get
everything finished on time, so I have to take work
home. I’ve got a pile of papers on my desk that
never seems to get smaller. Whenever I finish one
job, there’re always ten more things to do and my
colleagues are always interrupting me. I often have
to go to the office on Saturdays too, so it’s only on
Sundays that I can take a few hours off. My wife
is always complaining that I have no time for the
family.
Trainer: Thank you very much for that, Ken. Now what about
Jackie: Hello everyone. My name’s Jackie. I’ve got three
children and a part-time job in a school kitchen. I
spend all day running round from one place to
another. I get up before the rest of the family and
the kids go to school. I’m really a morning person,
you know, but my main problem is that I have no
time for myself to enjoy life. I never go out socially
and rarely have time even for a cup of tea!
Trainer: Well, that does sound difficult, doesn’t it? Er, and
what about you, sir? What’s your name?
Oliver: Good morning. I’m Oliver. My problem is that I’m
never on time. Something always happens that
makes me late. I always try to leave the house in
why, I always seem to have a disaster on the way:
someone phones just as I’m leaving the house, I
forget my wallet or my car runs out of petrol. My
partner says it’s about time I organised my life
better, so I’m here to learn whatever I can!
SELF TEST (page 114)
Activity 4
7
James: Well, I certainly remember one of the worst days
of my life. I was travelling to Chicago from Miami
on a business trip. After the plane had landed, I
collected my suitcase and went through customs.
As I was walking out, suddenly three huge police
officers came up to me and one said, ‘Come with
us’. They took me into a small room and asked me
to open my suitcase, which I happily did. It was
then that I realised that I’d picked up the wrong one!
The police officers carefully searched the suitcase.
They took out everything, and then they found
several packets of what seemed to be drugs! I was
terrified and started to insist that the case wasn’t
mine. Meanwhile, the officers looked in the front
compartment of the suitcase and found a driving
licence and credit cards, which also weren’t mine,
of course! Luckily, after about 15 minutes a woman
I think we’ve got the wrong person. There’s another
man out here looking for his suitcase’. I recognised
him immediately because it was his face on the
151
Audio Scripts
driving licence! The police officers recognised him
too! They let me go then, but they didn’t apologise!
I finally found my suitcase still going round and
round the baggage collection point! It was the
longest 15 minutes of my life!
UNIT 2. GETTING ON WELL
READING (page 22)
Activities 2a and 2b
8 everything all right?
Sue: I first met Jim at a party. Actually, I really liked his best
friend, Tony, and I was trying to flirt with him, but he
didn’t seem very interested in me. Then Jim came
over. He wasn’t really my type at all, but he was so
funny and we got on very well. Then at the end of the
evening, Jim asked me out for a drink and that was
the start of our big romance. Jim was great fun to be
with. We did argue and fall out sometimes, you know,
about little things, and we did have a huge argument
once because Jim thought I still liked Tony. It was
soon after that, that we decided to settle down and
we got engaged. We were both so happy! We didn’t
have enough money to buy a house, and we couldn’t
really afford to rent a flat either, so we went to live
with Jim’s mum and dad. At first it was fine, but then
things started to break down. You know what they
say about in-laws! Jim’s mum and dad were trying to
control our life together. But the worst part was that
Jim didn’t really seem to mind! Eventually, it got so
bad that I had to leave. We got divorced on our first
wedding anniversary. I was very sad but you’ll never
guess who I’m going out with now! That’s right, Tony!
He’s not Jim’s best friend anymore, though!
SKILLS WORK (page 27)
Activity 3
14
Speaker 1
As a marketing manager, I work 24/7. Well, not literally
but sometimes it feels like that. I really don’t have time
to socialise and so I don’t get to meet new people. There
are one or two men at work who I quite like but they’re in
relationships. And of course, it does take someone quite
special to go out with a workaholic career woman like me.
Speaker 2
Since my wife died, I’ve been a full time working dad, but
now that the kids are growing up, I do have more free time,
especially at the weekends. My kids keep saying, ‘Why don’t
you get yourself a girlfriend, dad?’. It’s been so long since
I’ve been on a date I wouldn’t know where to start! Actually,
it was my daughter who registered me on Soulmate Search!
Speaker 3
I’ve always been shy, and I’ve never liked going out to bars
and clubs, but I do get lonely sometimes. I love computers,
they’re my whole life. I work as a computer game designer
and when I get home from work I spend all evening on the
Internet. So it just seemed to make sense to try and find
someone through an online dating agency.
Speaker 4
I’m not shy at all; in fact, I’m out all the time. I’ve got loads
of friends and I do get to meet lots of men, but they’re rarely
single. I never really seem to meet anyone special, and I’m
152
fed up with guys complaining about their boring jobs. I’d
like to meet someone with an interesting life, and someone
like that probably doesn’t hang out in the clubs I go to with
my friends.
SPEAKING (page 28)
Activity 2
15
Dialogue 1
Mary: Hi Judy, how’re you? And how’s the husband? Is
Judy: Don’t mention him.
Mary: Oh dear! Why? What’s he done?
Judy: He’s been seen with another woman.
Mary: Really? Who by?
Judy: Daisy saw him at a pub kissing some young girl.
Mary: Are you sure? You know what Daisy’s like. You
shouldn’t pay her too much attention.
Judy: I am sure. I asked him, and he admitted the whole
thing. And that’s not all; he says he’s leaving me.
Mary: I’m so sorry. I know how you must be feeling.
Remember when my Dave threatened to leave me?
Judy: Yes of course; but he didn’t go in the end, did he?
Mary: That’s right, but I just played it cool. I just carried on
with my life and in the end, he realised what a fool he
was making of himself.
Judy: Oh, thanks for your support, Mary!
Mary: Well, good luck and I hope things get better soon!
Maybe you should come out with the girls tonight.
Dialogue 2
Claire: What’s the matter, Jill? You look really fed up.
Jill: Oh, it’s that boss of mine. You’re not going to believe
this. You know how he always pays us our bonus just
before Christmas?
Claire: Yeah, I remember you telling me about that. That
must come in really handy.
Jill: Well yes it does, but he’s told us today he’s not going
to pay it until the end of January.
Claire: That’s awful news! Two days before Christmas!
Jill: That’s the thing: the idiot’s left it right to the last
minute to tell everyone. I don’t know what I’m going
to do; I’ve already spent most of it.
Claire: Oh, I’m terribly sorry to hear that, Jill. I tell you what
I’d do, I’d talk to a good lawyer.
Jill: To be honest, I’m thinking of leaving and looking for
another job. He’s a useless boss!
Claire: Well, I do sympathise with you, but don’t do anything
you might regret later. If you’re really short of money,
I can help you out.
Jill: Thanks, Claire. I appreciate your offer, but I really
think I’ve had as much as I can take.
Dialogue 3
Paul: What’s wrong, Kate? You seem upset.
Kate: I am. I’ve had some bad news.
Paul: Oh really, what’s happened?
Kate: It’s Janet; you know she’s been working in Sweden?
Paul: Yes, but that’s only temporary, isn’t it?
Kate: That’s what I thought. But she rang me last night and
told me they’ve offered her a permanent position.
Paul: Poor you! But, haven’t you thought of going over
there? That’s what I would do.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Kate: Well, yes, but I don’t think she wants me to.
Paul: Why not?
Kate: I think she might have met someone else.
Paul: Oh no, that is sad. I thought you two were so happy
together.
Kate: So did I. Oh Paul, I don’t know what to do.
Paul: Why don’t you go to Sweden and try and make up?
Kate: Thanks Paul, I think I will. Too bad I didn’t go over
there before, eh?
SELF TEST (page 115)
Activity 6
18
At the time I was working in Edinburgh. I hadn’t lived there
very long so I didn’t know many people there. Anyway, one
Friday evening one of my colleagues, Chris, asked me if I
wanted to go to a party with him. And that’s where I met
Jenny, it was her party. We started chatting and she told
me that she was really into Pilates. I’d heard about Pilates,
but I didn’t know much about it and so she asked me if I
wanted to go with her to one of her classes. Anyway, the
next morning I got up early and soon found myself in a gym
surrounded by attractive young women. There were only
five other guys besides me. The teacher, Polly, was really
nice, but she certainly made me work hard! As she was
a friend of Jenny’s, the three of us went for a coffee after
the class. Polly and I really got on tremendously from the
start and we started going out together soon after. That was
five years ago. We got married three years ago and had a
baby girl last year. But I’ve never been back to one of Polly’s
classes. I guess Pilates is just not my thing.
UNIT 3. EAST, WEST, HOME IS BEST
READING (page 33)
Activity 7a
20
In the end, if I had to choose, despite the California sunshine
and my big apartment, I would still choose New York. I’m
learning to love LA, but it’s just too big – and too lonely.
You’re always alone here, shut up in your car driving
somewhere, so most of the day, you just don’t talk to
anybody. In New York, people get angry with each other but
at least we connect. As the journalist friend of mine puts it,
‘New Yorkers cry and shout at each other in public, all the
time, everywhere, on the subway, just walking down the
street, but Angelinos cry alone in their cars’.
Activities 8a and 8b
21
Nico: Oh come on, Annie. What do you mean you don’t
want to go? It’s supposed to be a really exciting
place, full of opportunities.You know, the Big Apple!
Annie: I’m sorry, but I’m just not a city person, Nico. I hate
the thought of living in an ugly dirty dangerous city,
with litter everywhere and pollution and no trees.
That’s my idea of hell.
Nico: But it isn’t like that at all anymore! Developers
have done a lot of work renewing the old industrial
areas, and it’s really a safe clean place these days
with lots of trees and green spaces. Central Park is
enormous. And anyway, we don’t have to live in the
centre, we can live in the suburbs.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Annie: But it’s so expensive, Nico! From what I’ve heard,
there is so much demand for housing that anyone
who owns a property can ask as much as they like
for rent because people are desperate. You have to
pay thousands of dollars for just a tiny apartment
on the tenth floor without an elevator or something.
Nico: Of course it’s expensive to live in the centre, but
there are more affordable areas in the suburbs.
There must be. Anyway, the company will pay me a
higher salary if we move and pay our moving costs.
We’ll never get a chance like this again – we’d be
mad if we didn’t take it.
LANGUAGE STUDY (page 35)
Activity 8
25
Presenter:Hello and welcome to Cities of the Future, our
weekly programme to look at how different cities
in the world are solving the problem of urban
decay. This week we are in New York visiting the
High Line.This was once a railway line, which hung
suspended over the streets of lower Manhattan.
Up until the 1970s, it was used to transport
products and raw materials such as oil, iron and
wood into the heart of the city – by travelling
along an overhead track, the trains could avoid
the city traffic – but by 1980, there was no longer
much industrial activity in the city centre and the
railway was closed. The line was abandoned for
many years and became a dangerous and ugly
‘no go’ area, filled with litter; and a meeting place
for gangs, drug sellers and other criminal activity.
Activities 10a and 10b
26
Presenter:What is so inspiring about the High Line project is
that the local people, the residents, took control.
Instead of selling the land to developers, they
decided to keep it and transform it into a public
green space that local people could enjoy. They
succeeded in getting money from the government
– $50 million of investment – and the High Line
is now a beautiful elevated park that is just ten
metres wide and suspended 20 metres in the air
above the streets of Manhattan. It was officially
opened in 2012 and is now a popular meeting
place for both New Yorkers and tourists. Thanks to
this development, you can now walk along nearly
two kilometres of green space right in the centre
of New York city.
SKILLS WORK (page 37)
Activities 3a and 3b
28
Rahman
Of course we have terrible problems in Dhaka. Although we
are a megacity with a population of 14 million, and growing,
we still don’t have a proper mass transport system, for
example. There’s been a plan to build a subway for years,
but it hasn’t happened yet. Our parks and green spaces are
in a bad state because we don’t have the money to look
after them properly. But I have to say, I’ve travelled to capital
cities all over the world and, beyond a certain point, they all
feel the same. You can’t find the sense of community and
passion for life that there is here in Dhaka. Here, people
153
Audio Scripts
will sit up until late at night drinking tea and talking about Sam: Yes, I know but…
everything – politics, religion, science, art, music, with this Mum: Finished your homework?
great sense of excitement and engagement. It’s a form of Sam: Er, no.
socialising which we call adda and it’s unique. I’ve never
Mum: Sam! I’m really not pleased with you.
found anything like this in any other city. That’s why I’ve
lived here all my life and why I stay. Sam: Sorry, Mum. I’ll do it before school.
Mum: Uhh. Night night.
Balvir
I chose to move back to Dhaka because I wanted to do Dialogue 4
something for the country where I was born. When I arrived, Policeman: Good afternoon, madam. We are investigating
I wrote in my diary that I was so happy to be in this city of several car thefts in the area recently. Might I
dirt and dreams. But now, six months later, this seems naïve. ask if you have noticed anything suspicious in
The recent economic growth has made the government the area recently?
optimistic about the future, but they are deliberately closing Woman: Well, come to think of it, I have seen a couple of
their eyes to the reality of our problems to avoid taking young men hanging around on the street corner
responsibility for them. You just can’t imagine the terrible in the evenings.
working and living conditions here – not just the irregular Policeman: Could you give me a description, please?
electricity supply or the crowds, but the level of stress you
Dialogue 5
feel every day just walking down the street, with terrible air
and noise pollution, the holes in the roads, the litter and dirt Woman: Hey Carol, come and have a look at this!
everywhere. We should be deeply ashamed not just that our Carol: What? Oh right, they must be the new people at
city has been judged the second or third worst place in the number seven.
world to live in, but that this is not due to recent wars or Woman: Just look at what she’s wearing – so fashionable. I
political instability. We’re the only peaceful place to be in love it!
this condition. Carol: And she’s so slim – maybe she’s a model.
Woman: She must have plenty of money – all those designer
UNIT 4. MIND YOUR LANGUAGE clothes...
Carol: I would never wear short skirts like that, my knees
LANGUAGE STUDY (page 44) are too ugly.
Activities 4a and 4b Activity 5
30 31
Dialogue 1 – I’m going to Japan for a whole month soon.
Mark: Hi, Clare. How’s it going? – Could I speak to Angela Stone, please?
Clare: Not too bad, Mark, thanks. And you? – Who’s calling, please?
Mark: Yeah, good. I’m going to Japan for a whole month – Let me write that in my diary.
soon, though. – Knock, knock, can I come in?
Clare: Really? – It’s high time you turned that off.
Mark: I’m visiting my cousin in Tokyo. Anyway, just on my – You should get some sleep.
way to class now. Erm, what time do you make it?
– Turn off the light now.
Clare: Ten to nine.
– Yes, I know but…
Mark: Must go. Cheers.
– I would never wear short skirts like that.
Dialogue 2
– My knees are too ugly.
Angela: Hello?
Personal assistant: Good morning. Could I speak to Angela Activity 5
Stone, please?
32
Angela: Speaking. Who’s calling, please? Silent L: could should would
Personal assistant: This is Mr Weston’s personal assistant. I Silent GH: light though high
do apologise, but I’m afraid Mr. Weston
Silent K: knock know knee
has to postpone today’s meeting. He’s
been delayed in Paris. Silent W: write whole who
Angela: Oh, I see.
SKILLS WORK (page 47)
Personal assistant: Could we possibly rearrange it for
Thursday the sixth at 10:00? Activity 4
Angela: Erm, yes, I think so. Let me write that in
35
my diary.
Personal assistant: Thank you so much. Goodbye. Speaker 1
I totally agree that this phenomenon is seriously affecting
Dialogue 3
the quality of writing. Only the other day a student of mine
Mum: Knock, knock, can I come in? submitted an essay full of text abbreviations and he couldn’t
Sam: Yeah, of course you can. understand why it was a problem. In the future, students
Mum: Oh, come on now, Sam, it’s high time you turned that like him are not going to be able to enter university if they
off. persist in lowering standards like this. We must be rigorous
Sam: But Mum, I’m just in the middle of a brilliant game. in upholding standards of writing, or else the next generation
Mum: You should get some sleep; turn off the light now, will lose the ability to communicate abstract ideas in writing
you’ve got school in the morning. and the skills needed for academic study.

154 THAT’S ENGLISH!

Speaker 2
Well I must say I find it quite confusing at times, I mean,
the other day I got this text from my daughter and honestly,
I had no idea what she was trying to say – there were no
real words in it. I’d asked her if she was planning to be back
for dinner and the reply was A-F-A-I-K. That could mean
anything! Turns out it means ’as far as I know’.
Speaker 3
I really don’t see what the problem is. I mean, right, I can
understand it when teachers get fed up if you put text
speak in schoolwork and stuff; obviously that’s a bad idea.
But the rest of it is stupid, ‘cos actually texting increases
communication because I know what my friends are thinking
and feeling all day long. My dad says I’m addicted to my
mobile, and he’s banned me from texting during meals. He
says I should try to have two hours a day without checking
my phone – no way I’m doing that! I feel lost without my
phone, I can’t help it!
Speaker 4
In our research into social media, we‘ve been trying
to establish what the appeal of text messaging is, and
one theory why it has been so widely adopted is that it
strengthens the bonds between a social group. In the
distant past, humans functioned in close-knit groups of 20
to 25 people and they needed to keep in close contact for
safety and also for success in hunting for food. Nowadays,
we still relate to a core group and text messaging enables
us to keep in touch throughout the day and, as a result, we
may feel more secure and comfortable.
SPEAKING (pages 48-49)
Activity 1a
36
Well, in this first photo everyone looks very serious. I think
it must be a formal situation because everyone is dressed
very smartly; most of them are wearing suits. I think it’s
probably a business meeting. Perhaps they are meeting up
for the first time, because they certainly don’t look as if they
know each other very well. They can’t be friends so yes, I’d
say they must be business colleagues, although they might
be government officials.
Now, let me see. What’s going on with these children? They
look really young, they can’t be more than three or four
years old, perhaps it’s their first day at school. Oh, look at
that little boy, he can’t be feeling very happy. Look at his
body language. He’s really frowning and he’s crying. He
must be really upset, maybe he’d rather be at home with his
mum. Poor thing!
Activity 3
38
Dialogue 1
Mr D: Good morning.
Tom: Good morning. How are you, Mr Dance?
Mr D: How can I help?
Tom: I’m going to the doctor’s at 11 tomorrow. Is that
satisfactory?
Mr D: Well, I suppose so but you really should have informed
me before.
Tom: I apologise for the inconvenience. Also, I’m taking
some holiday next week, is that all right?
Mr D: Have you completed the form in advance?
Tom: Yes, of course.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Mr D: Tom, I’m afraid your attitude is unacceptable. We no
longer require your services here.
Tom: I’m sorry, but there must be a misunderstanding.
Dialogue 2
Mum: Hello, Tom.
Tom: Hi, Mum. All right?
Mum: Fine, thanks. Do you want a drink?
Tom: Thanks very much, I’ll have a beer.
Mum: Can you help me set the table?
Tom: No problem.
Mum: Dinner’s ready. Sit down.
Dad: Can I have the salt, please?
Tom: There you are.
Dad: And pass the water.
Activities 4a and 4b
39
Dialogue 1
Tom: You won’t believe what happened today!
Sally: No, do tell.
Tom: Well, I got fired!
Sally: No! What happened?
Tom: Well, I asked if I could go to the doctor’s and Mr
Dance, that’s the big boss, first he said OK and then I
asked him about taking holiday next week. He asked
if I had completed the holiday form and I said yes, no
problem. Then he blew up and said I wasn’t needed
there anymore!
Sally: What happened next?
Tom: Then, I said I was really sorry and he’d got it all wrong.
I told him I really loved my job but it was no good. In
the end, he just told me to go. What a nightmare!
Sally: How awful!
Dialogue 2
Interviewer: Right, and now Tom, I’d like to discuss your
previous employment. I see you were working
at Northern Bank before.
Tom: Err, yes, that’s right.
Interviewer: And why did you leave after only six months?
Tom: Actually, it was all a misunderstanding. First of
all, I’d like to say that I didn’t mean to upset
Mr Dance, that’s my previous employer, in
any way. I asked him for permission to go
to the doctor’s and to go on holiday, but
unfortunately, he thought I was being impolite.
He then became annoyed and told me my
services were no longer required. I then tried
to explain that I was very keen to stay. Finally,
I was unable to persuade him. It was most
unfortunate.
Interviewer: Yes, indeed it was.
SELF TEST (page 117)
Activity 6
40
Amy: I wonder where Pete and Liz have got to. They should
have been here at eight and now it’s nearly nine
o’clock and the dinner is burning.
Nick: OK, I’ll try and call them. No, it’s gone to voicemail.
Pete’s phone must be switched off.
Amy: I’ve tried texting Liz, but there’s no reply.
155
Audio Scripts
Nick: There might be a problem with the babysitter.
Amy: Er, I suppose so.
Nick: Come to think of it, there are some new roadworks on
that side of town – there may be a jam there.
Amy: OK, but I don’t understand why they haven’t got
in touch. It’s not like them. There must be a serious
problem or they would have texted us.
Nick: No, there can’t be. I spoke to Pete at seven, and he
said everything was fine. Don’t worry, there must be a
simple explanation.
REVISION 1
LANGUAGE REVISION (page 51)
Activity 6c
41
1 green spaces 6 traffic jams
2 cycle lanes 7 urban decay
3 public transport 8 street lighting
4 exhaust fumes 9 crime rate
5 air pollution 10 studio apartments
SKILLS WORK (page 53)
Activities 4 and 5
44
Story 1
My husband and I were on holiday in Austria travelling
around the country, visiting Vienna, Salzburg and many other
beautiful places. One day we stopped at a little roadside
restaurant to get some lunch. It was a pretty place with a
small dining room. We sat down and the waiter brought us
the menu. It was all in German and none of the staff spoke
English so we just decided to try whatever local dishes they
could provide. There were three different sections on the
menu, which we assumed were starters, main courses and
desserts, so we thought it would be a good idea to choose
one from each. My husband, who is a very orderly sort
of person, said, ‘I’ll order the first one from each section
and you can order the second,’ which is what we did. The
waiter understood when we pointed to what we wanted
on the menu, but seemed rather surprised. However, my
husband was happy when they brought him a soup for his
first course. I had a rather heavy dish of meat and potatoes.
Then, we were surprised as the second course appeared –
for my husband another soup, for me fish and vegetables.
Finally the third course was, yes, you’ve guessed, another
soup and another big meat dish. So never assume that
menus are the same in every country!
Story 2
Many years ago I went travelling in Turkey. I like to be
prepared, so I looked carefully at the places I wanted to
go to and used a phrase book to learn the most important
expressions I needed to get about. When I was in Istanbul,
I decided I would get a bus to Ortaköy. I found the bus stop
and waited until a bus appeared. In my best accent I said
‘Ortaköy’ to the bus driver and he nodded, so I got on the
bus, but he looked worried and said something while he
continued nodding. I tried to walk down the aisle of the bus,
but he got out of his seat and almost pushed me off the bus.
I couldn’t work out what was happening until I realised that
nodding in Turkey means ‘no’ and I was on the wrong bus.
156
Story 3
The funniest thing I saw at a cocktail party in Marbella was
a Spanish woman talking to an English woman. They were
both happy to talk to each other, but you could see that
the English woman felt uncomfortable about the way the
Spanish woman moved close to her when she spoke. They
ended up dancing around the room as the English woman
tried to move away to keep her personal space, and the
Spanish woman moved nearer and nearer.
Story 4
I was visiting a friend in Brazil, but I don’t speak any
Portuguese, so when I had some time to wait before my
friend met me after work, I went into a restaurant and had a
meal. I guessed at what I was ordering but they brought me
a delicious-looking fish dish, so I was very happy. To show
the waiter that I liked the food, I made the OK gesture, you
know, a circle with my thumb and forefinger. He looked
furious, took the food away and gestured for me to leave
the restaurant. It wasn’t until I spoke to my friend that I
discovered that in Brazil, that gesture means something
really offensive! I didn’t use it again!
UNIT 5. FISH FOR A COMPLIMENT
LANGUAGE STUDY (pages 58-59)
Activities 1a, 1b and 1c
46
Dialogue 1
Man: Morning, Mrs T.
Woman: Oh, hello there Mr Frost.
Man: Those are some very fine roses you have there.
Woman: Yes, they are lovely this year.
Man: You do look well if I may say so.
Woman: Really? Do you think so? Thank you.
Man: Have you been away?
Woman: Yes, just for a few days by the sea.
Dialogue 2
Man: Hello, Beth. Wow! You look a million dollars!
Beth: Thank you. You scrub up well yourself.
Man: Shall we go? The table’s booked for eight.
Dialogue 3
Mr Keene: Ah, Harry, there you are. I must say that was
an excellent presentation this morning. Most
informative.
Harry: Thank you very much, Mr Keene. I’m glad you
found it helpful.
Mr Keene: By the way, can you let me have the sales figures
for last month?
Dialogue 4
Ben: Hi there, Gary. How’s it going?
Gary: Yeah, good thanks. Hey, nice bike, Ben.
Ben: Cheers. Got it last week.
Gary: That does look cool. Awesome.
Dialogue 5
Tara: Yoo hoo, Tracey! Over here! Helloooo!
Tracey: Hi! Long time, no see!
Tara: I know! You look amazing! You have lost weight.
Tracey: Yeah, cheers. Wow, what a gorgeous dress!
Tara: Thanks. Right, shall we get some drinks?
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Activities 7a and 7b
48
Kim: Hi there, Sue. Did you have a nice weekend?
Sue: Yes, thanks, I did. What did you do?
Kim: Oh, I went to see my brother Tony, you know, the one
who lives in Oxford.
Sue: Right. How is he? Didn’t he split up with his wife
recently?
Kim: Yes, that’s right. He was moving house so I went down
to lend a hand with everything.
Sue: How is he?
Kim: Oh, not very good. He seemed so sad; my heart went
out to him.
Sue: Oh dear, that’s a shame. I remember you saying he
and his wife did everything together.
Kim: Yes, they really were joined at the hip. Sue, can I pick
your brains?
Sue: Yes, of course. How can I help?
Kim: Well, he isn’t looking after himself, and he’s eating lots
of fast food so he’s put on lots of weight.
Sue: Oh dear, have you suggested he go on a diet?
Kim: Well, I tried but he bit my head off! He was very angry
so I shut up.
Sue: I see. He used to be very fit, didn’t he? Does he still go
to the gym?
Kim: Yes, but only once a month now – his heart’s not in it
anymore.
Sue: Well, if I were you, I’d keep an eye on him. You know,
go and see him more often.
Kim: Yes, good idea, I will.
Sue: Maybe you should get him to take up a new sport and
meet new people.
Kim: Good thinking. Thanks, Sue. I feel better now I’ve got it
off my chest.
Sue: I’m glad talking about it helped. Let me know how he
gets on, won’t you?
Kim: Yes, I definitely will.
SKILLS WORK (page 61)
Activities 2a and 2b
50
Glyn Evans: Hello and welcome to this week’s edition of
Body and Soul. I’m Glyn Evans. Tonight in
the studio, we have Dr Sylvia King who has
published a report on teenagers’ body image.
Welcome, Dr King.
Dr King: Thank you.
Glyn Evans: So, tell me, what are you researching?
Dr King: I am trying to understand changing attitudes to
appearance, and answering the question: why
do we hate the way we look?
Glyn Evans: Is that really a very common feeling?
Dr King: Yes, even in very young children. At seven
they’re beginning to show body dissatisfaction.
As adults, 90% of British women feel body
image anxiety.
Glyn Evans: That’s shocking. So, how have we got to this
situation?
Dr King: There’s a lot of research showing how the fact
that fashion magazines digitally manipulate
photos so that models look even more beautiful,
THAT’S ENGLISH!
can lead to huge self-esteem problems for
many ordinary people. In the past 15 years,
eating disorders have doubled. We’ve always
compared ourselves to other people, but what
has changed is the way we use images.
Glyn Evans: Can you give any examples?
Dr King: We’re no longer comparing ourselves to ‘local
images’ – our friends. Instead, we’re comparing
ourselves to celebrities, and to photoshopped
images, of which we see around 5,000 a week!
That must have a huge effect.
Glyn Evans: So is photoshopping the main problem?
Dr King: The problem is not the photoshopping itself
– the problem is that photoshopped images
threaten to replace all others. Another major
factor is the ‘size zero’ models that are used by
the fashion industry.
Glyn Evans: Hasn’t there been some progress on this
recently?
Dr King: Hmm. I think the fashion industry doesn’t
realise that people would like to see something
different. A recent study surveyed 3,000 women
and found that the vast majority spend more
money in a shop when they see clothes on
normal size people.
Glyn Evans: Well, that’s interesting, but we’ll have to leave it
there. Thank you, Dr King.
SELF TEST (page 118)
Activity 6
51
Joe: Hi, sis.
Ellie: Hi, Joe.
Joe: What on earth have you done to your hair? It looks like
you’ve been out in a strong wind.
Ellie: What do you mean? I’ve just got back from the
hairdresser’s.
Joe: I was just pulling your leg. You do look nice.
Ellie: OK. Thanks.
Joe: Are you going somewhere special tonight?
Ellie: Yes, I’m going out with Darren.
Joe: But you said you couldn’t stand him!
Ellie: Yeah, well, we got off on the wrong foot at first, but I
really like him now. Are you going to see Tania again?
Joe: Over my dead body!
Ellie: OK, OK don’t bite my head off. What’s the problem?
Joe: I thought she liked me, but now she’s going out with
Mike.
Ellie: What kind of friend is he? He’s really stabbed you in
the back.
Joe: Yes, I can’t believe it.
Ellie: If I were you, I’d forget all about the two of them.
Joe: Hmm. You’re right.
UNIT 6. AS NICE AS PIE
LANGUAGE STUDY (page 69)
Activity 4
55
The 1980s were a time of economic growth and are
generally considered to be a materialistic decade. Wall
157
Audio Scripts
Street, a film about bankers in New York who believed that
‘greed is good’ defined the spirit of the age, and Madonna
had one of her first hits with the single Material Girl. It’s
probably not surprising then, that in terms of taste and
fashion, people seemed to appreciate things that were big
and shiny. In terms of fashion, big hair and big shoulders
were popular. Both men and women wore smart formal
suits with shoulder pads to make their shoulders look wider.
Women used large amounts of hairspray and mousse
to puff out their hair and wore lots of make-up in strong
dark colours and big flashy pieces of jewellery, especially
enormous earrings.
The 80s were when ordinary people started to get interested
in health and fitness. The actress Jane Fonda started the
fashion for aerobics – exercise to music, which spread all
over the world. At the same time, Arnold Schwarzenegger
was responsible for making the idea of exercising in a gym
fashionable. These trends, together with dance films such
as Fame and Flashdance, influenced fashion and meant
that sports and dancewear such as leggings, sweatshirts
and legwarmers were popular.
In popular culture, Michael Jackson and Madonna were the
icons of the decade, both in terms of style and music. They
sold more records than any other artists and young people
all over the world copied their style in clothes and in dance
moves. In food and travel, as foreign holidays became
cheaper and more affordable, people travelled more and
tried new tastes and cooking styles. Japanese food such
as sushi became popular in Europe, and in the UK Italian
cooking began to have more influence than French cuisine.
Pesto was the sauce of the decade and the kiwi was its
favourite fruit.
SKILLS WORK (page 71)
Activities 2a and 2b
56
Roma: So, who else are we going to invite – apart from
Maria and Tim and your parents?
Ana: Do we need to invite anyone else? We’re having
this dinner for you to meet my parents – and Tim’s
coming because he’s my brother. I’ve invited Maria
because she’s been my best friend for so long, she’s
like a sister, and mum and dad know her really well.
Roma: OK, but I think I’ll feel less nervous about meeting
your father if there are some other people around.
Can we invite Sebastien?
Ana: I think Sebastien’s going to be on holiday then.
Roma: Is he? OK, well, Tito then – and Olga.
Ana: Oh no, Roma, not Olga! She’s so awful. And Tito
doesn’t speak English.
Roma: But he’s my best friend! I need him to be there. And
he does speak English, sort of.
Ana: OK, we’ll invite Tito but without Olga. Now, what
about food? We want something appetising and
delicious, but not too complicated.
Roma: Mm, what about my chicken curry?
Ana: Mm, I don’t know. My dad doesn’t really like anything
too spicy. What about if I make sushi?
Roma: That’s much too complicated and Tito doesn’t like
sushi.
Ana: Roma! We’re giving this dinner party for my
parents, not for Tito! But you’ve got a point, sushi is
complicated. How about that lovely chicken dish you
made the other day – the one with the rich creamy
sauce?
158
Roma: Um, OK. The thing is I’m not sure if I can reproduce
it again exactly. I didn’t make it from a recipe, it
was spontaneous; I made it up as I went along – a
spoonful of this and a pinch of that…
Ana: Well, you can try, can’t you? We’ll have that and a
nice fresh green salad for the main course. Now,
what are you going to wear?
Roma: What do you mean, what am I going to wear?
Clothes, of course!
Ana: Look, I’ve already explained this lots of times: my
parents are a bit conservative. I don’t think you
should wear your orange and pink shirt for example,
or your designer jeans with the hole in them.
Roma: Do you want me to wear a suit?
Ana: No, of course not! That would be much too formal.
You need to look smart casual. An ordinary shirt and
a smart pair of jeans or trousers would be fine.
SPEAKING (pages 72-73)
Activities 2a and 2b
60
Alex: In my view, the food in this country is terrible. I’m
convinced that it’s the worst in the world. We just don’t
have any tradition of cooking or culinary heritage. I
mean, what’s our national dish? Roast beef? That’s
just putting some beef in the oven, isn’t it? It’s not
surprising most people just eat junk food and other
rubbish, is it?
Janis: Come on Alex, I don’t think that’s fair. I’d like to point
out that, personally, I never eat junk food. Well, almost
never and nor do a lot of people I know. And there
are lots of great restaurants round here. You can eat
Indian, Chinese and Mexican.
Alex: But that’s exactly my point! Where can you eat ‘British’,
tell me that! Compared with France, Spain, Italy – all
the places I’ve visited. Really, it seems to me that my
own country is the only one that just doesn’t have a
proper national cuisine of its own.
Janis: Well, that’s interesting because I strongly believe that
we do! What about fish and chips? Steak and kidney
pudding? Apple crumble and custard?
Alex: Yes, but those are hardly refined delicacies, are they?
As I see it, they don’t really compare with French
cooking for example.
Janis: No, they aren’t refined dishes, but most people don’t
eat refined dishes every day, not even the French! As
far as I’m concerned, good cooking is food that is made
with fresh local ingredients and is prepared with loving
care and attention. And there’s no doubt in my mind
that the British are as good at this as anyone else in
Europe. My grandmother says that the bad reputation
of British cooking really dates from after the Second
World War. It took a long time for food supplies to get
back to normal, and when she was young, you couldn’t
get butter easily or fresh eggs or cream for example,
and ordinary people forgot how to cook!
Alex: And you think we’ve remembered since then?
Janis: Yes, I do. And to prove it, we’re going out for a good
English curry tonight.That’s the other thing we’re good
at, see, stealing the best ideas from other cultures.
Activities 5a and 5b
62
Janis: And this is my favourite dress, which was given to
THAT’S ENGLISH!
 me by my great-aunt Sukie. It’s got a really interesting
story. Sukie got it in London in the 60s.
Alex: Really?
Janis: Yes. It comes from this shop called Granny Takes a Trip
on Kings Road.
Alex: No! You’re kidding me! Not the Granny Takes a Trip?
Where rock stars and famous people used to buy their
clothes?
Janis: Yes, that’s right. For a while, it was one of the coolest,
most stylish shops in London. And somehow, one
summer, Sukie got a job there as a sales assistant.
Alex: Wow! That’s amazing! Did she meet any rock stars?
Janis: Kind of. She says she was very young at the time and
quite shy, so she didn’t chat to customers very much.
The dress was on sale in the shop and she fell in love
with it as soon as she saw it. She even tried it on, but
she knew that she’d never be able to buy it. It was
much too expensive. Today you’d probably pay over a
thousand pounds.
Alex: Is that right? That’s unbelievable!
Janis: Yes, it was really expensive even for that shop and
nobody bought it. Week after week went by and the
dress was still there but then one day, when Sukie
came back from her lunch break, the dress was gone.
Alex: Oh, no!
Janis: It had been sold, but actually it was still in the shop
because the customer who’d bought it had bought so
many things that he couldn’t carry them all, and so he
was coming back the following day to pick them up.
Anyway, the next day, Sukie was alone in the shop in
the afternoon, when this famous rock star walked in.
Alex: Well, go on then, who was it?
Janis: Brian Jones, the guitarist, from the Rolling Stones!
Sukie said he was very charming and polite but not
very sober. He collected his shopping, but for some
reason he didn’t want to take the dress. When she
gave him the bag, he looked sad and said, ‘No, I don’t
need that now, love. Not anymore.’ When she tried to
insist saying that he’d paid for it, he started to look
angry, but suddenly he gave her the most charming
smile, put the bag with the dress in it on the counter
and said, ‘Take it, it’s yours, a present from me.’ He
smiled sadly, then left the shop and got into a taxi that
had been waiting for him and drove off.
UNIT 7. THE FUTURE LOOKS BRIGHT
READING (page 77)
Activity 6a
66
Speaker 1
I’d like to be a stuntman when I grow up. My parents think
I’m living in a dream world but I know it is possible. It’s not
just a daydream! I love sport and I’m great at gymnastics,
and I practise every day, so I don’t think it would be too hard
for me.
Speaker 2
This is the job of my dreams: I can’t believe I got it. I’ve always
wanted to travel more than anything else, and in particular,
I’ve always wanted to go to Thailand. Guess where I have to
go on my first business trip?Thailand! And with the enormous
salary I’ll be getting, the first thing I’m going to buy is a sports
car. Finally, I really will be living the dream.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Speaker 3
My wife and I are hoping to adopt a baby boy in June. We’re
so excited. We can’t have children of our own, we’ve been
trying for years and to be quite honest our hearts and our
dreams have been broken so many times that we’ve often
been quite desperate. But then a friend suggested adoption
and we knew that was the right decision for us. It really will
be a dream come true, a family of our own.
Speaker 4
I wrote a song and put it on YouTube. It was successful
beyond my wildest dreams and now that I‘ve finally got
some money, you know what I’m going to do? I’m going
to write another one! I’d love to be as successful as Lennon
and McCartney, who knows? So, anyway, I’ve given up my
day job because I really do believe that anything is possible
if you’re prepared to chase your dreams.
SKILLS WORK (page 81)
Activities 3a and 3b
72
Saleema
Having this money is a very special opportunity. I will use
the money to start a shop in my village with my husband.
We will sell tea and bread and maybe some fish. We bought
a bicycle with part of the money and now my husband will
be able to go to the next village and buy bread for us to
sell. We hope that our children don’t have to struggle like
us when they are older, and I hope they will all finish their
education. I only went to school until I was 14. I can read and
write but my son is hoping to be a doctor and I know he can
do it because he is such a clever boy.
Trevor
About a year ago, an old friend of mine, who was working as
a chef at a very high-class restaurant, told me that he wanted
to set up his own restaurant. I live in a small village on the
south coast of England and I was running a small café at
the seaside. My friend suggested that we set up a business
together and turn the café into a seafood restaurant. I had
the building and he could create the food. It seemed like
a good idea until we went to the bank. Impossible to get
any money for our idea. But we didn’t give up. We are now
hoping to get our funding online through crowdfunding. We
need about £30,000 and we already have nearly half that.
We are really hopeful we can get all the money we need. We
have just a week to get the money, so fingers crossed.
UNIT 8. LIVE TO TELL THE TALE
READING (page 86)
Activities 2a and 2b
73
Alex: Have you heard from your brother? How’s he getting
on in Australia?
Lisa: Yes, he’s having a great time. He’s been skydiving
and whitewater rafting – all that extremely hazardous
stuff. Far too scary for me. I’ve always been fearful of
anything where you could get hurt.
Alex: Don’t you admire his courage then?
Lisa: Yes, he has no fear and a lot of determination
nothing Mum and Dad say has any effect. He always
does his own thing. What shall we do tonight?
Alex: Erm, do you want to watch a DVD?
Lisa: No, not really.
159
Audio Scripts
Alex: Well, we might as well. Have you ever seen Man on
Wire?
Lisa: Mm, no. Don’t think so.
Alex: It’s really fascinating. It’s about a French guy who
walked on a high wire between the Twin Towers in
New York in 1974.
Lisa: You are kidding! It sounds risky. I expect he had a
safety rope, though.
Alex: No, seriously, he walked across from the North to the
South Tower, over 400 metres from the ground, with
nothing to catch him if he fell.
Lisa: I’d never do that. Not even for a dare for a million pounds.
Alex: I’d love to do something really daring like that. He was
so courageous.
Lisa: I don’t think that shows bravery, it’s recklessness. It’s
absolutely crazy to do that without a safety rope.
Alex: That French guy did a lot of reckless stuff. He loved it.
I think he was very brave.
Lisa: Why on earth would someone want to do things
like that? Life is full of hazards like car accidents and
serious diseases without creating danger for yourself.
Alex: Because you get an amazing feeling of excitement
when you take a risk, you feel completely alive.
Lisa: No, you’d only do it if you were determined to die!
Alex: He survived and he’s still alive. You only get one life.
Just do it!
Lisa: No way! It sounds absolutely terrifying. OK, let’s watch
it. That’ll be quite safe.
LANGUAGE STUDY (pages 88-89)
Activity 2a
76
Speaker 1
I’ve been working in Dubai now for six years on the Burj
Khalifa building. It’s the tallest building in the world. The
views are spectacular up there. We never stop – once we
get to the top it’s time to start all over again. The walls are
all made of glass!
Speaker 2
People don’t expect women to do this kind of work but
actually, there are a lot of us these days. I know it sounds
terrible, but I find it really exciting when we are called out
to a burning building. It’s the challenge of beating the fire
– it seems as if it’s alive.
Speaker 3
I’ve worked in several different countries where there have
been natural disasters, like Bangladesh and Thailand, in
various refugee camps. Our main task is to provide clean
water, food and basic accommodation, usually in tents.
Speaker 4
I wouldn’t change my job for anything else – although it
can be very dangerous at times. Yes, I have known some
colleagues get killed in the course of their work, but I think
it’s important to tell the world what is happening in these
conflicts and show the reality of fighting.
Speaker 5
I started out in the army but now I work with the police.
Sometimes I am called out on terrorism cases but quite
often, I have to deal with very old explosive devices from
the Second World War. When builders or farmers disturb the
ground, these old bombs come to the surface. They can still
explode and kill even after all these years.
160
Speaker 6
My job is a strange mixture of very ordinary and very
hazardous situations. You might be called out by some
residents complaining about noise and find that the person
involved is mentally ill and has a knife or even a gun. You
might have to deal with a very dangerous dog guarding a
property, or you might investigate a robbery or car theft.
Every day is different.
Activity 7b
80
1 I’d never take a big risk.
2 He would love to try skydiving.
3 They’d never leave their home.
4 She’d like to go there.
5 We would like to see it.
6 You’d love to try it.
SKILLS WORK (page 91)
Activities 3a and 3b
82
Speaker 1
I know everything is about equality nowadays and I do agree
with that in general, but really, deep down, I just think it’s
unfeminine and women shouldn’t do it. I think people find it a
bit distasteful really. You wouldn’t want to watch your mother
or sister fight, so that tells you something, doesn’t it?
Speaker 2
The government shouldn’t be influenced by a few individuals
with personal interests when they make decisions. Bearing
in mind that the vast majority of the population is against it,
I think the law should stay as it is. We can’t just all do what
we want in a democracy or there would be chaos.
Speaker 3
D’you know what? It’s all part of a very long-standing idea
that we’re weak and pathetic and too emotional to do what
men do. These are really very old-fashioned opinions. We
need to carry on and make sure we get complete freedom
in all aspects of life. So good luck to her.
Speaker 4
Well, people are entitled to their own opinions on this,
obviously, but personally, although I’d never go and do it
myself, I‘d say it should be allowed.You can’t just interfere in a
way of life when you don’t really understand it. Lots of people
are employed in industries connected with it, like vets and
people who make horse-riding equipment. In the countryside,
it’s very hard to get work as it is without destroying even more
jobs. And farmers are going out of business all the time. We
need to support country-dwellers more.
Speaker 5
It’s all very well encouraging it, but who knows what the long
term effects might be? There hasn’t been enough time to do
any research on it yet. This kind of activity might lead to all
sorts of ill health when they come to have children. And then
there are the potential costs of looking after people with
head injuries. It’s bad enough that men do it – that should
be banned as well. After all, this is the 21st century!
SPEAKING (pages 92-93)
Activity 1a
83
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Speaker 1
I’ve ridden since I was a little girl, in fact, I even got a pony
for my 5th birthday, and I was quite good, but the first time I
ever did an obstacle course I was extremely nervous.
Speaker 2
They are quite majestic animals and surprisingly they
behave very much like humans do. They live in family
groups, they take care of each other.
Speaker 3
If you can put up with the heat and the awful smell – it’s a
bit like rotten eggs – then it’s an amazing experience. But it’s
probably not a good idea to get too close to the actual lava
– it’ll definitely burn your shoes.
Speaker 4
You really have to have a great sense of balance. If you fall
over too often, you’re going to have a very cold bottom! But
if you’re a good skier, that’ll probably help a lot.
Speaker 5
If you’re claustrophobic and panic in small enclosed spaces,
it’s really not a good idea to do this.
Speaker 6
You really need to be a strong swimmer, luckily I am! And
you should always make sure you know what the weather’s
going to be like. You need some wind, but not too much!
Activity 2
84
Ollie: OK, now Rosa, I want to ask you a few questions
about extreme sports for a presentation I’m making
on my course.
Rosa: Right, go ahead.
Ollie: Have you ever been volcano walking?
Rosa: What do you mean exactly?
Ollie: You know, have you ever climbed up a live volcano
and walked round the top?
Rosa: No, I haven’t. And I wouldn’t want to, either!
Ollie: Why not?
Rosa: Well, it would be exhausting climbing up so high but,
most of all, I’d be absolutely terrified. What if it started
raining, a fire or something? Way too dangerous.
Ollie: OK, so that’s a negative. Question two now.
Rosa: OK.
Ollie: Have you ever watched mountain gorillas or other
wild animals?
Rosa: Yes, I have actually. It was amazing! I was so excited I
didn’t sleep that night.
Ollie: Really?
Rosa: Yes, it was the most incredible experience I’ve ever
had. Just being so close to these huge animals
who didn’t object to our being there was amazing. I
decided I would do everything I could to raise money
to help them. So far I’ve raised £5,000.
Ollie: Sounds awesome.
Activities 4a and 4b
85
My topic today is the popularity of extreme sports with
young adults aged 18-30. I’m going to divide this talk into
three parts. First, which extreme sports are the most popular
and why. Then, which extreme sports are not so popular
and why. And finally, I’ll look at the differences between the
sports men and women prefer.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
So, let’s begin with popular risky activities. Over 60% of
the people I interviewed have tried or would like to try
snowboarding, bungee-jumping and skydiving. Scuba
diving and whitewater rafting were also fairly popular, 40%
of people were interested in them. People’s reasons for these
choices were that they were well-known activities and didn’t
seem too unfamiliar. To give you an example, many people
said they had friends who had tried these activities and so
they felt more confident about doing them themselves.
OK, that’s all on popular activities.
Moving on now to less popular extreme sports and activities.
Things like base jumping and caving were very unpopular,
less than five per cent of people wanted to try them. People
didn’t want to try very dangerous activities, but they did
want to try activities that were only slightly risky. A good
example of this is volcano walking, which many people
thought was extremely hazardous if not reckless. Anyway,
that’s it as far as unpopular activities are concerned.
Next, I’d like to say something about the differences between
what men and women like. Surprisingly, in general, men
and women seemed to like and dislike the same kind of
extreme sports. But there were one or two exceptions.
Women seemed to prefer activities which involved animals.
To illustrate this point, over half the women wanted to go
gorilla watching but only a quarter of men were interested
in that.
So, to remind you of what I’ve covered in this talk: well-
known extreme sports that are not too dangerous are the
most popular, extremely hazardous activities are unpopular,
and men and women have similar tastes in most areas
although women prefer activities involving animals. Thank
you.
SELF TEST (page 121)
Activity 6
86
Nina: Let’s try one of these activities they offer here. Have
you ever been whitewater rafting?
Max: No, I haven’t.
Nina: OK, let’s do that.
Max: I’d never try that. I hate getting wet.
Nina: Yes, but it’s so exciting! You get a real adrenaline rush.
Max: You also might get hurt when you fall out and hit a
rock. No, it’d be too hair-raising.
Nina: Well, I’d love to have a go.
Max: Well, I definitely wouldn’t. Have you ever broken your
leg?
Nina: No, I haven’t.
Max: My cousin broke his leg when he fell out of a raft in
Africa. And there were crocodiles in the water.
Nina: But there aren’t any crocodiles here!
Max: I know that, but the answer is still no.
UNIT 9. BEAUTY IS ONLY SKIN-DEEP
READING (pages 96-97)
Activity 1a
87
Speaker 1
Well, Carlita is simply gorgeous. She’s the kind of girl that
everyone turns their heads to look at as she goes by. She’s
an actress, I think, or she wants to be, but she also does
161
Audio Scripts
quite a lot of modelling work. She’s quite tall with a fantastic
figure of course, and she has these really long slender
legs. Her face is beautiful too: she’s got absolutely flawless
skin – I shouldn’t think she’s ever had a spot in her life –
enormous blue eyes and those kind of full plump lips that
lots of actresses have operations to get. Only I think hers
are natural.
Speaker 2
That’s my mate Roger over there. Yes, the slightly chubby
man in the corner, not the one with the beard but the clean
shaven one, who’s got a bit of a beer belly! He enjoys his
food and drink, and although he’s always talking about
going on a diet and doing more exercise to lose weight, it
never quite seems to happen! Although he’s losing his hair
a bit now and he’s got a double chin – I think the beer is
responsible for that too – he used to be really good-looking
when he was a bit younger. He had lots of girlfriends. But
the great thing about Roger is he’s a really nice guy. He’s
always helping people and I’d trust him with anything.
Activities 6a and 6b
89
Dialogue 1
Interviewer: So Lisa, what do you think?
Lisa: Yeah, being good-looking is, like, really
important in life, you know? I mean, obviously
as a model it’s been how I got my job. But it’s
more than that. From my own experience I
can say that if you’re good-looking, people, l
notice you more. You can get into nightclubs.
You get upgraded on flights. I’m not a show-
off about my looks, but it’s hard work to look
glamorous all the time: my hair, my make-up,
everything has to be flawless when I go out
and I can never eat what I want.
Dialogue 2
Interviewer: And Cristina, what are your thoughts on this?
Cristina: Well, my mother was a militant feminist and
she taught me not to rely on my appearance to
make me feel good about myself, so yes, I’m
happy with what I look like. This was important
for me growing up because in Argentina we’re
definitely obsessed with youth and beauty.
And the pressure of having to be beautiful,
and especially having to be skinny, can be
very difficult for young girls.
Dialogue 3
Interviewer: And Massimo?
Massimo: Well, if I see my own reflection in a shop
window or a mirror, I definitely don’t think ‘who
is that handsome man?’ But ultimately, you
know, I don’t think good looks are as important
as what’s on the inside. I think being a good
person is much more important. The qualities I
value most are honesty and intelligence.
LANGUAGE STUDY (pages 98-99)
Activity 5a
90
Dad: No way! Of course the answer’s no. There’s just no
way we’d ever let you do such a thing. You’re far too
young.
Elena: But, Dad, I’m not. It’s legal when you’re 16. I know
loads of people who’ve done it. I’m really, really
162
desperate. Please. I don’t think I can carry on like this.
I don’t want to leave the house anymore.
Dad: That’s ridiculous, Elena! Don’t be so dramatic. There’s
absolutely nothing wrong with your nose. You’re
a pretty girl! I’m not going to give permission for
someone to cut your face. How could people do that
stuff? How could they let their children do it? I just
don’t understand.
Elena: But I don’t care if it hurts. I’ll do anything! You just
don’t want to spend the money. You’re horrible,
horrible, horrible!
Dad: That wasn’t a very nice thing to say, Elena. How could
you? Your mother and I have always tried to make you
happy. That’s very rude of you to talk to me like that.
Elena: Wow! Thanks, Mum, that’s amazing! I really
appreciate it.
Mum: Well, it was your father’s idea so make sure you
thank him.
Elena: Was it really? Dad thought of giving me a day in a
spa with beauty treatments!
That’s so kind of him! Especially, when I said all those
awful things to him. I still feel really bad about that.
I know he was right – he is right. Cosmetic surgery
isn’t a good idea, and my nose isn’t that bad.
Mum: Of course, it isn’t! But we understand the pressure
there is to look good these days, and we hate seeing
our beautiful daughter so sad. We’re paying for this
spa because we want you to be happy with your
looks, not want to change them! You’ve also worked
really hard for your exams and we thought you
deserved a special treat.
Elena: I love it when you spoil me! You’re the best parents in
the world!
Activity 9
92
1 What does she look like?
2 How are you?
3 Who do you look like? / Who do you most take after in
your family?
4 What’s he like?
5 What’s the weather like?
SKILLS WORK (page 101)
Activity 2a
93
Interviewer: So Dr Agnelli, do you ever refuse to treat any
patients?
Agnelli: Well, yes. Actually, I always get to know people
and talk to them about why they want cosmetic
surgery before I accept them as patients.
Interviewer: So, what type of person wouldn’t you accept?
Agnelli: Well, for example, someone who’s very
dramatic – ‘I need this done. I have to have
this procedure.’ This suggests that, either the
person is depressed, or they’re simply too
concerned with their appearance, narcissists,
so I send them to see a therapist. I also don’t
usually accept anyone who has a photo and
says, ‘I need a guarantee that I’m going to look
like this’.
Interviewer: Why’s that? Is it because you can’t offer any
guarantees?
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Agnelli: Well, it depends on how complicated the
operation is and everybody is different.
Cosmetic surgery is not an exact precise
science and everybody is different. Some
people recover quickly after complicated
surgery and some don’t. If patients still demand
a guarantee, no matter what the procedure,
then I’ll just say that I can’t help them. Another
example of the type of person I would refuse
to operate on is someone who says, ‘I only
want a correction of 1.2 millimetres’. This isn’t
normal behaviour and suggests the patient is
obsessive.
Interviewer: So, would these be the sort of people you see
on reality TV who have lots of operations and
just look really strange?
Agnelli: Exactly. If people have extreme or unrealistic
ideas about the way they want to look, I can’t
help them. I don’t accept patients who say, ‘I
want to look young again, like when I was a
teenager’. This is impossible, and it indicates
that they have serious psychological problems.
Of course we all want to look younger, but I
don’t do miracles! A similar kind of extreme
situation is when a small woman wants
incredibly large breasts. That’s also something
I’d never do. This clearly indicates narcissism.
Interviewer: Well, thank you Dr Agnelli.That was fascinating.
WRITING (page 102)
Activity 5
95
Valeria: So Caroline, what’s your impression of these two?
Are they profiles that might attract lots of replies?
Caroline: Well Valeria, they aren’t too bad actually. I think
they give quite a good idea of the person who
wrote them. It may seem like a good idea to invent
a profile that makes you sound good, but if you
aren’t honest, you’re just wasting everyone’s time.
Valeria: So you think they sound as if they’re being
honest, then?
Caroline: Yes, I do. Obviously ‘Mr Dangerous’ sounds a
bit pretentious, but since he seems to have been
honest, the woman who goes out with him isn’t
going to get any horrible surprises.
Valeria: I think he sounds awful – arrogant and conceited.
He’s quite good-looking, but who’s going to
respond to a profile like that?
Caroline: You’d be surprised! Unconventional profiles
like this often get above the average number of
replies. But, I agree, ‘Mr Dangerous’ sounds like a
real show-off. Furthermore, he doesn’t really give
much personal information about himself. On the
other hand, ‘Mr knows how to treat a lady’ gives
much more information.
Valeria: True. He’s honest about going bald, for example.
He sounds a bit boring though, works in IT, trains
for triathlons. He says he isn’t a workaholic, but he
obviously is! Isn’t it pretty clear that he hasn’t got
a girlfriend because he spends all his time working
or in the gym, and any woman who goes out with
him just gets bored?
Caroline: Yes, that sounds very probable, but I think he
might be a sweet guy, he’s looking for a woman
who’s warm-hearted and affectionate.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Valeria: Mm, maybe, but personally if I had to go on a date
with one of them, I’d go for ‘Mr Dangerous’. What
about you?
Caroline: Um, I don’t know…
REVISION 2
LANGUAGE REVISION (pages 104-105)
Activity 3
96
1 She’ll be flying to London.
2 I’d never do that.
3 I think he’d do better there.
4 What’ll you do?
Activity 8b
98
1 I do love your dress!
2 Do have another biscuit!
3 Don’t you dare take my car!
4 I did have a lovely time.
SKILLS WORK (pages 106-107)
Activities 3a and 3b
100
Speaker 1
Well, I do take a lot of trouble over my appearance. I mean, it
is important to make the right impression. Of course, it’s not
as easy for some people, but I’m lucky that I have slender legs
and look good in most styles.To be honest, I think I’ll do well in
my career because not only do I have the looks but the brains
as well, and that puts me a step above most of the others who
are just pretty but without a thought in their heads.
Speaker 2
I’m pretty good at getting what I want. I don’t really have
to try too hard. It’s always easier to let others worry about
the details. I just look at the big picture. I’ve found a good
system at work based on little techniques such as popping
to the bathroom when the boss is starting to distribute the
work, or offering to research information when I need to
catch up with my friends on Facebook. It’s not difficult to
have a quiet life!
Speaker 3
Naturally we all want the best for our family. I’ve worked
hard to get where I am now, and I feel that I deserve a few
luxuries. After all, it’s normal to have a good car in my
position. I change it every two years because there’s always
an improved model coming out. My kids have never wanted
for anything either. They’ve got the latest phones and tablets
because it’s important to have the best in this life.
Speaker 4
I like to be good at my job. I think the people I look after
appreciate the personal touch. I’ll stay a little extra time if
someone needs to chat or if a colleague needs to get home
early to pick up the kids. It’s terrible when you see some
people suffering and can’t do anything to help. I get quite
upset when I watch the news these days. There seem to be
so many people with nothing.
Speaker 5
I can’t stand it when somebody doesn’t do what they are
supposed to do. I mean, if you’ve committed to something,
163
Audio Scripts
you should always see it through, don’t you think? Telling
a secret or lying goes against my nature. I was offered a
brand-new Mercedes by a competitor last year so that I’d
help them with some information, but I couldn’t accept
something like that.
EXAMS STRATEGIES
LISTENING COMPREHENSION I:
Completing sentences (page 110)
Activity 3
103
1 Joe is obsessed with that new computer game. You know,
the one where a knight has to rescue a princess and fight
against dragons.
2 I’m furious! I was on the bus and someone took my cell
phone out of my bag.
3 Do you remember that black and white movie we went to
see last year? I’ll never forget that scene with the lovers
on the bridge.
4 Apologies for the delay, madam. I’m very sorry you had to
wait so long.
5 The driver didn’t see the traffic sign and had to brake
suddenly when he saw the lorry coming the other way.
6 He knows more than you think.
Activity 4
104
Presenter: Hello and welcome to the Inspiration Show.
Today we are going to talk to a businesswoman
who has developed a small home-based
company into an expanding business which now
employs many people while promoting fair trade
and ethical business practices. I’d like to welcome
Annie Mitcham, director of Herbs For All, to the
studio today.
Annie: Hello. It’s a pleasure to be here.
Presenter: So, maybe you could tell us about how you
started in the world of perfumes and cosmetics.
Annie: Well, I originally trained as a chemist and thought
that I would work for a big pharmaceutical
company, but then I met Dan. We knew that having
children was important to both of us, so by the time
I was 28, we had three small children and I was a
full-time mum. However, I’d always had an interest
in plants and their chemical properties, so in
between driving kids to school or making dinners
I began to experiment. I started making essential
oils with plants that I grew in the garden, but then
moved on to developing creams and soap.
Presenter: So how did you start selling your creations?
Annie: Well, at first I just made things for friends and
family, but then people I hardly knew began
to call and say, ‘You know that lavender hand
cream you made? Would you sell me a pot or
two?’ I realised there was a demand for natural
reasonably priced goods. So, I decided to take the
risk. I set up a drying shed in the garden for the
plants and a website to promote my cosmetics
and beauty products.
Presenter: And now you are a worldwide business!
Annie: Well, not really, but I have to thank my sister for the
way we have expanded. She is a biologist herself
and was involved with sustainable development
164
projects in central Africa. We decided to move the
business from my back garden to Rwanda. The
variety of flowers and aromatic plants that we can
grow there is much greater than in chilly England,
so not only can we help local farmers become
more prosperous, but we’re also increasing our
range of products. Our newest idea is a line of
scented candles.
Presenter: And where can we buy these products?
Annie: Our main outlet is still online sales, but you can
also find Herbs For All products in some health
food stores and a few independent chemists.
Presenter: Well, thank you for being with us today. As
always we hope that a little inspiration will help
everyone’s dreams come true.
LISTENING COMPREHENSION II:
Multiple matching (page 110)
Activity 1
105
Dave: Hi Sandra! Great news! I’m off to the Antarctic!
Sandra: I don’t believe it! It’s finally happening!
Dave: Yes, I’m leaving in two weeks.
Sandra: Oh, I wish I had the chance to do something so
adventurous.
Dave: It’s not really risky, you know. We’re well-equipped.
Sandra: Well, well done, anyway.
Dave: It certainly is a dream come true.
Sandra: You are so lucky!
Activity 2
106
Speaker 1
I feel totally part of this country now and this celebration
is about being proud of where you have come from and
where you belong. It’s always a family day when the whole
community celebrates the diverse multicultural nature of
our nation. We have barbecues on the beach, fireworks
in the evening, boat races, street parties… Australia Day
commemorates the first arrival of British ships to the country
in 1787, but for me it holds special memories because five
years ago on January the 26th I became a citizen of Australia
– something that coming from Somalia was beyond my
wildest dreams when I was a child.
Speaker 2
I was so excited when I was asked to do a reading on Anzac
Day at the local memorial. I remember I was only ten years
old, so speaking in public was a nerve-wracking thing to do,
but I was also proud to have been asked. I rehearsed my
speech for days before. It was about giving thanks to the brave
soldiers who had fought and died in wars and preserving their
memory. But what made this day special for me was that, as
I stood trembling in front of the microphone, my dad simply
winked at me and gave me the courage to speak out. I still love
the feeling of peace and harmony on this day.
Speaker 3
I remember as a child looking forward to the 4th of July
almost as much as Christmas. Warm summer days, no school,
fireworks, picnics and, of course, the parade. I don’t think the
history behind the celebrations meant all that much to me
then, but the colours everywhere and the songs that we all
know made it exciting. Yes, I think the impression of colour is
my strongest memory – we even ate red, white and blue food,
cakes and sweets and my sisters and I painted our toenails.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
 Answer Key
Speaker 4 Activity 8b
It was a great day. We were all out on the street – neighbours 1 watching 3 typing 5 socialising
and friends. Some of us had set up tables and chairs, and 2 sitting 4 drags 6 slow
flags were everywhere. It’s been a long while since there
was such a community spirit in the air. Mr and Mrs Booth Activity 9a
from next door drank a little too much sherry, but you can’t 1 Time drags for me when I’m doing nothing.
blame them for wanting to enjoy the party. We had fun 2 Time flies for me when I’m on holiday.
singing songs and dancing as the evening came on. I think 3 Time doesn’t stand still because I have such a busy life.
the joy of the occasion really came from having an extra day 4 Time off work always goes quickly.
off work. Thank you, your Majesty!
5 When I’m at work, I’m clock watching.
Speaker 5 6 There is never a time when time doesn’t fly.
The parade was spectacular, but the noise was deafening.
Activity 9b
I’d never seen such extravagant costumes and make-up.
There must have been people from all over the world with 1 drags 3 flies / goes quickly 5 doesn’t
everyone kissing and hugging each other. I did feel that some 2 clock 4 goes quickly / flies 6 stand
people tried to show off too much and that the message of Activity 10
freedom and dignity was lost by the way they acted. We got
Student’s own answers.
home exhausted in the early hours but content to have been
part of Gay Pride.
READING (pages 12-13)
Activity 1
Answer Key Student’s own answers.
Activity 2a
UNIT 1. TIME GOES BY 1 c, 2 b, 3 a

Time flies, when you’re having fun! (pages 10-11) Activity 2b

1 a, 2 c, 3 b
Activity 1
Student’s own answers. Activity 3
1 a complete waste of time 2 It’s high time 3 Time flies
Activity 2
1 Because he’s got a deadline for the campaign for Trend Activity 4
watches. 1 b, 2 b
2 Because he doesn’t know the clocks have gone forward Activity 5
and now he’s late for his presentation. 1 b, 2 c, 3 a, 4 d
Activity 3 Activity 6
1 Anthony got home at five o’clock because he went to the 1 A 30-year-old would feel time passing more quickly.
reception after the conference and lost track of time. 2 Children have more detailed memories of events because
2 Danny thinks that time flies when you’re having fun. their experiences are new and they are constantly learning
3 Danny thinks it’s a waste of time. new things about their world.
4 The deadline is for a campaign for Trend Watches. 3 Routine activities make time seem to pass more quickly.
5 He has his presentation on the Trend Watches campaign. 4 Routine journeys seem to take a short time.
6 He doesn’t have time for it. 5 She looked forward to Christmas.
6 The writer recommends taking up new activities: taking
Activity 4
up a hobby, visiting new places and meeting new people.
1 7 They were offering him cupcakes. And as the hands
were going round, he tried to take a cake. But as soon Activity 7
as he reached for the cake, it disappeared. 1 slowly 3 fly 5 by 7 high
24 2 passes 4 down 6 By 8 make
3 7 She finished work at eight o’clock and then came home. Activity 8
4 7 The clocks went forward on Saturday night. 1 takes 3 take / make 5 waste 7 spending
54 2 take 4 spends 6 had 8 have
64
Activity 9
Activity 5 Suggested answers:
1 b, 2 d, 3 a, 4 c 1 Time goes slowly when you are a child because when you
Activity 6 are young everything is new and seems to last longer.
Student’s own answers. 2 Time passes quickly when you are middle-aged because
most things you do are routine and time flies when you
Activity 7 have routines.
Student’s own answers. 3 Time drags on when you are waiting in a queue because
you are bored or impatient.
Activity 8a
4 Time passes quickly on holiday because you are having
2, 4
fun.

THAT’S ENGLISH! 165

Answer Key
5 Time passes quickly when you have a lot of work to do Activity 10
because you are busy and lose track of time. 1 whenever 2 whatever 3 wherever 4 whoever

LANGUAGE STUDY (pages 14-15) Help box – Expressing lack of preference

We use wh- ever words to show that time, place, manner,
Activity 1a etc. doesn’t matter.
b
Activity 11
Activity 1b 1 Wherever 3 Whatever 5 however
1 short 3 same time 5 on 2 Whenever 4 Whoever
2 put off 4 off 6 later
Activity 12
Activity 2 2 before 6 in 10 when / as / as soon as
2 Can we put off the conference? 3 off 7 By 11 off
3 Everything seems to happen at the same time. 4 the 8 waste
4 You need to have some time off. 5 took 9 was
5 I’ll see you later.
6 The train arrived on time. Clock-watching (page 16)
Activity 3a Activity 1
1 b, 2 a 1 c, 2 a, 3 b

Activity 3b Activity 2
1 in, on 2 on, in 1 home 3 form 5 chandelier 7 1970s
2 telescopes 4 well, cloudy 6 clocks 8 50, atomic
Activity 4
1 c, 2 a, 3 b Activity 3
Student’s own answers.
Help box – It’s time / It’s about time / It’s high time
Activity 4
After It’s time, It’s about time, It’s high time we use the past
simple tense. 1 ports 3 Graces 5 shipping 7 legendary
It’s high time and It’s about time are more emphatic than It’s 2 waterfront 4 renovated 6 quarter 8 300
time. Activity 5
Activity 5 2
Suggested answers: Activity 6
1 It’s high / about time he got up. 1 the time 4 to be punctual
2 It’s high / about time you went to the doctor’s. 2 when you get stuck in traffic 5 They are quite rude.
3 It’s high / about time they turned the music off. 3 a barbecue or a party
Activity 6b Activity 7
1 They sound different depending on if the verbs end in a Student’s own answers.
voiced or an unvoiced sound.
2 Because they are weak forms and they are being used as SKILLS WORK (page 17)
an auxiliary verb. Activity 1
Activity 7 time, everything, once
1 was travelling 5 went / had gone 9 was running Activity 1 Quiz
2 saw 6 called 10 caught Student’s own answers.
3 was carrying 7 got
Activity 2
4 was running 8 had jumped
Name Reason for doing the Reason why he / she has
Activity 8 course problems managing time
1 As soon as 3 After 5 By the time 7 Before Ken has no time for his has too much work
2 When 4 While 6 until family
Activity 9 Jackie has no time for herself has three children and a
1 Before he went home, he bought some milk. / He bought part-time job
some milk before he went home. Oliver is always late can’t organise his life
2 While the children were playing in the garden, I was
preparing dinner. / The children were playing in the Activity 3
garden while I was preparing dinner. / I was preparing Suggested answers:
dinner while the children were playing in the garden. Bob: I never let anyone interrupt me when I am working on
3 When she had done her homework, she turned on the TV. something important.
/ She turned on the TV when she had done her homework. Ann: Neither do I, except of course, my boss.
4 As soon as she had gone / went out, her son turned on Ann: I don’t usually take coffee breaks during a busy day.
the TV. What about you?
5 After the students had finished / finished their exams, Bob: Oh, I do. It helps me disconnect for a second and
they went out to celebrate. improves my concentration.

166 THAT’S ENGLISH!

Ann: When I have a presentation, I start preparing it the lost. We had gone for a bike ride. Afterwards, we found
night before. ourselves in a forest surrounded by tall trees and heavy brush.
Bob: Do you really? I try to prepare it beforehand and read The day was hot and humid, and we had very little water
carefully through it the night before. left, so we decided that we needed to find out which way to
Bob: My main problem is my email. It’s always full of continue. Carefully, I climbed a tall tree to get a better look at
unread messages. the surroundings while my friend was unsuccessfully looking
for water. By the time I came down from the tree, my friend
Ann: My email is organised into files and I empty it daily.
was ready to get back on the trail. Hot and tired, we decided
Bob: I try to arrive on time for meetings and appointments, to turn back and look for a way out. We rode for about an
but sometimes it’s hard. hour while it was getting darker and darker. Suddenly, there
Ann: I’m always punctual. I don’t like keeping people was an opening and we could see more light, so we kept on
waiting. riding until we got to the open area. Afterwards, we realised
Ann: The only thing is that I like to put off boring tasks until that we were only ten minutes from where we had started
later. our ride. Feeling thirsty, hungry and exhausted we looked at
Bob: I prefer to do them immediately and forget about each other and started laughing. Buying a hydration pack and
them. a GPS would be indispensable for our next adventure.
Ann: I’m getting better and better at managing my time, but
I still have some things to improve on. UNIT 2. GETTING ON WELL
Bob: I know what you mean, but everybody can improve on
time management. Relationships (pages 20-21)
WRITING (pages 18-19) Activity 1
1 c, 2 a, 3 b
Activity 1
1 Text B has the best title. Activity 2
2 Text B is more interesting. 1 is, 2 aren’t
3 pretty, final, strange, suddenly, terrifying, awful, louder, Activity 3
scared, horrific, terribly, frightened, tall, dark, relieved, 1 b, 2 a, 3 b, 4 a, 5 a
nervously, anxiously, wickedly.
Activity 4
Adjectives come before a noun or at the beginning of a
1 opinions 3 lemon 5 fantastic
sentence.
2 ignore 4 Tenerife 6 groom
Adverbs come before an adjective, after a verb or at the
beginning of a sentence. Activity 5
4 -ing forms, connectors and linking words 1 met 3 to talk 5 interested 7 worked out
5 while, meanwhile, and, but, by the time, before, as, when 2 chatted me up 4 broken up 6 believe
6 Text A: past simple, past continuous, present simple, Activity 6
present continuous
Student’s own answers.
Text B: past continuous, past simple, past perfect, present
simple, present continuous Activity 7
Student’s own answers.
Activity 2
Suggested answers: Activity 8a
1 Tired, happy 3 Bored, annoyed b, c, d, e, g, i
2 Embarrassed, ashamed 4 Anxious, excited Activity 8b
Activity 3 1 Ian 3 Jude 5 Arken
1 Happily 2 Anxiously 3 Nervously 2 Nadine 4 Karen 6 Jude
Activity 4 Activity 9
1 d, 2 f, 3 b, 4 c, 5 a, 6 e 1 d, 2 b, 3 f, 4 e, 5 c, 6 a
Activity 5 Activity 10
1 After 3 Before 5 While 7 Previously 1
2 Afterwards 4 Beforehand 6 Meanwhile 8 Once Activity 11
Help box – Time connectors Student’s own answers.
1 b, 2 a
READING (pages 22-23)
Activity 6
Activity 1
1 Once 5 after
Student’s own answers.
2 previously / beforehand 6 While
3 Afterwards 7 after Activity 2a
4 meanwhile 1 Sue married Jim.
2 Sue’s boyfriend at the moment is Tony.
Activity 7a
Suggested answer: Activity 2b
Lost in the wild 1 ask out 3 get on with 5 break down
Shocked and worried, my friend and I realised that we were 2 go out with 4 settle down 6 fall out

THAT’S ENGLISH! 167

Answer Key
Activity 3 Janet asked Tom to marry her; she felt the relationship was
2 serious and that it was time they settled down. But after a
month of constantly falling out about the housework and
Activity 4 money, the relationship finally broke down. Eventually they
3 made up, but sadly, they were never as close as before.
Activity 5 Activity 7
1 Ruth and Rob 2 Charlie and Kelly 3 Daniel and Hugo 1 It’s nice to talk to him.
Activity 6 2 Three children aren’t easy to care for.
1 Psychologists believe that it is a myth because people’s 3 It’s easy to follow the instructions.
needs within a relationship evolve and change over time. 4 My colleagues are fun to be with.
2 A large family in which he would be the head of the family Activity 8
while his wife would stay at home and look after the kids. 1 c, 2 a, 3 b, 4 c, 5 c, 6 b, 7 c, 8 a
3 Kelly was no longer satisfied with being a full-time
housewife and mother and she started to study for a Activity 9
degree. Student’s own answers.
4 He comes from a traditional family where the parents
didn’t argue and whenever there was a difference of BFF: best friends forever (page 26)
opinion the father always had the last word. Activity 1
5 Daniel started to be worried because Hugo lost his Student’s own answers.
temper whenever Daniel mentioned something that was
bothering him, such as Hugo’s mess. Activity 2
6 Ruth was keen to go out with Rob because most of her 3 Friendship is essential to live a happy and healthy life.
friends were couples and went out with other couples, 5 Laura thinks she is slightly different with certain friends.
so it was difficult for her to meet new people that were Activity 3
single. 1
7 Rob initially thought he’d found the love of his life.
Activity 4
Activity 7 1 to walk across the sands
1 couples 3 groom 5 boss 7 in-laws 2 The Queen’s guide to the Sands. It’s his job to be out there
2 bride 4 relatives 6 ex 8 partner and to bring people safely across the sands.
Activity 8a 3 Because it’s got puzzles, games and jokes built into the
1 get on well 3 fell out 5 asked, out pavement.
2 break down 4 settle down 6 going out / to go out 4 in the 1930s
5 He was one of Britain’s most well-loved comedians.
Activity 8b
6 They attract a huge variety of wildlife.
Student’s own answers.
Activity 5
LANGUAGE STUDY (pages 24-25) 1e, 2b, 3a, 4c, 5d
Help box – Expressing possession Activity 6
a noun is omitted to tie the knot and to take the leap
Activity 2 Activity 7
1 bedroom ceiling 4 My mum’s Student’s own answers.
2 My colleague’s boss 5 mine
3 His relatives’ jobs 6 back of the room SKILLS WORK (page 27)
Activity 3a Activity 1
1 /ɪz/, 2 /s/, 3 /ɪz/ It’s an online dating agency for single people where they
can register and look for a partner.
Activity 3b
Activity 2
/s/ /z/ /ɪz/ 1 a 4 is the number of questions the online service asks you
Ruth’s marriage people’s needs the campus’s facilities to see if you have come to the right place.
the book’s cover Charlie’s dreams the speech’s theory b 25 is the number of years of experience the agency has
Activity 4 in bringing couples together.
1 Ø, 2 the, 3 Ø, 4 Ø, 5 the, 6 the, 7 Ø, 8 the, 9 the, 10 the c 3 is the number of months which over time 3,000 couples
have met on Soulmate Search and got engaged.
Activity 5
d 3,000 is the number of couples who met on Soulmate
1 down, 2 up, 3 out with, 4 up, 5 out, 6 out, 7 down, 8 on Search over the last three months and got engaged.
Activity 6 e 2,000 is the number of couples who met on Soulmate
Janet and Tom had always got on well, but there was no Search over the last three months and got married.
romance between them. Then in the summer of ’89, Tom f 50 is the number of words you can use to describe your
suddenly asked Janet to go on a date with him. Janet was ideal partner.
surprised because Tom had never even tried to chat her 2 When you find someone who interests you, you need to
up before, but finally she accepted. After a year of dating, complete the registration form, and the agency will take

168 THAT’S ENGLISH!

 care of the rest. They will put you in touch with the person Mary: Why don’t you talk to him and tell him how you feel?
you’re interested in. Kurt: Perhaps you’re right. I’ll talk to him first thing
3 The prize is a romantic dinner for two at a top restaurant. tomorrow. Thanks, Mary.
Activity 3 Mary: You’re so welcome.
1 b, 2 e, 3 a, 4 d
Sean: Hey Dermot, what’s wrong? You look sad.
Activity 4 Dermot: I am. A famous coach is coming to watch me play
Suggested answer: football tomorrow and I’ve twisted my ankle.
My ideal partner would be intellectual, fun and have a Sean: Poor you! What are you going to do?
good sense of humour. Preferably, she would be in her Dermot: I’m thinking about playing even with my bad ankle.
early thirties and have a good job. My soulmate should like
Sean: Well, don’t do anything you might regret later. You
reading, going to the theatre and opera. She must be honest
could make your injury worse.
and kind and if she liked football that would be even better!
Dermot: I know, but it means so much to me.
SPEAKING (pages 28-29) Sean: Why don’t you ask the coach to come back in two
weeks? That’s what I would do.
Activity 1
Dermot: That’s a great idea. That’s just what I’ll do.
Student’s own answers.
Activity 2
Dialogue one
UNIT 3. EAST, WEST, HOME IS BEST
1 is having an affair If I lived here… (pages 30-31)
2 carry on as normal
Activity 1
Dialogue two
Student’s own answers.
1 she’ll be paid late
2 making a decision Activity 2
Dialogue three 1 Karen helps Sue by pointing out the good and bad points
of the area.
1 might want to split up with Kate
2 talk to her partner about the situation 2 She has a friendly relationship with them.

Activity 3a Activity 3
1 I know how you must be feeling 1 an hour and a half 2 doesn’t 3 10 4 might
2 hope things get better soon Activity 4
3 I tell you what I‘d do 3, 6
4 don’t do anything you might regret later Activity 5
Activity 4 14
1 The speakers first express sympathy, then offer advice. 2 7 Maybe this area isn’t as affordable as you think.
2 I tell you what I’d do. Everything seems more expensive here.
Don’t do anything you might regret later. 3 7 Maybe it’s not the most fashionable place to live, but
You should come out with the girls tonight. people are so friendly.
44
Activity 5
54
Function Useful language
Activity 6
expressing What’s wrong, Kate? You seem upset. 1 neighbourhoods 4 facilities 7 markets
concern (interest) Oh really, what’s happened?
2 crime 5 leisure 8 dead
expressing Poor you! 3 prime 6 transport 9 tube
sympathy Oh no, that is sad.
Activity 7
offering advice Haven’t you thought of going over Student’s own answers.
there? That’s what I would do.
Why don’t you go to Sweden and try Activity 8
and make up? Student’s own answers.
Activity 6a Activity 9a
Student’s own answers. 1 b, 2 a, 3 b
Activity 6b Activity 9b
Suggested answers: 1 crowded 2 shock 3 bother, rubbish 4 losing
Mary: What’s wrong Kurt? You seem upset. Activity 10
Kurt: Well, my boss promised me a promotion, but he gave Student’s own answers.
it to his nephew.
Mary: Oh no, that’s sad. Activity 11
Kurt: The worst part is that his nephew is a recent graduate 1 negative 3 positive 5 positive
and has no experience. 2 positive 4 negative

THAT’S ENGLISH! 169

Answer Key
Activity 12 2 It was used to transport products and raw materials into
Student’s own answers. the heart of the city.
3 There was no longer much industrial activity in the city
READING (pages 32-33) centre so the railway was closed. The line was abandoned
for many years and became a dangerous and ugly ‘no go’
Activity 1
area, filled with litter and a meeting place for gangs, drug
Student’s own answers. sellers and other criminal activity.
Activity 2 Activity 9
Student’s own answers. 1 don’t take away, will have 4 will have to, is
Activity 3 2 will continue, put 5 spend, won’t be
Student’s own answers. 3 sell, won’t be able to 6 do, will get
Activity 4 Activity 10a
1 d, 2 e, 3 a, 4 c, 5 b The High Line is now a beautiful elevated park that is just ten
metres wide and suspended 20 metres in the air above the
Activity 5 streets of Manhattan. It is a meeting place for New Yorkers
1 b, 2 c, 3 b, 4 b, 5 a, 6 b, 7 c, 8 a and tourists.
Activity 6 Activity 10b
1 suburb 3 developers 5 rent 1 20 m 2 $50 3 2012 4 2 km 5 10 m
2 litter 4 studio apartments 6 elevator
Activity 11
Activity 7a 2 The economy would recover if people returned to the city.
She chose New York. 3 If more people had jobs, the crime rate would go down.
Activity 7b 4 Nobody would live in some neighbourhoods in Detroit
unless they had to.
Student’s own answers.
5 If some of the abandoned land were / was turned into
Activity 8a green spaces, it would help to attract people to the area.
a He wants to move to New York (the Big Apple). 6 I wouldn’t buy a house in Detroit in case I couldn’t sell it
b She hates the thought of living in an ugly dirty dangerous again.
city with litter everywhere, pollution and no trees.
Besides, she thinks it’s expensive and that you have to The best place to live in my country is…
pay thousands of dollars for a tiny apartment. (page 36)
Activity 8b Activity 1
1 litter 3 elevator 5 housing 7 affordable Student’s own answers.
2 rents 4 developers 6 suburbs Activity 2
1 c, 2 b, 3 c, 4 a, 5 b, 6 c
LANGUAGE STUDY (pages 34-35)
Activity 3
Activity 1
All answers except 2
1 studio apartment 3 green spaces 5 crime rate
2 public transport 4 cycle lanes 6 exhaust fumes Activity 4
Student’s own answers.
Activity 2
Activity 5
1 The stress falls on the first word.
1 c, f 2 a, e 3d 4b
2 The stress falls on the second word.
Activity 6
Activity 3
Student’s own answers.
1 f, 2 a, 3 c, 4 b, 5 d, 6 e
Activity 7
Activity 4
1 In a smaller city, such as Wellington, or a place in the
2b There are fewer green spaces here than in other cities. countryside.
3b Don’t you have a better room? 2 Because of the weather and you have everything you
4b These roads are the most dangerous I’ve ever seen. need there.
5b This is the smallest apartment we have visited. 3 Because a lot of tourists go to the north coast and
6b This room is just like a cupboard. because the south coast is a place of untapped beauty and
7b We are healthier than they are. tranquillity. It’s a really nice place to live.
4 Glasgow, Edinburgh, Loch Lomond, Loch Ness and
Activity 5
Aberdeen.
1 as, as 2 than 3 than 4 as, as
5 It has the four seasons.
Activity 7
Activity 8
1 less 3 more and more 5 greater
Student’s own answers.
2 fewer 4 higher
Activity 8 SKILLS WORK (page 37)
1 It was once a railway line, which hung suspended over the Activity 1
streets of lower Manhattan. 3

170 THAT’S ENGLISH!

Activity 2 Activity 8
Last year This year 1 b, 2 c, 3 a

1 Best city (The Economist) Vancouver Melbourne Activity 9a

Student’s own answers.
2 Best city (Mercer) Vienna Vienna
3 Worst city Baghdad Damascus Activity 9b
Suggested answer:
Activity 3a I grew up on a lake in the small town of Burlington in the
public transport, neglected parks / green spaces, irregular south-east of Wisconsin. Although Burlington is quite small,
electricity, air pollution, litter it has all of the essential services. My town is very dear to
me. I spent all my summers there and the smell of the lake
Activity 3b water, grass and chocolate takes me back to my childhood.
1 a, 2 b, 3 b, 4 c, 5 a, 6 a
Burlington had a chocolate factory where many people
Activity 4 were employed. Every evening the smell of chocolate
Student’s own answers. floated through the air causing people to stop, inhale and
enjoy the delicious, relaxing aroma. The lake houses were
WRITING (pages 38-39) small wooden cottages. However, there were big beautiful
stone houses further away in the town. But what was most
Activity 1a important to me was the ten-minute walk to the lake.
1 It’s on the Kent coast in South East England. The shining sun reflecting off the lime-green coloured water
2 Because it has a special place in his / her heart because he was like freedom to me. I felt happy and relaxed. The cool
/ she used to spend his / her holidays there when he / she water in the hot summer day felt like taking a trip to the
was a child. ice cream shop. I always remember these sights, smells
3 Its sights and smells remain vivid to him / her. and feelings and this is why Burlington will always have a
special place in my heart.
Activity 1b
1 b, 2 a, 3 b, 4 c
Activity 2
UNIT 4. MIND YOUR LANGUAGE
1 modest fishermen’s cottages, painted in soft, bright ice- It’s been very nice to meet you (pages 40-41)
cream colours
2 sharp cries of the seagulls, salty rocks, no sand, hard Activity 1
stones Student’s own answers.
3 sharp cries, vanilla, salty, soft, hard Activity 2
Activity 3 1 c, 2 b, 3 d, 4 a
2 f, 3 d, 4 g, 5 c, 6 a, 7 e Activity 3
Activity 4 1 He mustn’t forget to shake hands. Also, body language
Suggested answers: and eye contact are extremely important.
2 It was a busy city. Speeding cars and frantic people trying 2 He’s happy because he has sold his first expensive car.
to cross the street and this was my first visit. Activity 4
3 We arrived home. The crackling sound of delicious bacon 1 a, 2 c, 3 b, 4 c
frying in the pan and I was terribly hungry.
4 Early in the morning, the wonderful aroma of coffee in the Activity 5
air and the warm sun felt delightful on my cold body. 1 Hi there, Cheers!
Activity 5 2 Because Arlo contradicted the customer.
1 a two-hour drive 3 right 5 well 3 She looks depressed because her relationship with Arlo
isn’t working.
2 quite 4 further 6 a short distance
4 He wants to test drive it.
Activity 6 5 He’s ashamed that he’s still living at home with his mum.
1 Nevertheless 2 but 3 Nevertheless 4 Although
Activity 6
Help box – Contrasting connectors 1 backed 3 contradicted 5 value 7 hope
1 a, 2 b
2 lost 4 agree 6 cheers
Activity 7
Activity 7
2 The streets are full of people, but the shops are closed.
Student’s own answers.
3 Although the town has good facilities, not many people
use them. Activity 8
4 I like living in the country. However, my parents prefer the Student’s own answers.
city. Activity 9a
5 The crime rates are falling. Nevertheless, this is still 1 She uses the word technophobe to describe herself.
considered a dangerous area.
2 Because she doesn’t realise she’s left the phone on.
6 Although the river looked beautiful, the water was polluted.
3 She uses Whatsapp, bbm and Facebook.
7 The city had several parks. However, the council hasn’t
looked after them properly. 4 Judy has just acquired a smartphone.

THAT’S ENGLISH! 171

Answer Key
5 He emails his kids and chats to friends all over the world. Activity 7a
6 Jo emails friends in the US and Ireland. 1 e, 2 f, 3 a, 4 b, 5 c, 6 d
Activity 9b Activity 7b
3, 5 1 taken aback 3 looking into 5 given up
Activity 10 2 working out 4 getting together 6 count on
1, 4, 7 Activity 8
Activity 11 Student’s own answers.
1 Always, yeah, it’s 4 the wrong way 7 accurate LANGUAGE STUDY (pages 44-45)
2 text 5 email 8 do
Activity 1
3 take 6 dates
1 to grin 3 yawning 5 winking 7 frowning
Activity 12 2 high fiving 4 staring 6 to shake 8 to scratch
Student’s own answers.
Activity 2
Activity 13 1 investigating 2 shocked 3 meet
Student’s own answers.
Help box – Phrasal verbs
READING (pages 42-43) less

Activity 1a Activity 3
1 kissing someone on the cheek 4 shaking hands 2 got angry 4 investigating 6 shocked 8 mention
2 hugging 5 high fiving 3 communicate 5 understand 7 rely on 9 stopped
3 waving Activity 4a
2 formal; strangers in a business context
Activity 1b
3 informal; mother and son
Student’s own answers.
4 formal; police officer and a woman
Activity 2 5 informal; friends
2
Activity 4b
Activity 3
Formal Informal
2 7 The well-prepared traveller shouldn’t just count on a
phrasebook but also spend some time looking into non- Greetings Hello Hi, Claire. How’s it
verbal forms of communication. (lines 7-9) Good morning going?
3 4 Nodding one’s head for ‘yes’ and shaking it for ‘no’ is Good afternoon, Knock, knock
commonly understood, except in Bulgaria and Albania madam Hey
where they mean exactly the opposite! (lines 10-13) Goodbyes Goodbye Cheers
4 7 Although perfectly acceptable in the rest of South Night night
America, in Brazil this gesture is extremely insulting.
(lines 16-18) Apologies I do apologise Sorry
5 4 The traveller in Tibet might be taken aback if the locals Questions Could I speak to What time do you
briefly stick out their tongues, which in Europe is a sign of Angela Stone, make it?
disrespect. However, this unusual gesture is a common please? Can I come in?
Tibetan greeting. (lines 18-22) Could we possibly Finished your
6 7 Intense eye-contact which is generally regarded as rearrange it? homework?
staring by Europeans. (lines 30-31) Might I ask if you
7 7 The British only shake hands when being introduced for have noticed...?
the first time and in formal situations. (lines 42-45) Could you give me a
8 4 Giving a simple peck on the cheek is common between description, please?
men and women who know each other well, but never
between men. (lines 45-47) Activity 5
1 whole 4 write 7 should 10 would
Activity 4
2 could 5 knock 8 light 11 knees
1 Bulgaria, Albania 5 Middle East
3 who 6 high 9 know
2 Brazil 6 Vietnam
3 Tibet 7 Latin America, southern Europe Activity 6
1 may 3 might 5 must
4 Asia, Africa 8 Britain
2 can’t 4 could 6 can
Activity 5
Activity 7
3
2 We may / might / could move to a bigger flat next year.
Activity 6 3 You can / may use my laptop if you like.
1 stuck out, tongue 4 winked 7 shook, head 4 My glasses must be on my desk.
2 stared 5 shake hands 8 peck, cheek 5 She can’t be his wife: she looks far too old.
3 nodded, heads 6 gave, a bear hug 6 She may / might / could be his mother or aunt.

172 THAT’S ENGLISH!

7 It may / might / could be too late to change the plane Activity 1b
tickets. 1 e, 2 c, 3 a, 4 b, 5 d
8 There must be a good reason for the delay.
Activity 2
9 I may / might / could go to France in the summer.
The effects of text messaging on relationships and
Activity 8a communication.
1 uninterested 3 interested Activity 3
2 interested 4 uninterested 1 d, 2 e, 3 b, 4 a, 5 c
Help box – Intonation to show interest or lack of interest Activity 4
rising, falling
Speaker For or against Reasons for his / her opinion
Activity 9 texting
1 e, 2 f, 3 a, 4 c, 5 d, 6 b
1 against the quality of writing is being
Activity 10 affected / students won’t be
1 we made it, it’s worth it able to get into university / the
2 it’s worth it, I love it next generation will lose the
3 now you mention it, come to think of it ability to communicate abstract
ideas in writing and skills
Activity 11 needed for academic study
1 get over 7 may / might / could 2 against it’s confusing / sometimes
2 must 8 stares there are no real words in a
3 work out 9 can’t text / there may be a lack of
4 grinning 10 may / might / could communication
5 may / might / could 11 scratch 3 for it increases communication
6 can between friends throughout
the day
Gestures can speak louder than words (page 46)
4 for it strengthens the bonds
Activity 1 between a social group / helps
Student´s own answers. us keep in touch with our core
Activity 2 group / as a result we feel
more secure and comfortable
1 7 Jo Hill was unable to perform the simplest domestic
tasks, not the most difficult. Activity 5
2 7 Hundreds of dogs are trained by an organisation called Suggested answer:
Canine Partners.
I agree with Angela C. Texting is here to stay and it is easy
34 to get addicted to social networks , but at what cost? Kids
4 7 Jo Hill says that Derby takes messages as well. today are becoming less and less social when interacting
54 face to face. They are always checking their smartphones
6 7 Elaine Potter teaches non-verbal signals as well. for texts or to look at social networks. If this continues, we
7 7 It takes the puppy 12 to 14 months of training before will turn into a society that gives more importance to social
they go into advanced training. media than to human interaction . George S
8 7 After spending two weeks together at the training centre,
not three weeks. SPEAKING (pages 48-49)
Activity 3 Activity 1a
1 79 AD 3 meeting point 5 the empire Picture 1: must be / can’t be / probably / certainly / perhaps /
might be
2 entrance to 4 medieval 6 Britain
Picture 2: can’t be / perhaps / must be / maybe
Activity 4
Activity 1b
2
Student’s own answers.
Activity 5
Activity 2
1 Amphitheatre 3 Eastgate Clock
1 Dialogue 1: formal; boss and employee. Dialogue 2:
2 castle 4 McDonald’s
informal; parents and son.
Activity 6 2 Dialogue 1: Tom is too casual, and as a result, his boss
1 New Zealand, a 4 Jamaica gets angry. Dialogue 2: The parents are being too formal
2 USA, b, f, h 5 India and Tom is uncomfortable.
3 South Africa, c, d, g 6 England, d, e Activity 3
Activity 7 Dialogue 1:
Student’s own answers. Mr D: Good morning.
Tom: Good morning. How are you, Mr Dance?
SKILLS WORK (page 47) Mr D: How can I help?
Activity 1a Tom: I’m going to the doctor’s at 11:00 tomorrow. Is that
Student’s own answers. satisfactory?

THAT’S ENGLISH! 173

Answer Key
Mr D: Well, I suppose so but you really should have informed
me before. REVISION 1
Tom: I apologise for the inconvenience. Also, I’m taking LANGUAGE REVISION (pages 50-51)
some holiday next week.
Mr D: Have you completed the form in advance? Activity 1
Tom: Yes, of course. 1 moved 5 hadn’t forgotten 9 got
Mr D: Tom, I’m afraid your attitude is unacceptable. We no 2 was getting / got 6 set 10 had got
longer require your services here. 3 decided 7 started
Tom: I’m sorry, but there must be a misunderstanding. 4 were making 8 hadn’t brought
Dialogue 2: Activity 2a
Mum: Hello, Tom. 1 deadline 3 high 5 interrupt 7 lose
Tom: Hi, Mum. Alright? 2 waste 4 short 6 rush 8 fly
Mum: Fine, thanks. Do you want a drink?
Activity 2b
Tom: Thanks very much, I’ll have a beer.
a could / might / may, be e might / could / may find / buy
Mum: Can you help me set the table?
b can’t be f can’t be
Tom: No problem.
c can’t have g might / could / may get
Mum: Dinner’s ready. Sit down.
d might / could / may pass h must be
Dad: Can I have the salt, please?
Tom: There you are. Activity 2c
Dad: And pass the water. 1 c, 2 e, 3 d, 4 f, 5 h, 6 g, 7 a, 8 b

Activity 4a Activity 3
Dialogue 1: a close relationship 1 won’t get, work 3 would leave, were
Dialogue 2: a formal relationship 2 would feel, didn’t have 4 will improve, comes

Activity 4b Activity 4
1 ago 3 well 5 Before 7 Whatever 9 previously
Expressions Formal Informal
2 with 4 yawning 6 to think 8 involved 10 advantage
Introducing Actually, it was all a You won’t believe
the topic misunderstanding. what happened Activity 5
today 1 It’s (about / high) time we left or we’ll miss the train.
2 I don’t get on (well) with my sister.
Sequencing First of all, I then First he said…
3 Going by train is not as cheap as going by bus.
the tried… He then and then I asked
information became… him… 4 It is easy / It isn’t difficult to be with Henry.
5 You can rely on Sue.
Indicating you Finally, In the end
are about to 6 It isn’t worth visiting the museum.
finish 7 I don’t know anyone as clever as you.
Summarising It was most What a Activity 6a
final comment unfortunate. nightmare! 1 air pollution 5 public transport 9 urban decay
Response to Yes, indeed it was. How awful! 2 crime rate 6 street lighting
final comment 3 cycle lanes 7 studio apartments
4 exhaust fumes 8 traffic jams
Activity 5
Suggested answer: Activities 6b and 6c
Brian: Hi Jean. You won’t believe what happened to me! 1 green spaces 6 traffic jams
Jean: No, please tell. 2 cycle lanes 7 urban decay
Brian: I had an interview with Mr Janssen, the human 3 Public transport 8 street lighting
resource manager at Biotech Enterprises, at 2:00. I 4 exhaust fumes 9 crime rate
left home very early so as not to be late. When I got 5 air pollution 10 studio apartments
to the train station, I bought a ticket and the station
Activity 7
master told me that the train left at 10:30, but it really
left at 11:30! 1 on 2 out 3 down 4 down 5 on
Jean: Oh, no! How awful! What happened then? Activity 8
Brian: Well, I got to the interview half an hour late. Mr Janssen 1 Charles’(s) mother lives in the USA. /iz/
seemed to be a little upset so I explained to him what 2 He always fell in love with his sister’s friends. /z/
had happened, but he didn’t seem to believe me. 3 My boss’(s) desk is next to mine. /iz/
Jean: What a nightmare!
4 My daughter’s school bag is too heavy. /s/
Brian: Finally, I apologised again and Mr Janssen said that
5 People’s dreams change as they get older. /z/
he understood the problem, and that he realised it
was all a misunderstanding. I hope I still get the job.
SKILLS WORK (pages 52-53)
Jean: Well Brian, you’re a good person and a hard worker.
They’d be foolish not to give you the job. Activity 1a
Brian: Thanks, Jean. You’re a good friend. Student’s own answers.

174 THAT’S ENGLISH!

Activity 1b it more difficult to participate in a conversation that isn’t in
2 their mother tongue.
I think these expats must love the food and weather in
Activity 2
Spain. Spain has a wonderful vast cuisine.
1 e, 2 f, 3 a, 4 d, 5 b, 6 c
The great rice, tasty fish and delicious meat dishes here are
Activity 3 second to none. The expats also have a fantastic selection of
1 A souq is a market. wines to choose from. In my opinion, Spain has very good
2 She has / They have a maid. weather as it is usually sunny and warm. This allows the
expats to do outdoor sports, such as trekking, golf, cycling,
3 You should never shake his hand unless invited to do so.
etc. They can also spend time at an outdoor café.
4 An overland metro is being built to improve transport.
In summary, expats find some things more difficult and
5 People want to work there because they have higher other things better in Spain than in their country, but I think
incomes and good work opportunities. the life they have here is better than in their own country.
Activity 4 Activity 8a
Story Country Place / People involved 1 interesting 2 further 3 Surprised
event
Activity 8b
1 Austria restaurant married couple / waiter 1 b, 2 c, 3 a
2 Turkey bus bus driver / tourist Activity 9
3 Marbella party guests at the party Suggested answer:
4 Brazil restaurant waiter / tourist New Zealand
Five years ago I had the good fortune to go to New
Activity 5 Zealand, which is an incredible, natural and geographically
1 d, 2 a, 3 b, 4 c diverse country. My favourite cousin Joe married a Kiwi in
Activity 6 Wellington. Wellington is very clean, right on the water, and
there are wonderful museums. Everyone was extremely
Suggested answer: friendly. Although the population is very small, we were
A: Did you have a good day with your friend’s family? How surprised at how ethnically diverse the country is. For
did it go? example, Joe’s wife, Dorotka, is from Poland.
B: It was a difficult day. First, I arrived late and they didn’t When I arrived at the airport, I was surprised to see my cousin
wait for me to eat. waiting for me. Driving to the city, he told me everything
A: Really? Poor you! he had learned about the area, such as Lord of the Rings
B: Then, I tried to give the father two kisses when we were being filmed there, while I gazed at the green, picturesque
introduced, and he took a step back and seemed shocked. scenery. Once we got to the city, he took me to the modern
A: That must have been awful. hotel where I was staying. Afterwards, I got ready to go to
B: Yes, it was. After that, I asked if I could help to clear up dinner with the family. The next day was the wedding and
and the mum seemed offended. it was beautiful. After the wedding celebrations finished,
A: Oh, sorry to hear that. The next time you go, things will I travelled to the area of Rotorua. I hiked through the
go better. geothermal valley and was amazed to see lakes of boiling
water. Later I enjoyed a Maori dinner and dance show.
B: Yes, I hope so.
What I will always remember is the area of Rotorua.
Activity 7a Whenever I see a certain colour of green, like that of a fern,
1 b, 2 c, 3 d, 4 a I am transported back to that magical place.
Activity 7b
Suggested answer: UNIT 5. FISH FOR A COMPLIMENT
Today I’d like to talk about expats in Spain. I’ll talk about the
different nationalities of expats in my area, things they find You need to look after yourself (pages 54-55)
difficult about living here and things they find better about Activity 1
living here.
Student’s own answers.
At the moment, where I live, there are many different people
from different countries. There are Colombians, North Activity 2
Americans, Russians, Swedes and Japanese. These are very 1 Jackie wants Karen to go to a zumba class with her
diverse nationalities and each one has their own customs because she wants her to do exercise and it will make her
and traditions. more confident about her body.
In my view, it must be very difficult for them to get used 2 Because she’s enjoying meeting new people and she
to our customs, for instance, the timetable and noise in loves the countryside.
Spain. The timetable is very different from other countries
Activity 3
and it is hard for other people to get used to having lunch
at 2:00 and dinner at 9:00 or even later. This means that 4
these people must also go to bed much later than usual. Activity 4
They probably feel very tired and the day may seem very 1 wearing 2 fit 3 worry, eye 4 forget
long to them. The noise is another issue in Spain. Spain is
a very noisy country and people have problems adjusting Activity 5
to this. This must cause a lot of stress for them and make 1 a, 2 d, 3 c, 4 b

THAT’S ENGLISH! 175

Answer Key
Activity 6 Activity 1c
4, 6, 3, 1, 5, 2 1 do 6 well 11 nice 16 what
Activity 7 2 may 7 must say 12 does 17 gorgeous
Student’s own answers. 3 so 8 Most 13 cool
4 look 9 glad 14 amazing
Activity 8
5 dollars 10 found 15 have
Student’s own answers.
Help box – Pronunciation: giving compliments
Activity 9
auxiliary verb
All except 6 and 10
Activity 3a
Activity 10
1 body image 3 body of evidence 5 body building
1 pick 3 much 5 exercise 7 realise
2 body language 4 body and soul 6 body of opinion
2 forth 4 could 6 like 8 stuff
Activity 3b
Activity 11
1 body language 3 body building 5 body and soul
1 c, 2 a, 3 b
2 body of opinion 4 body image 6 body of evidence
Activity 12
Activity 4a
Student’s own answers.
2 Leave the package at the back of the house.
Activity 13 3 Don’t talk during the test.
Student’s own answers. 4 Take care as the floor is wet.
5 Don’t use scissors when opening the box.
READING (pages 56-57)
Activity 4b
Activity 1
1 Do pay attention when I’m speaking to you.
2
2 Do watch where you are going.
Activity 2 3 Do take the time to read this carefully.
2 4 Do allow plenty of time to get to the airport.
Activity 3 Activity 5
2 the Glens 6 the Glens 10 Glens 2 You sit still and be quiet.
3 the Frasers 7 Frasers 11 the Frasers 3 Somebody come and open the door quickly.
4 the Glens 8 the Frasers 4 Don’t you come here again.
5 the Frasers 9 Glens 5 Somebody call the ambulance now.
Activity 4 Activity 6
1 b, 2 b, 3 a, 4 a, 5 a, 6 b, 7 b, 8 a 2 If I were you, I’d go on a diet and exercise.
Activity 5 You should / ought to go on a diet and exercise.
1 e, 2 a, 3 c, 4 b, 5 f, 6 d Why don’t you go on a diet and exercise?
Activity 6 How about going on a diet and exercising?
3 If I were you, I’d start walking.
Dialogue 1
You should / ought to start walking.
1 got off on the wrong foot
Why don’t you start walking?
2 stabbed him in the back
How about starting to walk?
Dialogue 2
4 If I were you, I’d take a holiday.
3 Over my dead body!
You should / ought to take a holiday.
4 pulling your leg
Why don’t you take a holiday?
Dialogue 3 How about taking a holiday?
5 long in the tooth 5 If I were you, I’d use mouthwash.
6 a slip of the tongue You should / ought to use mouthwash.
Why don’t you use mouthwash?
LANGUAGE STUDY (pages 58-59)
How about using mouthwash?
Activity 1a
Activity 7a
1 a, 2 b, 3 a, 4 a, 5 b
a They are friends.
Activity 1b b They are talking about Kim’s brother, Tony.
Dialogue Appearance Possessions Work Activity 7b
2 4 1 c, 2 d, 3 b, 4 g, 5 h, 6 a, 7 e, 8 f
3 4 Activity 8
4 4 2 diet 5 should 8 image 11 tooth
3 evidence 6 heart 9 eye
5 4 4
4 don’t 7 soul 10 chest

176 THAT’S ENGLISH!

We live in an image society (page 60) Activity 2b
Greetings: Hello
Activity 1
Stating purpose: I thought I’d drop you a line about...
Student’s own answers.
Asking for something: Could you just...? Any chance you
Activity 2 could...?
1 b, 2 c, 3 c, 4 a, 5 b, 6 a Closing the email: Best wishes, See you soon, I’ll be in touch
Activity 3 again soon
Student’s own answers. Activity 3a
Activity 4 a To enquire whether the company’s walking holidays
1 gorgeous 4 water would be suitable for the writer’s father.
2 ancient 5 camping b It’s formal.
3 14.8, take part in 6 windy Activity 3b
Activity 5 1 formal
Everything except 2 2
1 Sir or Madam 7 I would
Activity 6
2 writing to 8 arrange
Student’s own answers.
3 I would like 9 Should you require
Activity 7 4 states 10 contact
1 Americans suffer from the largest cases of obesity. 5 wish 11 Yours faithfully
2 People in South Africa like going to gyms and fitness 6 advise
centres.
3 They use certain creams to make the skin lighter. Activity 3c
4 They are worried about how much they weigh, what they 1 d, 2 e, 3 b, 4 c, 5 f, 6 a
look like. Activity 4
5 A lot of people go to the gym, go running and there are so They need further information on his father’s health.
many diets.
Activity 5
Activity 8
2 We should avoid too much saturated fat so as to prevent
Student’s own answers. damage to the arteries.
3 We didn’t turn the light on in order not to wake the
SKILLS WORK (page 61) children.
Activity 1a 4 We left the room so that they could talk in private.
3 5 Jon went to the office at 6 a.m. in order to finish the report.
Activity 1b 6 We left at 5 a.m. so as not to encounter any traffic jams.
1 b, e 2 a, c, d 7 They worked very hard so that they would finish early.
Activity 2a Activity 6
2, 3, 5 Suggested answer:
Activity 2b Dear Sir or Madam,
1 At age seven children are beginning to show body I am writing to you regarding the mountain biking holidays
dissatisfaction. you offer in Scotland. I would like to have more information
about this type of holiday.
2 90% of British women feel body image anxiety.
Your advertisement states that this kind of mountain biking
3 In the past 15 years, eating disorders have doubled.
holiday is suitable for bikers with a medium to advanced
4 We see 5,000 photoshopped images a week. level of fitness. Since I would like to go on holiday with my
5 A recent study surveyed 3,000 women and found the vast 16-year-old son, do you think this would be suitable for him?
majority spend more money when they see clothes on My son cycles at the weekends with me and we do routes of
normal-sized people. about 30 kilometres with different levels of difficulty.
Activity 3 I would be grateful if you could reply as quickly as possible
Student’s own answers. as I would like to arrange everything before the end of the
month.
WRITING (pages 62-63) Should you require any more information please contact
me.
Activity 1
Yours faithfully,
1 To make arrangements about a new yoga class.
Javier Pérez
2 It’s informal.
Activity 2a
Greetings: Hi Penny
UNIT 6. AS NICE AS PIE
Stating purpose: Just thought I’d get in touch and find out Tastes have changed (pages 64-65)
how you’re getting on...
Asking for something: Is there any chance you could...? Activity 1
Closing the email: Cheers Student’s own answers.

THAT’S ENGLISH! 177

Answer Key
Activity 2 2 He is famous for his extravagant suits and flashy jewellery,
1 They go shopping because Bridget doesn’t want her boss and his chain of low-cost restaurants called Soul Kitchen.
to think she’s got a boyfriend who has no taste in clothes. 3 Abola’s grandmother and his Muslim friend, Deepak,
2 Anthony thinks Mrs Dunlop’s possessions are tasteless inspired him to set up soul kitchen.
and pretentious. He doesn’t like them. 4 He describes it as appetising and comforting as well as
healthy and nutritious.
Activity 3
5 It’s both a business and a charity.
1 b, 2 c, 3 a, 4 b
Activity 4
Activity 4
1 d, 2 f, 3 a, 4 e, 5 c, 6 b
1 c, 2 a, 3 b
Activity 5
Activity 5
1 dress up 3 scruffy 5 nurturing 7 nutritious
1 7 He thinks he has no taste or judgement.
2 casual 4 bling 6 appetising
24
34 Activity 6
44 1 scruffy clothes 3 a designer suit 5 bling
5 7 Mrs Dunlop likes art that provokes controversy, but he 2 casual style 4 tasteful jewellery
hates it. Activity 7
Activity 6 1 unhealthy 3 tasty 5 nutritious
1 As far as I’m concerned 2 comforting 4 appetising 6 nurtured
2 I’m quite sure that Activity 8
3 I hope you don’t mind my saying Student’s own answers.
4 I’d like to point out that
Activity 7 LANGUAGE STUDY (pages 68-69)
Student’s own answers. Activity 1a
Activity 8 1 c, 2 a, 3 e, 4 b, 5 f, 6 d
Student’s own answers. Activity 1b
Activity 9a 1 left a bad taste in my mouth
6, 10 2 there’s no accounting for taste
3 acquired taste
Activity 9b
4 give her a taste of her own medicine
1 He doesn’t like seafood.
5 developed a taste for
2 She likes spicy Asian food, oriental food and Indian food.
6 to my taste
3 He won’t eat butter beans.
Activity 2a
Activity 10
1 c, 2 c, 3 a, 4 c, 5 b, 6 a
1 casual smart = informal but still clean and neatly dressed
2 dressing up = put on glamorous or stylish clothes Activity 3a
3 keep up with = do what is necessary to stay level or equal a green salad with dressing
4 trends = a fashionable style Activity 3b
Activity 11 1 handfuls 3 drops 5 pinch
1 keep up with 2 trends 3 dressing up 4 casual smart 2 tablespoons 4 lump 6 sprinkle

Activity 12 Activity 4
Student’s own answers. 2 shoulder pads 5 aerobics 8 kiwi fruit
3 hairspray 6 gyms
Activity 13
4 enormous earrings 7 sushi
Student’s own answers.
Activity 5
READING (pages 66-67) 1 when 3 which 5 who 7 whom
Activity 1a 2 that / which 4 where 6 whose
Student’s own answers. Activity 6a
Activity 1b 2 Japanese cuisine, which most Europeans had never
tasted, started to become popular in Europe.
1 sour 3 bland 5 spicy
3 The first album that I ever bought was Thriller by Michael
2 rich 4 salty 6 sweet tooth
Jackson.
Activity 2 4 Jackets with shoulder pads, which didn’t suit everybody,
1 b, 2 c, 3 a appeared everywhere.
Activity 3 5 Lady Diana Spencer, who married Prince Charles, had a
lot of influence on fashion in the 80s.
1 In a newspaper food column because it’s what people are
talking about nowadays: the chain of low-cost restaurants 6 The two world leaders who / that are particularly associated
called Soul Kitchen. with this decade are Ronald Reagan and Mikhail Gorbachev.

178 THAT’S ENGLISH!

Activity 6b 3 No, he didn’t.
3 The first album I ever bought was Thriller by Michael 4 Ana’s mother and Maria didn’t like Olga but Tim did.
Jackson. 5 a Ana’s mother didn’t like that Olga complained about the
Activity 7 food and thought her dress was vulgar. b Maria didn’t like
Olga’s dress and bling and the way she behaved, flirting
2 bright red silk
with Ana’s father and not talking to her.
3 purple leather high-heeled
6 a Roma probably didn’t make a good impression on Ana’s
4 tight black knee-length father because of the way he dressed. They had some kind
5 real antique silver of argument. b Roma made a good impression on Ana’s
6 lace fingerless coffee-coloured mother because she says he’s nice and handsome.
Activity 4
A personal question of taste (page 70)
Suggested answer:
Activity 1 Dear Ana,
Student’s own answers. Thank you so much for inviting me to the wonderful dinner
Activity 2 party last night. I had a great time, and the food and guests
1 7 It expresses our identity. were even better. I really enjoyed meeting your friend,
2 7 They buy and do different things. Dylan. He is very nice and quite handsome. Perhaps you
could text me his phone number.
34
I really loved the dress you were wearing. And the jewellery
4 7 Goods became more readily available.
you were wearing was so classy. You must tell me where
5 7 He had a huge influence on middle-class taste. you shop.
64 Well, I must run, but you have to give me the recipe for that
7 7 Tamiko believes that some rich people don’t know how delicious curry you made. The next dinner party will be at
to appreciate the things they are purchasing and this often my house, but you must promise to bring Dylan.
shows. Bye for now!
Activity 3
1 b, 2 c, 3 a SPEAKING (pages 72-73)
Activity 4 Activity 1a
1 It is on the edge of the Lake District. Student’s own answers.
2 It was originally a castle. Activity 1b
3 It is used for meals. It is used as a dining room. Student’s own answers.
4 Her passions are her husband, her children and oranges Activity 2a
to make marmalade.
1 Alex has a negative view and Janis has a positive one.
5 You can find a marmalade museum.
2 France, Spain and Italy are mentioned.
6 You can see delicious-looking jars of marmalade of all
shapes and sizes. Activity 2b
7 Over 2,000 people entered the festival. 1 Alex says most people eat junk food.
8 It is an endangered species and we need to save it. 2 She mentions Indian, Chinese and Mexican restaurants.
3 According to Alex, Britain doesn’t have a proper national
Activity 5
cuisine.
3, 7
4 Fish and chips, steak and kidney pudding, and apple
Activity 6 crumble and custard aren’t refined dishes.
1 5 According to Janis, the Second World War is responsible
for the bad state of British cooking because after this
Activity 7
period people didn’t have much food and forgot how to
Student’s own answers. cook.
SKILLS WORK (page 71) 6 They are going to have a good English curry.

Activity 1 Activity 3a
Student’s own answers. 3 out 5 strongly 7 concerned
4 to 6 As 8 doubt
Activity 2a
1 The dinner party is for Roma to meet Ana’s parents. Activity 3b
2 Ana doesn’t want to invite Olga.
Expressing a strong Expressing a neutral
Activity 2b opinion opinion
1 a, 2 b, 3 c
1 I’m convinced that 4 In my view
Activity 3a 2 I strongly believe that 5 I’d like to point out that
1 b, 2 c, 3 a (we do)! 6 It seems to me
Activity 3b 3 There’s no doubt in my 7 As I see it
1 chicken curry mind 8 As far as I’m concerned
2 It was too spicy for Ana’s father.

THAT’S ENGLISH! 179

Answer Key
Activity 4 Activity 4
1 ate 4 weight 7 steak 1 She worked in New Zealand for a while, then she travelled
2 pain 5 waist 8 stayed around Asia.
3 made 6 tasted 2 Danny really enjoys the creativity.
3 Danny would like to specialise in the luxury market:
Activity 5a
jewellery, clothes, cars.
1 Yes, Alex is interested in her story.
4 Gina’s boss is the head of marketing in London for a
2 Her great-aunt, Sukie, gave her the dress. It is from a shop leading Italian car manufacturer.
called Granny Takes a Trip in London.
5 Robert says Danny will be in charge of the account and
Activity 5b heading the team.
1 Takes, Trip 4 lunch break Activity 5
2 sales assistant 5 rock star 1 do you see yourself 4 I will have
3 too expensive 6 didn’t need
2 I hope to be / I will be 5 I hope to be / I will be
Activity 6 3 Hopefully
4, 2, 8, 5, 7, 3, 6, 1
Activity 6
Activity 7 Suggested answer:
This time next year, I imagine I’ll be doing more or less the
Showing interest or Expressing surprise or
empathy disbelief same as I’m doing at the moment. I’ll be studying for my
(rising intonation) (falling intonation) exams, studying English, but at a higher level, of course!
And maybe, if I’m lucky, I’ll be working in a shop at the
1 Really? 5 You’re kidding (me)! weekends.
2 Is that right? 6 Wow! Activity 7
3 Oh, no! 7 That’s amazing! Student’s own answers.
4 Well, go on then, who 8 That’s unbelievable!
was it? Activity 8a
1 Lauren 3 Jo 5 Nadine
Activity 8 2 Ian 4 Alan 6 Darren
1 d, 2 c, 3 a, 4 b
Activity 8b
Activity 9 1 loved 3 inspiring 5 goal
Suggested answer: 2 spiritual 4 working 6 retired
A: These are my absolute favourite boots; I bought them
many years ago in Camden Market. I just fell in love with Activity 9a
them. 1 I will hopefully be, I’d like to
B: Really? Why are they so special? 2 I hope to be
A: Well, first of all, I got a great deal on them. They only cost 3 Maybe I’ll think about
£50, and they are so comfortable. 4 I hope to be
B: You’re kidding me! 5 It would be very nice
A: These boots are made of special leather, which is soft
Activity 9b
and doesn’t need much taking care of.
1 I will hopefully be / I hope to be / Maybe I’ll think about / I’d
B: That’s amazing!
like to be
A: They are very smart and go with all my jeans.
2 Maybe I’ll think about / I hope to be / I will hopefully be / I’d
B: Wow! You’re very lucky. like to be
A: The next time I go back to Camden Market, I’ll buy two 3 It would be really nice to / I’d like to
more pairs, one for me and the other for you.
4 I’d like to / It would be really nice to
B: Really? That would be great, thanks.
Activity 9c
1 developing 4 pension 7 spending
UNIT 7. THE FUTURE LOOKS BRIGHT 2 career 5 bother
Some dreams do come true (pages 74-75) 3 is retired 6 enjoying
Activity 1 Activity 10
Suggested answers: Student’s own answers.
2 and 4 are for plans 1 and 3 are for dreams
READING (pages 76-77)
Activity 2
Activity 1a
1 Danny wanted to be a rock star and William wanted to
design video games. Student’s own answers.
2 He’s very happy with Danny’s work. He thinks it’s very Activity 1b
creative. Student’s own answers.
Activity 3 Activity 2
1 film 2 heading 3 week 4 run Student’s own answers.

180 THAT’S ENGLISH!

Activity 3 Activity 7
1 Maggie’s dream job was to be a space scientist, and Mary- 1 expect 5 hope not
Jess’s was to be a singer / recording artist. 2 waiting 6 am hoping / hope / expect
2 Yes, both have achieved their dream job. 3 aren’t looking forward to 7 looking forward to
Activity 4 4 expecting
1 No. Most of us aren’t ambitious enough to chase our Activity 8
dreams. 1 daydreams 5 living in a dream world
2 Maggie decided to study astronomy after seeing a cartoon 2 a dream come true 6 living the dream
programme about strange moon creatures. 3 the woman of my dreams 7 beyond my wildest dreams
3 She had problems because she was dyslexic. 4 broken dreams 8 chasing your dreams
4 Maggie wants to encourage women to follow careers in
science. Activity 9b
5 She was studying music and Chinese. 1b, 2a, 3a, 4b, 5b, 6a, 7a, 8b
6 She was looking forward to it, but she was worried / She Activity 10
was excited but apprehensive. 1 herself 5 will have
7 No, she didn’t expect to win. 2 will / ‘ll have swum 6 herself
8 She sang in Mandarin, English and Italian. 3 will / ’ll never be 7 is hoping / hopes
Activity 5 4 that 8 will / ‘ll be training
1 d, 2 b, 3 a, 4 c
When I grow up I want to be… (page 80)
Activity 6a
Activity 1
a Speaker 3 b Speaker 4 c Speaker 2 d Speaker 1
Student’s own answers.
Activity 6b
Activity 2
1 d, 2 e, 3 b, 4 f, 5 a, 6 g, 7 c
14
LANGUAGE STUDY (pages 78-79) 2 7 Girls knew they would have to combine the world of
work and their families.
Activity 1 34
1 b, 2 d, 3 e, 4 a, 5 f, 6 g, 7 c 4 7 Parents can influence young people on their decisions.
Activity 2a 54
1 Where will you be living this time next year? 6 7 There has been a great increase in the amount of
2 How many coffees will you have drunk by this time next apprenticeships.
week? Activity 3
3 Approximately how many kilometres will you have Student’s own answers.
walked by the end of today?
4 What will you be doing after your English class today? Activity 4
5 What will you be doing in three years’ time? 1 b, 2 a, 3 b, 4 b, 5 a, 6 c, 7 b
6 Do you think it will rain at the weekend? Activity 5
Activity 2b Student’s own answers.
Student’s own answers. Activity 6
Activity 3b 1 China and Japan
2 a very comfortable life
1 Maria’ll be working late today.
3 to get a degree (in the career that they pursue)
2 It’ll have finished by then.
4 Because it’s a huge industry.
3 Nobody will understand you.
5 acting, singing, the music industry, sport
4 Everybody’ll be there.
6 Bollywood star, cricketer, scientist, doctor and engineer
5 We will be retired by then.
6 Joe will be arriving soon. Activity 7
Student’s own answers.
Activity 4
1 yourself 3 myself 5 ourselves SKILLS WORK (page 81)
2 himself 4 themselves 6 itself
Activity 1
Help box – Reflexive pronouns Student’s own answers.
the same
Activity 2
Activity 5 1 The smallest loan is $5.
3 themselves R 5 himself E 7 herself E 2 People might use the microcredit for a bed, a mobile
4 herself R 6 ourselves R 8 himself R phone, a cow or some seeds.
Activity 6 3 The video presentation is one minute long.
1 to dance 3 won’t lose 5 to fly 4 First make a one-minute video explaining your idea and
2 that we’ll win 4 not to spend 6 I hope not put it on the website. Then explain how much money you

THAT’S ENGLISH! 181

Answer Key
need and set a time limit for responses. Wait for people to
respond. UNIT 8. LIVE TO TELL THE TALE
Activity 3a Plucking up courage (pages 84-85)
34 54 Activity 1
Activity 3b Student’s own answers.
14 Activity 2
2 7 The shop will sell tea, bread and fish. 1 Because Anthony makes a mess in the kitchen and doesn’t
3 7 Her son is hoping to be a doctor. clean up as often as he should.
4 7 Trevor’s friend is a chef at a high-class restaurant. 2 Anthony was defensive at first, but then he was more
5 7 They have to raise about £30,000. understanding.
Activity 4 Activity 3
Student’s own answers. 1 tidying up 3 courage 5 risk 7 interesting
2 share 4 advice 6 volunteer
WRITING (pages 82-83)
Activity 4
Activity 1 14
2 2 7 She has only been genuinely scared once.
Activity 2a 3 7 A girl was drowning in a river.
1 d, 2 a, 3 e, 4 b, 5 c 44
Activity 2b 5 7 She told Anthony she had spent two hours cleaning up
the kitchen after he’d cooked dinner.
2 a, 4 b, 5 c, 1 d, 3 e
6 4 Anthony thanked Karen for being honest and saying
Activity 3 how she felt.
2 friendly 6 moderate Activity 5
3 undignified 7 successful 1 c, 2 a, 3 b
4 unfriendly 8 dangerous and pitiful
Activity 6
5 frozen
Student’s own answers.
Activity 4
Activity 7
1 e, 2 a, 3 c, 4 f, 5 d, 6 b
Student’s own answers.
Help box – Connectors: attitude and emphasis
Activity 8a
strengthen
1 Ian 3 Peter 5 Karen 7 Rosie
Activity 5 2 Alan 4 Jude 6 Nip 8 Jo
1 in fact 3 Surprisingly 5 in particular
Activity 8b
2 Undoubtedly 4 Undeniably 6 Admittedly
1 right 2 between 3 obstacles 4 branches 5 scary
Activity 6a
Activity 9a
Student’s own answers.
Student’s own answers.
Activity 6b
Activity 9b
Suggested answer: 1 absolutely 3 froze 5 excitement 7 good
How can young people achieve their dreams? In my view, 2 cold 4 exhilaration 6 dangerous 8 pleased
they need to decide what degree to study and possible
professions to follow. Activity 10
When I was 15, I decided that I wanted to pursue a degree Student’s own answers.
in computer engineering. At the same time, I set a goal
to start up my first online business after graduating from READING (pages 86-87)
university. Surprisingly, I was able to accomplish both goals. Activity 1a
I graduated from university with a degree in computer
1 e, 2 a, 3 g, 4 b, 5 f, 6 d, 7 c
engineering at the age of 21 and opened an online company
six months later. Activity 1b
Sadly, my first online company failed after five months. Student’s own answers.
Admittedly, I was frightened and scared, but I didn’t give
Activity 2a
up. I set new, more exciting and tougher goals and learned
from my past failure. In fact, after only a few months my 1 skydiving, whitewater rafting and highwire walking
new company was doing very well. Since then, I have set up 2 Alex is in favour of and Lisa is against risky activities.
five very successful online businesses. Activity 2b
I am convinced that the best advice that I can give to young 1 reckless 3 hazardous 5 fearful
people is to decide what they really want to study, establish
2 courageous 4 bravery 6 daring
a dream that they can fulfil and never give up. As my
grandfather told me many years ago, ‘A quitter never wins Activity 3a
and a winner never quits.’ 1 c, 2 d, 3 a, 4 b

182 THAT’S ENGLISH!

Activity 3b Activity 6
1 4 There has been a huge increase in the number of Dialogue 1
hazardous extreme sports and participants. 1 Would ever
2 4 It could be that humans are programmed to live with 2 I’d love to
risk, and if there is none, they create it.
3 7 Since 1981, 228 people have died doing this reckless Dialogue 2
sport. 3 Would ever
4 7 There is a high cost to the taxpayer for the medical costs 4 I’d never
of doing these activities and many object to their getting 5 Have been
free treatment.
Activity 7b
5 4 Perhaps the excitement is worth the fear of facing
1 ‘d 2 would 3 ‘d 4 ‘d 5 would 6 ‘d
death.
6 4 Most people will need courage to encounter emotional Activity 8
risks in life. 1 a happy b unhappy
Activity 4a 2 He would like them to give the money they spend on the
1 b, 2 c, 3 d, 4 a airfare to charity.

Activity 4b Help box – Expressing objection

1 The greatest danger in life is to risk nothing. The speakers are unhappy.
2 People hope to escape suffering and sadness. Activity 9
3 Adrenaline rush of life / joy of passion / beauty of love. 2 Stan objected to her borrowing his car.
4 The writer compares them to a slave. 3 The neighbours disagreed with their playing loud music.
5 He will experience everything life offers, enjoy freedom 4 She objects to his using her computer.
and realise his potential. 5 You didn’t approve of my arriving late yesterday.
Activity 5 6 The neighbours disapproved of our parking outside their
1 recklessness 3 daring 5 courageous 7 courage house.
2 fearful 4 daring 6 hazardous 8 brave 7 I don’t object to your watching TV now.
Activity 6 Activity 10
Student’s own answers. 1 has achieved 6 has climbed 11 courageous
2 daring 7 has made 12 reckless
LANGUAGE STUDY (pages 88-89) 3 started 8 risks 13 would, take
Activity 1 4 left 9 suffered
1 bungee jumping 3 base jumping 5 scuba diving 5 has succeeded 10 hazardous
2 skydiving 4 mountaineering 6 w h i t e w a t e r
rafting A huge sense of freedom (page 90)
Activity 2a Activity 1
1 c, 2 a, 3 e, 4 d, 5 b, 6 f Student’s own answers.
Activity 2b Activity 2
1 high-level window cleaner 4 police officer 1 a, c 2 a, b 3 b, c 4 a, b 5 b, c
2 aid volunteer 5 firefighter
Activity 3
3 bomb disposal expert 6 war journalist
3 (He wasn’t extremely social at school.)
Activity 3a
Activity 4
hazard fear courageous daring brave reckless
c
Activity 3b
1 hazardous 5 courage, bravery Activity 5
2 reckless, daring 6 brave, courageous 1 legendary 3 hope 5 evolved 7 secret
3 daring / courageous / brave / reckless 2 risked 4 freedom 6 symbol 8 met
4 fear Activity 6
Activity 4a Student’s own answers.
1 a, 2 b Activity 7
Activity 4b 1 7 People enjoy shark cage diving.
1 Rising 3 Falling 5 Falling 2 7 They like it. It’s called zorbing.
2 Rising 4 Rising 6 Falling 3 7 There are bears in the mountains.
Activity 5 44
1 Have you ever been 6 Did you like 54
2 haven’t 7 was 6 7 A lot of Scottish people are quite brave and do a lot of
crazy stuff.
3 I’ve visited 8 I’ve never travelled
4 did you go 9 haven’t visited Activity 8
5 went Student’s own answers.

THAT’S ENGLISH! 183

Answer Key
SKILLS WORK (page 91) 2 volcano walking – It’s strenuous, terrifying and hazardous.
gorilla watching – It’s thrilling and inspiring.
Activity 1
It’s about opinions on women’s boxing and fox-hunting. Activity 3
Student’s own answers.
Activity 2
Women’s boxing Activity 4a
1 It was a minority sport but since the 2012 Olympics there 1 b, 2 b, 3 b, 4 a, 5 b, 6 b
has been an increase of 80% in the numbers of women Activity 4b
taking part. 1 topic 3 three 5 moving 7 illustrate
2 Because people thought women would get worse injuries 2 divide 4 begin 6 far 8 remind
than men.
3 Because women now compete in all types of sport and Activity 4c
the government has given extra funding so that women
Introducing the topic My talk is concerned with…
boxers can compete at the next Olympic games.
Fox-hunting Starting a section Let’s look now at…
1 Traditional fox-hunting was banned but more people are Finishing a section Turning now to…
joining hunting clubs, especially women.
2 Because people thought it was cruel and outdated. Giving examples As an illustration…
3 Because farmers are suffering big financial losses from
Summarising So, we’ve looked at…
foxes killing their animals.
Let’s summarise what we’ve
Activity 3a looked at…
1 a, 2 b, 3 a, 4 b, 5 a
Activity 3b Activity 5
Suggested answer:
Speaker Text Reasons Good morning. The subject of my talk today is the extreme
1 a It’s unfeminine and distasteful. sport parkour. Basically there are three points I would like to
speak about: the origin of parkour, what parkour is and it’s
2 b The majority wanted the law to be role in popular culture.
changed and it should stay as it is. We
So let’s start with the origin of parkour. Frenchman Raymond
can’t do as we please in a democracy or
Belle is considered the founder of this sport, which was
there would be chaos.
developed in France in the 1980s. The sport is based on
3 a Women are not weak and emotional. military obstacle course training. However, it was the French
Women need to have complete freedom naval officer, Georges Hébert, who promoted athletic skill
to do the same as men. based on the indigenous tribes he had met in Africa before
4 b You can’t interfere in a way of life you World War I.
don’t understand. We need to support OK, that’s all on the origin of parkour. Next, I’d like to explain
employment in the countryside because what parkour is. The best way to understand this sport is to
it’s hard to get work there. see it in action. Please turn to the screen as we watch this
YouTube clip as an example.
5 a The long-term effects are not known and
it might lead to ill health when women (video is shown)
boxers have children. There might be a Absolutely amazing, isn’t it? The objective is to get from
lot of costs from head injuries. point A to point B in a straight line. Athletes may only use
their bodies and their surroundings to move forward with
Activity 4 as much momentum as possible to jump over fences, climb
walls or buildings, jump from high buildings and more.
Suggested answer:
So, we’ve looked at what parkour is. Let’s look now at
Motor races destroy the environment. I really don’t
parkour in popular culture. Parkour is becoming more and
understand how any motor sport could be so popular,
more popular with young people. It can be practised in any
whether it is motorcycle racing or motor racing. I understand
location but it is usually practised in urban spaces. The idea
that when cars were first invented it was only natural to see
is to see one’s environment in a new way and imagine how
how fast they could go. But we now live in a different world.
to move around the obstacles. However, there are people
We must consider how these sports affect the environment:
who are against the sport as it also involves trespassing.
noise pollution, air pollution, waste of a natural resource,
etc. Although it may sound radical, I strongly feel all motor Let’s summarise what we’ve looked at: the origin of parkour,
sports should be banned. the definition of parkour and finally parkour in popular
culture.
SPEAKING (pages 92-93) Thank you for your attention and time. Are there any
questions?
Activity 1a
1 d, 2 e, 3 a, 4 c, 5 f, 6 b
Activity 1b
UNIT 9. BEAUTY IS ONLY SKIN-DEEP
Student’s own answers. Looking real (pages 94-95)
Activity 2 Activity 1
1 She talks about volcano walking and gorilla watching. Student’s own answers.
184 THAT’S ENGLISH!
Activity 2 2 7 The writer says that in today’s beauty-obsessed culture,
1 Because she needs a model to advertise her anti-ageing being good-looking is highly valued and it seems as if
cream. honesty or kindness are secondary or irrelevant.
2 Andy had used some of Frances’ anti-ageing cream before 34
the photo shoot. 4 7 The writer says the actors and models we want to look
like spend a lot of time and money on their appearance.
Activity 3
5 7 The most common type of surgery is lipoplasty.
Frances doesn’t ask for number 5. She says he needs to look
like a real man. 6 7 The writer says that the most common reason for
cosmetic surgery is it increases self-confidence.
Activity 4 7 7 It isn’t possible. At 60 nobody looks like they did at 20.
14 84
24
Activity 5
34
1 beer belly 4 square, prominent 7 freckles
4 7 He asks the photographer to remove the scar on Andy’s
cheek. 2 flawless skin 5 double chin 8 a show-
off
54
3 skinny, slender 6 plump, chubby
Activity 5
Activity 6a
1 She hates pictures of people that look perfect.
Lisa answers Q3 Massimo answers Q4
2 No, she doesn’t.
Cristina answers Q1 Nobody answers Q2.
3 Because he looks like a real man.
4 They got rid of his scar, made his ears look smaller and Activity 6b
gave him more hair. 1 good-looking 4 flawless 7 skinny 10 intelligence
5 Because he’s a bit too tough and strong. 2 show-off 5 look like 8 good looks
Activity 6 3 glamorous 6 beautiful 9 honesty
1 ageing 3 seems 5 rely on Activity 7
2 a bit 4 trustworthy 6 impossibly Student’s own answers.
Activity 7
LANGUAGE STUDY (pages 98-99)
Student’s own answers.
Activity 1
Activity 8
1 name-dropper 3 workaholic 5 show-off
Student’s own answers.
2 slacker 4 socialite 6 freeloader
Activity 9a
Activity 2
1 definitely 2 cars 3 learns 4 temple 5 lifestyles
1 workaholic 3 slacker 5 show-off
Activity 9b 2 name-dropper 4 socialite 6 freeloader
1 friendship 3 look 5 outgoing 7 interests
Activity 3
2 Sort 4 active 6 partying 8 selection
1 weren’t 2 didn’t work 3 had 4 didn’t worry
Activity 10a
Help box – I wish / If only...
1 d, 2 a, 3 b, 4 c
past simple
Activity 10b
Activity 4
1 outgoing 2 wide range 3 outspoken 4 outlook
1 wasn’t / weren’t, didn’t have 4 knew
Activity 11 2 let 5 didn’t have to
Student’s own answers. 3 didn’t look 6 could

READING (pages 96-97) Activity 5a

1 Elena doesn’t like her nose.
Activity 1a
2 Her parents are giving her a day in a spa with beauty
They’re describing 1 and 2. treatments.
Activity 1b Activity 5b
Photo 1: flawless skin, slender legs, plump lips 1 way 4 How could 7 could
Photo 2: chubby, double chin, beer belly 2 no way 5 How could 8 appreciate
Photo 3: square jaw 3 ridiculous 6 nice thing 9 so kind
Photo 4: freckles
Activity 6
Activity 2 1 No way! Of course the answer’s no. There’s just no way
1 we’d ever let you do such thing.
Activity 3 2 That’s ridiculous, Elena!
1 b, 2 c, 3 a 3 How could people do that stuff? How could they let their
children do it?
Activity 4
4 That wasn’t a very nice thing to say, Elena. How could
14 you?

THAT’S ENGLISH! 185

Answer Key
5 Thanks, Mum, that’s amazing! I really appreciate it. Activity 2b
6 Was it really? That’s so kind of him! 1 b, 2 c, 3 a, 4 d
Activity 7 Activity 3
1 d, 2 f, 3 a, 4 g, 5 e, 6 h, 7 c, 8 b 1
Activity 8 Activity 4
1 d, 2 e, 3 a, 4 b, 5 c 1 7 Selfies are a reflection of narcissistic behaviour but they
Activity 9 are not directly responsible for its increase.
Suggested answers: 24
1 What does she look like? 3 7 Narcissists are not capable of forming close, healthy
relationships, because they are unable to value emotional
2 How are you?
relationships.
3 Who do you look like? / Who do you most take after in
44
your family?
54
4 What’s he like?
6 7 Meg uploaded photos of herself naked because she
5 What’s the weather like?
believes if she shows her sexuality she will have more
Help box – Pronuciation: review of Wh- questions friends, and people will talk about her more positively.
falls Activity 5
Activity 10 Student’s own answers.
1 smells 3 tastes 5 looks 7 looks
2 sounds 4 feels 6 sounds 8 look WRITING (pages 102-103)
Activity 11 Activity 1
1 skinny 4 double chins 7 flawless skin Student’s own answers.
2 plumper 5 clean-shaven 8 scars Activity 2
3 fatness 6 designer stubble Student’s own answers.

A positive body image (page 100) Activity 3

1 paragraph 1 4 paragraph 2
Activity 1
2 paragraph 3 5 paragraph 1, 3
Student’s own answers.
3 paragraphs 1, 2
Activity 2
Activity 4
3 Stuart is happy with his decision.
1 dependable 5 politically active
5 People need to have realistic expectations.
2 nonconformist 6 workaholic
Activity 3 3 active 7 practical
1 They are influenced by celebrity culture. 4 warm-hearted 8 broad-minded
2 They want to look exactly like the people they admire or
the person that perhaps they are in love with. Activity 5
3 They think that somehow their inner life will also improve. 1 a, 2 a, 3 b, 4 b, 5 b
4 There are those who have confidence issues and think Activity 6
they would feel better about themselves with surgery and 2 a gorgeous, warm-hearted woman
those who suffer a distorted view of their own appearance.
3 a slender, long-legged teenager
5 They have an extremely distorted view of their own
4 a red-haired, green-eyed woman
appearance and a great trauma about what they look like.
5 a middle-aged, grey-haired woman
6 Confidence must come from within.
6 a tall blue-eyed, mild-mannered man
Activity 4
7 a good-tempered, open-minded man
1 d, f 2 b, d 3e 4 a, c
Activity 7
Activity 5
Student’s own answers.
Beatrix Potter wrote children’s stories and William
Wordsworth wrote poetry. Activity 8
1 too, what’s more, on top of that, besides this, furthermore,
Activity 6
moreover
1 b, 2 c, 3 a, 4 b, 5 c, 6 a
2 besides this, what’s more, on top of that, furthermore, and
Activity 7 moreover
Student’s own answers. 3 too
4 group 2
SKILLS WORK (page 101)
Activity 9
Activity 1
1d, 2h, 3a, 4f, 5e, 6c, 7g, 8b
Student’s own answers.
Activity 10a
Activity 2a
Student’s own answers.
2

186 THAT’S ENGLISH!

Activity 10b Activity 10
Suggested answer: Suggested answer:
Middle-aged, green-eyed, red-headed woman seeks a fun- 1 contact the phone company.
loving man who loves to travel. 2 try calling your number with my phone?
I would describe myself as an independent, intelligent 3 look carefully through your house.
woman who loves learning new things and, besides this, is 4 going back to the last place you were at.
open-minded. What’s more, I work as a computer technician
and I am very keen on the arts: theatre, museums, etc. so Activity 11
my passion is to explore new cities around the world. 1 For / to 2 for 3 so as not to 4 so that
I am looking for a man who shares the same interests and Activity 12
who has a good sense of humour. He must be intelligent
1 I’m going to visit my boyfriend, Zack, who will be pleased
and knowledgeable about art and architecture. On top of
to see me.
that, he should be well-educated, have good manners and
make me laugh. Bald men need not respond. 2 Hatfield is the town where Zack lives.
3 Every year there is a dance in Hatfield, which takes place
in a school gym.
REVISION 2 4 Zack has a brother who is a DJ. He will be mixing the
music.
LANGUAGE REVISION (pages 104-105)
5 Hopefully, Zack will give me a ring that / which I will wear
Activity 1 forever.
1 had 4 was / were
2 haven’t been 5 have just seen / just saw SKILLS WORK (pages 106-107)
3 found 6 go Activity 1
Activity 2 1 c, 2 d, 3 a, 4 b
1 ‘ll (will) leave / be leaving 5 will have prepared Activity 2
2 will have arrived 6 ‘ll (will) sleep 1 7 Maria’s parents encouraged her to perform on TV.
3 will have set up 7 won’t have to walk 24
4 will be watching 8 ‘ll (will) have had 3 7 He offered her a part-time job working as his assistant
on the Saturday programme.
Activity 3
44
1 ‘ll, 2 ’d, 3 ’d, 4 ‘ll
5 7 She has a career singing with a band.
Activity 4
Activity 3a
1 b, 2 c, 3 a, 4 d
1 e, 2 d, 3 a, 4 c, 5 b
Activity 5
Activity 3b
1 dangerous 5 when 9 himself
1 She is more intelligent.
2 seems 6 which 10 hopes
2 for chatting to friends on Facebook
3 daring 7 reckless
3 Because he deserves a few luxuries and there is always an
4 courageous 8 tasty
improved model.
Activity 6 4 to chat to people or because a colleague needs to leave early
1 come true 5 rich 9 themselves 5 a brand-new Mercedes
2 skinny 6 scruffy 10 show off
Activity 4
3 drop of 7 a bit of
Suggested answer:
4 body 8 silk
This picture shows two very different people. I imagine
Activity 7 that they are not only different physically, but that their
1 They, steak personality is different as well. On the left we can see a
2 made, tasty, snake young woman with long, multi-coloured hair. She looks as
3 K, J, playing, 8 (eight) though she prefers an alternative lifestyle as she has various
piercings. Her face is pale and she has a dimple in her chin.
Activities 8a and 8b I imagine that she likes music and getting together with her
1 I do love your dress. 3 Don’t you dare take my car. friends. She seems to be outgoing and extroverted. I think
2 Do have another biscuit. 4 I did have a lovely time. she is probably a student.
The picture on the right shows a man with long, dark blond
Activity 9
hair who is wearing glasses and has a moustache. He looks
1 It looks as if / though she’s getting tired. as though he is in his late fifties. He’s wearing a conservative,
2 I bought a doll with brown eyes for my daughter. striped shirt and an expensive watch. He looks like a writer
3 I object to people talking loudly on the phone. who likes to meet with friends in cafés and work at home.
4 You ought to use a safety harness. He seems to be reserved and opinionated. I imagine he
5 It looks as though / if the team is going to lose. doesn’t like to exercise, as he is a bit chubby. Maybe he
enjoys listening to classical music.
6 He plays quite happily on his own.
7 I hope that I will finish my degree this year. Activity 5
8 He looks better without a beard. 1 In the first one, Helen wants to organise a surprise
birthday party for a friend and asks Dave to give her some

THAT’S ENGLISH! 187

Answer Key
ideas. In the second one, Helen is asking the hotel about LISTENING COMPREHENSION I: Completing
the possibility of holding a family celebration there. sentences (page 110)
2 The first one is informal and the second one is formal.
Activity 1
Activity 6 1 the doctor (a person)
Suggested answers: 2 easiest (a superlative)
Email 1 3 an engineering degree (a noun)
Hi Helen, 4 a cup of tea (a drink or food)
Great to hear from you! What a good idea! Why don’t we Activity 2
have the party at my place so that everyone can stay longer
1 was digging 2 had 3 who 4 themselves
and even dance? So as not to ruin the surprise, everyone
could come 30 minutes before Jackie and we could tell her Activity 3
the plan is to come over for dinner. I don’t think the present 1 b, 2 b, 3 b, 4 a, 5 a, 6 b,
should be too expensive. It’s the thought that counts. How
about a pair of earrings? Activity 4
Let me know what you think. 2 chemist 5 central Africa
Take care, 3 creams and soap 6 scented candles
Dave 4 natural 7 online
Email 2 LISTENING COMPREHENSION II: Multiple
Dear Ms Scott, matching (page 110)
Thank you for your enquiry regarding our hotel catering
Activity 1
services. The Grand Hotel would be very pleased to
organise all of the aspects of your family celebration. The 1 I don’t believe it! 4 well done
15th of September is available for either a luncheon or 2 I wish 5 a dream come true
dinner. We would recommend a luncheon if there will be 3 risky
children and elderly family members attending but a dinner
Activity 2
if the family members are young to middle-aged adults.
We would provide a band or DJ and a dance floor with the 1 c, 2 b, 3 h, 4 e, 5 a,
dinner option. Please find three packages and the cost of
each included in the attachments. The first is a luncheon WRITING I: Writing letters or emails (page 111)
with three full menu options; the second is a dinner with Activity 1
two menu options and the third is a dinner with two menu
1 M, I 3 E, I 5 E, F 7 E, I
options and entertainment.
2 E, I 4 B, I 6 M, F 8 B, F
We guarantee client satisfaction.
Yours sincerely, Activity 2
Mr Dan Banks 1 c, h 2 b, g 3 a, e 4 d, f
Events Organiser, Grand Hotel Activity 3
Suggested answer:
EXAM STRATEGIES Hi Robert,
Have you recovered from last weekend? I had a fantastic
READING COMPREHENSION I: Multiple time at the party on Saturday night. I really loved the music
matching (page 108) and food, and your friends are a lot of fun, especially Anne.
Activity 1 Could you give me her phone number?
2 a, f, h 3 b, g The trip home was a little long and boring. We were on the
bus for eight hours, and we had to stop several times so that
Activity 2 the driver could rest, and we could stretch our legs. On the
1 c, 2 c upside, some of the views were spectacular.
Why don’t you pay me a visit next month? I would really
Activity 3
love to show you around the city. We could tour the football
1 e, 2 a, 3 d, 4 h, 5 b stadium and then go out for dinner. My friends would love
to meet you and there’s a new nightclub in the city centre.
READING COMPREHENSION II: Cloze test Anyway, the idea is to have fun.
(page 109)
Let me know what you think about the plan! Hoping you
Activity 1 and yours are well,
2 sending B 4 quickly D 6 says B Best wishes,
3 carefully D 5 considerate C Sean
Activity 2
WRITING II: Writing an article (page 111)
1 began 6 Surprisingly
2 toes 7 fastest Activity 1
3 said 8 holding 2, 3, 4, 5
4 hope 9 Despite Activity 2
5 considerable 10 troubled 1 What’s more / On top of that / Besides this

188 THAT’S ENGLISH!

2 I really do think, In my view B: OK, so would you say that a website would be the best
3 What I find striking is that / I really do think / In my view, idea?
A: Yes, I would.
Activity 3
Suggested answer: SPEAKING: Monologue (page 113)
In the USA, people generally have lunch between 12:00 and
1:00 p.m. and we often have sandwiches, soup or salad. Activity 1
Dinner is around 6:00 and we usually have some type of Suggested answer:
meat or pasta with a salad or vegetable and potatoes. In my 1 CURRENT AMBITIONS: go to university / get a degree in
view, people eat balanced meals, but often snack between law / meet a nice girl / boy
meals. I really do think that the weight problems people 2 YOUNG PEOPLE’S AMBITIONS: idealised professions –
have are from the snacking. singer, sports person / to have a pet / to win a contest
On special occasions, Americans love to go out for BBQ OLDER PEOPLE’S AMBITIONS: to have a family / to have
pork sandwiches and BBQ ribs. The pork is cooked in a a good job / to travel
smoker for many hours. This is the secret to making it so 3 THE IMPORTANCE OF AMBITION: set goals / realise goals
tasty, tender and juicy. What’s more, the pork is served with / improve yourself
a special BBQ sauce, which can be very spicy or mild – you
decide. Besides this, we love to have ice cream or a cake for Activity 2
dessert. 1 b, 2 d, 3 a, 4 c
The US also has very diverse ethnic cuisine. On one Activity 3
occasion, my parents took me to a Japanese restaurant for
my birthday. It was really special because the chef prepared Suggested answer:
everything at our table. The chef put on a great show while I am going to talk about my hopes and dreams. First, I’ll explain
preparing the meal. What I found striking was that he even my personal dreams and ambitions, then I’ll talk about hopes
tossed the food from the grill onto our plates! in general.
The USA has a wide variety of foods from all over the world. To begin with, my childhood dream was to become a
When you come for a visit, you can decide which one to try. professional footballer. Unfortunately, I injured my knee and
had to stop playing football. Today, my ambition is to become
SPEAKING: Interaction (page 112) a plastic surgeon. I will finish my degree in two years.The next
two years will be difficult, but I know if I work hard, I will fulfil
Activity 1 my dream.
1 Do you think so? 3 That’s a great idea!
I believe that most people have a dream, but very few fulfil it.
2 I’m sure that will work! 4 Really? People take a job in order to pay for their house, their car and
Activity 2 their expenses and tend to forget about fulfilling their dreams.
Suggested answer: They get caught up in a routine and feel that there is nothing
A: In my view, money can solve most of our problems. they can do to achieve their hopes and dreams.
B: I’m not so sure. Young people often have unrealistic goals. They set an
unachievable goal, whereas older people set an achievable
A: Really? If you have money, you never have to worry
and more realistic goal.
about paying bills and you can do anything you want.
In general, I feel it is very important to have dreams and hopes.
B: As far as I see it, money can help you with particular
They allow us to keep fighting for something that we really
problems. However, it can’t help you with relationships,
want, and without them, life would be boring and monotonous.
which are very important to me. Don’t you think?
A: Well, you’re right, but I’d like to have enough money to do
all the things that I’d like to do. What about you? SELF TESTS UNITS 1-9
B: I totally agree.
SELF TEST 1 (page 114)
Activity 3
Suggested answer: Activity 1
A: How can we promote tourism in our town? 1 it’s high time 3 Time flies 5 waste time
B: In my view, cleaning the streets and parks is really 2 make the most 4 By the time
important. Activity 2
A: Do you think so? 1 in, on 2 in, before 3 until 4 on 5 of, off
B: Yes, for reasons of hygiene and appearance.
Activity 3
B: You’re right. And as far as I see, providing training for
local residents is also quite important, especially with the 1 Wherever 2 Whenever 3 Whoever
high rate of unemployment. Residents could do practical Activity 4
courses to help them find a job. 1 James was travelling from Miami to Chicago on a business
A: I think the same. Do you think creating a website with trip.
local information is a good idea? 2 The police asked James to come with them and open his
B: Absolutely. Most people use the Internet nowadays suitcase.
and it would also save the town money not to publish 3 He had picked up the wrong suitcase.
magazines or distribute fliers. Would you say that
4 The police found several packets of what seemed to be
advertising on television is a good idea?
drugs, a driving licence and credit cards.
A: For tourism in our city? In my view, that wouldn’t be very
5 James felt terrified.
helpful as the tourists might not see the TV advert and
they are also very expensive. 6 Time passed slowly.

THAT’S ENGLISH! 189

Answer Key
Activity 5 5 They were together for two years before they got married.
1 While I was driving home, I saw an accident. 6 He hasn’t been to another Pilates class since it’s not his
2 Once Mary had / had had a shower, she put on her make- thing.
up.
3 When Jeff got home, his family had already eaten. SELF TEST 3 (page 116)
4 As soon as Mark’s parents left / had left, he called his Activity 1
friends to watch the match. 1 air pollution 4 affordable
5 By the time we got to the theatre, the play started / had 2 unemployment 5 neighbourhood
started. 3 housing 6 developers
Activity 6 Activity 2
1 had won 4 were waiting 7 flew 1 studio apartment 4 cycle lanes
2 previously 5 Meanwhile 8 until 2 public transport 5 crime rate
3 finally 6 As soon as 3 exhaust fumes 6 green spaces
Activity 7 Activity 3
1 heavily 4 Suddenly 7 immediately 1b more like a forest
2 Carefully 5 Shocked 8 sadly 2b the crime rate was much higher
3 Feeling 6 Trying 3b fewer green spaces here than in other cities
4b lower, the better
SELF TEST 2 (page 115) 5b seen such efficient public services as here
Activity 1
Activity 4
1 partner 3 boss 5 in-laws
1 ‘d 4 ‘d 7 worked
2 relatives 4 couple 6 bride
2 unless 5 if 8 in case
Activity 2 3 got 6 wouldn’t
1 We have over ten years’ experience.
Activity 5
2 That isn’t his laptop; it’s hers. 1 Nevertheless / However 3 but
3 The majority of people believe in love. 2 Although 4 However / Nevertheless
4 She works in the Law Department.
Activity 6
5 The bride’s dress was gorgeous.
1 well 6 two-second
6 My husband’s are the worst excuses for getting home
late. 2 pale / soft 7 further
3 musical 8 soft
Activity 3a
4 hard 9 icy
1 ask out 4 get on 7 go out with
5 right 10 rosy
2 chat up 5 fall out 8 settle down
3 break down 6 make up SELF TEST 4 (page 117)
Activity 3b Activity 1
1 chatting, up 4 got on 7 fall out 1 investigating 5 met
2 broke down 5 asked, out 8 make up 2 explain / communicate 6 relying on
3 going out with 6 settled down 3 stopped 7 got angry
Activity 4 4 shocked 8 mention
1 A life partner is hard to find nowadays. Activity 2
2 It’s not / It isn’t easy to please my boss. 1 brought up 4 given up
3 It’s difficult to get on with her ex. 2 taken aback 5 counting on
4 My in-laws are great to spend time with. 3 blew up 6 work out
Activity 5 Activity 3
1 seem upset 6 matter 1 grinned 5 yawned
2 wrong 7 poor you 2 high fived 6 gave him a peck on the cheek
3 some bad news 8 so sorry 3 stared 7 stuck out her tongue
4 what’s happened 9 that’s what I would do 4 nodded
5 how you must be feeling 10 things get better soon Activity 4
Activity 6 1 we made it! 4 Come to think of it
1 He didn’t know many people in Edinburgh because he 2 it’s worth it. 5 I can’t help it
hadn’t lived there very long. 3 I love it!
2 He went to Jenny’s party. Activity 5
3 He went to a Pilates class with Jenny. 1 must 4 can’t
4 He went for a coffee with Jenny and the Pilates teacher, 2 might not 5 may
Polly.
3 may 6 can
190 THAT’S ENGLISH!
Activity 6 SELF TEST 6 (page 119)
1 Their guests are very late.
Activity 1
2 Pete’s phone must be switched off. 1 appetising 5 tasteless
3 There might be a problem with the babysitter or there 2 nutritious 6 comforting
may be a traffic jam at the roadworks.
3 unhealthy 7 creamy
4 Amy, because she thinks there must be a serious problem
4 savoury
or they would have been in touch.
5 Nick, because he spoke to Pete at seven and all was well. Activity 2
1 scruffy 4 flashy
Activity 7
2 casual 5 extravagant
1 Hi. All right? 4 Do you want a drink?
3 sophisticated
2 Fine, thanks. 5 Sorry
3 Can I have the pizza? 6 You’re kidding! Activity 3
1 expensive pink silk
SELF TEST 5 (page 118) 2 tall handsome 19-year-old
Activity 1 3 delicious home-made spicy
1 What a gorgeous sofa! 4 cheap shiny artificial
2 That’s a stylish car you have. 5 revolting huge greasy
3 Your hair does look nice. 6 sophisticated new French
4 I must say that was an outstanding report. Activity 4
5 You look a million dollars! 1 when 5 where
6 That’s an impressive camera you have. 2 that / which 6 who
3 that / which / Ø 7 which
Activity 2
4 whose 8 that / which / Ø
1 bit my head off 5 lend me a hand
2 get it off my chest 6 my heart wasn’t in it Activity 5
3 heart goes out 7 keep an eye 1 a, 2 a, 3 a, 4 b, 5 b
4 joined at the hip 8 pick, brains Activity 6
Activity 3 1 Oh, no! 4 As far as I’m concerned
1 Don’t you dare enter my property again. 2 Wow! That’s amazing! 5 Are you kidding me?
2 You listen to what I’m saying carefully. 3 I’d like to point out that
3 Somebody come and help me. SELF TEST 7 (page 120)
4 Try not to be late.
Activity 1
5 Don’t you follow me.
1 chase your dreams
6 You do what you are told.
2 broken dreams
Activity 4 3 a daydream
1 body image 4 body of opinion 4 the man / woman / job of your dreams
2 body building 5 body and soul 5 live the dream
3 body of evidence 6 a dream come true
Activity 5 7 live in a dream world
Dialogue 1 8 beyond your wildest dreams
1 If I were you, 2 Why don’t you Activity 2
Dialogue 2 1 a really bright future 4 reach for the stars
3 should 4 How about 5 ought 6 I’d 2 the sky is the limit 5 set her sights
3 pull out all the stops
Activity 6
1 Joe makes a joke about Ellie’s hair. Activity 3
2 Not at first. They got off on the wrong foot. 1 hoping 4 expected
3 Angrily. He bites her head off. 2 are hoping not 5 hoping
4 Mike is going out with a girl Joe liked. Mike stabbed him 3 waiting 6 looking forward to
in the back. Activity 4
5 Ellie advises Joe to forget all about the two of them. 1 will be
Activity 7 2 will have completed
1 could avoid 4 to disturb 3 won’t be working
2 to participate 5 to 4 Will you be living / Will you live
3 not to 6 facilitate 5 won’t employ
6 will be travelling
7 will recognise, I’ll be wearing
8 won’t be performing

THAT’S ENGLISH! 191

Answer Key
Activity 5 3 To illustrate this point
1 yourself 5 myself 4 So, if I can just sum up
2 himself / herself 6 themselves
3 herself 7 himself SELF TEST 9 (page 122)
4 yourself 8 myself Activity 1
Activity 6 1 socialite 4 freeloader
1 In fact, you are definitely wrong and I can prove it. / You 2 name-dropper 5 slacker
are definitely wrong, in fact, I can prove it. 3 show-off 6 workaholic
2 I hope to achieve many things in life: in particular being Activity 2
happy. 1 had 4 gave
3 Undeniably, small acts of generosity can make a huge 2 wasn’t / weren’t 5 didn’t have to
difference in people’s lives.
3 knew
4 They made the perfect couple but, surprisingly, they got
divorced. Activity 3
5 Admittedly, he is an extremely talented singer, but I just 1 good-looking 4 flawless skin
don’t like his voice. 2 double chin 5 cosmetic surgery
6 Undoubtedly, they have a great life, but it’s just not the 3 self-confidence
one for me.
Activity 4
SELF TEST 8 (page 121) 1 c, 2 e, 3 d, 4 b, 5 a

Activity 1 Activity 5
1 firefighter 4 police officer 1 No way
2 war journalist 5 bomb disposal expert 2 ridiculous
3 aid volunteer 6 high-level window cleaner 3 that’s not a very nice thing to say
4 How could you?
Activity 2
5 really appreciate it
1 hazardous 5 fearful
6 That’s really kind of you
2 fear 6 daring
3 hazards 7 bravery Activity 6
4 reckless 8 determination 1 Besides 4 In addition to
2 on top of that 5 furthermore
Activity 3
3 Moreover
1 snowboarding 4 caving
2 mountaineering 5 base jumping Activity 7
3 volcano walking 6 bungee jumping 1 headed 2 hearted 3 aged 4 based

Activity 4
1 I don’t object to your smoking in here.
2 The residents disapproved of his leaving rubbish outside
his flat.
3 The teacher objected to their arriving late for class.
4 Lucy’s boss disagreed with her taking personal calls at
work.
5 My mother doesn’t object to our using her car when she
is away.
Activity 5
1 has broken 5 has completed
2 was 6 has written
3 spent 7 started
4 slept 8 would like
Activity 6
1 They are discussing whitewater rafting.
2 Nina would like to try it but Max would never try it.
3 Nina: She says it’s exciting. She says you get an adrenaline
rush.
Max: He says he hates getting wet. He says you might get
hurt when you fall out and hit a rock.
Activity 7
1 The subject of my talk today
2 So, let me begin with

192 THAT’S ENGLISH!